PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

^o^d BaddQ of i^ktoria.

VOL. II (New Series),

Edited under the Authority of the Council.

ISSUED JUNE 1890.

THE AUTHORS OF THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SOUNDNESS Of
THE OPINIONS GIVEN' AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUENE :
,STILL^YELL AND CO., PRINTERS, 195a COLLINS STREET.

AG£.\T6 TO THE SOCIETY:
WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONUDN,

To whom all communicatiou.s for trausmission to the Royal Society of Victo:ia,
from all i)arts of Europe, should be sent.

1890.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME IT (New Series).

Short Addresses Eead at the Annual Meeting — paoi:

(1) On Progress in Astronomy during 1888-1889. By B. L. J.

Ellert, Esq., F.E.S., F.R.A.S. .. .. .. i

(2) On the Chemistry of To-Day. By Professor Orme Masson,

M.A., D.Sc. .. .. .. .. .. xiii

(3) On Recent Progress in Biology. By A. H. S.Lucas, M.A.,B.Sc. xvii

(4) On Recent Developments in Public Hygiene. By James

Jamieson, Esq., M.D. .. .. .. .. xxi

(5) On Geological Progress. By G. S. Griffiths, Esq., E.G. S. xxix

(6) On Literature and the Fine Arts. By James Edward Neild,

Esq., M.D. .. .. .. .. xxxii

Art. I. — On the Discovery of Fossil Fish in the Old Red Sandstone
Rocks of the Mansfield District (with Plates I, II, and III).
By George Sweet, Esq. . . . . . . . . 1

11. — A Systematic Census of Indigenous Fish, hitherto recorded
from Victorian Waters. By A. H. S. Lucas, Esq., M.A.,
B.Sc. .. .. .. .. .. ..15

III, — On the Occurrence of lu'aussina lamarckiana (Davidson) at
Williamstown, with a Census of the Victorian Brachio-
poda. By A. H. S. Lucas, Esq., M.A., B.Sc. . . . . 48

IV Observations on the Australian Species of Peripatus. By

Arthur Dendy, M.Sc, F.L.S. .. .. ..50

V. — On Some Additions to the Fish Fauna of Victoria. By A. H.

S.Lucas, Esq., M.A., B.Sc. .. ,. ..63

VI. — On a New Species of Bicellaria. By J. Bracebridge Wilson,

Esq.,M.A. .. .." .. .. ..64

VII. — On Some New Species of Marine Mollusca. By J. Brace-
bridge Wilson, Esq. , MA. .. .. .. ..64

VIII. — Remarks on Some New Tables for Finding Heights by the

Barometer. By E. J. White, Esq., F.R.A.S. .. .. 68

IX. — Notes on the Barometric Measurements of Heights (with

diagram). By Professor Kernot, M.A., C.E. .. .. 78

X.— A New System of Photo-Lithography. By G. W. Perry, Esq. 81

XL— Liquid Kino. By J. H. Maiden, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S. .. 82

XII.— The Calculimetre. By James Fenton, Esq., F.S.S. .. 84

XIII. — On Finding the Longitude from Lunar Distances. |Ky E. J.

White, Esq., F.R.A.S. .. .. .. .,87

XIV. — On the Pseudogastrula Stage in the Development of Cal-
careous Sponges (with Plate 1a). By Arthur Dendy,
Esq., M.ScF.L.S. .. .. .. ..93

XV. — The Pineal Eye in Mordacia mordax (with woodcut). By

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. . . . . 102

XVI. — Description of New or Little Known Polyzoa. Part XIU.
(with Plates IV and V). By P. H. MacGillivray, Esq.,
M.A., M.R.C.S., F.L.S. .. .. .. ..106

Contents.

PACK

XVII.— On the Illumination of Public Clocks. By Sidney W.

Gibbons, Esq., F.C.S. .. .. .. ..110

XVIII.— Notes from the Biological Laboratoiy of the Melbourne
University (with Plate VI).

(1) On the Occurrence of a Partially Double Chick

Embryo. By A. H. S.Lucas, Esq., M.A.,B.Sc. Ill

(2) On the Formation of a Double Embryo in the

Hen's Egg. By Professor W. Baldwin Spen-
CEE, M.A. .. .. .. ..113

XIX. — Address at the Inauguration of the Literatm-e and Art
Section of the Eoyal Society. By Arthur S. Wa/, Esq.,

M.A. .. .. .. .. .. .. iTe"^

XX.— Report of the Port Philhp Biological Survey Committee, 1889 134

(1) Preliminary Report on the Crinoids obtained in

the Port Phillip Biological Survey. By P. H.
Carpenter, Esq., D. Sc, F.R.S. .. .. 13.5

(2) Preliminary Report on a Collection of Alcyonaria

and Zoantharia from Port Phillip. By S. J.
HiCKsoN, Esq., M.A., D.Sc. .. ..136

Meetings of the Royal Society, 1889 .. .. .. .. l-ll

Laws .. .. .. .. •• •• •• 171

List of Members . . . . . . . . • . ■ • 182

List of Institutions and Societies Receiving Copies op the

"Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria" .. 191

^vanal .^0cicln of irutoriir.

18 85).

HIS KXOKLLEN'CY THE RIGHT HON. JOHN ADRIAN LOUIS HOPK, G.r.MM
SEVENTH EARL OF HOPETOUN.

PROFESSOR W. C. KERNOT, M.A., C.E.
K. .1. WHITE, F.R.A.S. I J. COSMO NEWBERV, R.Sc.:CM.(i.

|joiT. OTnasurtr.

JAMES JAMIESON, M.D.

Hon. §£cntams.

II. K. RUSDEN AND PROFESSOR W. BALDWIN SPEXCER, MA.

JAMES E. NEILU, M.D.

C. R. I5LACKETT, F.C.S. i PROF. ORME MASSON, MA, D.Sc.

J. BOSISTO, C.M.G. II. MOORS.

R. L. J. ELLERY, C.M.G., F.R.S.. ' J. T. RUDALL, F.H.C.S.

F.R.A.S. i W. H. STEEL, C.E.

A. W. HOWITT, F.G.S. | ALEX. SUTHERLAND, M.A.

A. H. S. LUCAS, M.A., B.Sc. i C. A. TOPP, M.A., LL.B.

i>

"'lisrary f^

COEKIGENDA.

Page 116-For Art. XVIII, read Art. XIX.

ANNUAL MEETING,

Thursday, March 14, 1890.

SHORT ADDRESS ON THE PROGRESS IN

ASTRONOMY DURING 1 888-1889.

By R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S, F.R.A.S.

In pursuance of an arrangement made by your Council,
that at our annual meeting an endeavour should be made to
lay before the members a popular and brief outline of the
progress in various branches of science during the past
year, I have undertaken to give a short account of the
principal items in the year's advance in astronomical
knowledge. Although there is nothing very thrilling or
remarkable to record, there are many points of considerable
importance and interest, some of which we recognise as
steps towards a better knowledge of the constitution of the
universe and of individual parts of the solar system, as well
as of the tenants of space in regions beyond.

The large number of comets that come under our
observation every year now, as compared with former years,
must not be regarded as evidence of the existence of a
greater number than formerly, but of the fact that the
heavens are now so closely scrutinised, that but few which
come to perihelion, escape detection. During the year 1 888,
no less than six were discovered, viz. : —

(a) Sawerthal's Comet, discovered at Cape, February 18.

(6) Eucke's „ re-discovered, August 3.

(c) Brooks'

(cl) Fayes'
(e) Barnard's
(/) Barnard's

August 7.
,, August 9.

Lick Observatory, September 3.
re-discovered October 31 .

X Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Tlie relation of comets to meteor streams is now pretty
firmly established, but exactly what that relation is, still
remains to be determined. Meteor streams in distant parts
of their orbits have been seen as comets, but whether all
comets themselves are an aggregation of meteors, or meteor
streams disintegrated comets, is yet a matter for speculation.
Mr. Lockyer has lately propounded a new hypothesis of the
heavenly bodies, which may probably lead to new directions
of enquiry, and further knowledge in this respect. His idea
is that space is a plenum of meteoric particles, mostly
moving in groups or swarms in regular orbits. These orbits
sometimes intersect, giving rise to collision of particles, and
to the formation of new and lesser orbits, and so forming
a rotating agglomeration of meteoric matter, with evolution
of heat and lio-ht, becomino- visible as a nebula or nebulous
star, and perhaps eventually as a concrete star itself Nebulae,
comets, and nebulous stars are considered all of the same
kind of matter under different conditions of motion of
constituent particles, and consequently under different
temperatures, as shown by spectroscopic characteristics. If
Mr. Lockyer's great hypothesis be correct, we must conclude
that all the heavenly bodies are made of the same stufij
under different conditions of sparseness of distribution,
motion of constituent particles, and temperature. A comet,
a nebula, or the planet Saturn for instance, would be of
similar matter under differing conditions.

There has been a good deal written about the discovery of
strange appearances in Mars, and we have read sensational
articles of canals, martial inundations, &c., with all the flights
of imagination of clever newspaper writers, who dress up the
bare cold facts of the astronomer in a tempting garb for
the popular reader. The facts are briefly as follows : —
Several veteran observers with large telescopes, liave
recently spent much time in a continuous scrutiny of the
planet Mars, during the periods of his nearest approach to
the earth, and more especially at the approach in the early
months of ] 888. The appearances of a network of dark

Progress in Astronomy. xi

Hues and of changes in these lines have presented the most
interesting features to the observers. These lines or " canals "
as they ai-e called, appear to overspread the brighter parts
or continents of the planets. The markings are stated to
have been seen to change under observation, the so-called
canals to " germinate " or split oft', leading some to the
suggestion that they are actually artificial works in progi'ess !
Enormous inundations of portions of the planet's surface
are also stated to have been seen. The great Lick telescope
was devoted to observations of tliese appearances in July
and August, and photos of rough drawings are on the table.
There can be no doubt about the appearances, but there is
about the interpretation of them. Astronomers generally, I
think, are " waiting" for further developments, for there are
insuperable difficulties in accepting the explanations already
ventured upon. It is moi'e than probable that all these
appearances will eventually be attributed to diffi'action or
optical effects from conformation of vaporous surroundings
of the planet, rather than of any objective change in its
surface.

The great Lick telescope, the largest refi-acting telescope
yet constructed, with an aperture of thirty-six inches,
and a focal length of fifty-six feet, was first pointed to the
heavens on January 3, 1888, but could not be really used
till July 16th following, owing to the freezing of the
hydraulic gearing. So far, I think it has proved itself, not
only the biggest, but the best telescope in the world, if one
can judge of its work that has been put before us, especially
the drawings of some of the planets. This giant refractor,
it appears, is not long to enjoy the reputation of being the
largest refractor in the world, for it is now proposed to build
an observatory at Los Angelos in Southern California, on
Wilson's peak, 6000 feet high, which is to have a telescope
of forty-two inches aperture. If this comes to pass,
California will be able to boast of having the two largest
refracting telescopes in the world. Speaking of telescopes,
I may inform our members that the Melbouiiie Reflector is

xii Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

still under repair, the work of repolisliing the mirrors, after
twenty years' work, was commenced in May last, but the
preparations and practice landed us in the hot summer
weather before the operation was completed, and the work
had to be deferred till cooler weather prevailed, for polishing
cannot be attempted so long as we are subject to temperatures
of 80 to 90 and over. The work will be recommenced in
about a week, and if all goes well, I hope to have the
telescope at work again by Ma}-.

Preparations have been pushed on for commencing the
international work of obtaining photographic charts of the
heavens, if possible, during the current year, but I fear that
the most than can be accomplished under the most favour-
able circumstances, will be "to get ready" to commence
early in 1890. The photographic telescope for Melbourne is
well advanced, and the building for its reception will be
erected shortly. In the meantime, many improvements are
being made in the methods to be adopted, and beautiful
photographs have been got of faint nebul?e and other objects
which have hitherto been considered " out of range " of the
sensitive film.

The lunar tables hitherto used have been found insufficient,
and the most recent ones, viz., those of "Hansen's," after a
long period, it is found the tabular and observed places of
the moon differ very considerably, showing that some
disturbing causes have not been sufficiently allowed for in
their construction. Some yeai's ago. Sir George Airy (late
Astronomer Royal), then over 70 years of age, undertook
the development of a new lunar theory, a work of great
magnitude and mathematical intricacy. In November last,
he communicated to the Royal Astronomical Society, the
fact that he had discovered an error which had crept into
the earlier part of his work, that would necessitate attacking
it from the beginning, but that with advancing years (now
88) and failing strength, he could scarcely hope to bring it
to a satisfactory conclusion. It is to be hoped, however,
that some others will take up this important work, so

Chemistry of To-day. xiii

intrepidly begun by our old Astronomer Royal in the
evening of his life.

During the year, two men who had made their mark in
the astronomical arena, have passed away, Richard A.
Proctor, the well-known author of many astronomical works
(though not a practical astronomer), and Editor of the
periodical Knoivledge, died of yellow fever in New York, on
12th September. J. C. Houzean, Honorary Director of the
Royal Observatory, Brussels, author of Uranometric
Generale Vade Meciiin de VAstronomie and BibliograpJdc
Generale de VAstronomie, died July 12, 1888, at the age of
68.

SHORT ADDRESS ON THE CHEMISTRY OF
TO-DAY.

By Professor Orme Masson.

I fancy it will be best not to attempt to do what is
impossible — to give you an account, in the ten minutes at
my disposal, of the results of the chemical researches of the
past year. I shall rather try to indicate some of the great
problems in the science which still await solution, but
towards the solution of which something has been contri-
buted by recent important investigations.

The phrase " modern chemistry " has been used in many
senses. It carries us back to 1661, or thereabouts, when we
hear Boyle described as the "Father of Modern Chemistry ;"
to the end of last century, when Lavoisier is credited with
having founded modern chemistrj^ by his enunciation of the
correct theory of combustion ; and there are not wanting
chemists who would make the science much younger by

xiv FroceediiKjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

dating its birth from the publication of their own text-
books, Fiom my present point of view, I would ask
you to go back to the year 1863 as the date of the
beginning of new things — to the year when Newlands
first gave us the true principle for the classification of the
elements — a principle afterwards extended by Lothar Meyer,
Mendeleiefi", and others, and now so well known as the
Periodic Law. This is by far the grandest and most fruitlul
and far-reaching generalization of the past quarter century.
It underlies much of the most important work of the present
and of the future.

If the known elements be arrano-ed in the order of their
atomic weights, from hydrogen (1) to uranium (239), along
a horizontal line, that line may be cut up into sections and
these sections may be placed each below the last, in such
manner that the elements which naturally resemble one
another — which form a natural group — always fall in the
same vertical line. To put it in another way — and a better
way — we can construct a curve of which the magnitudes of
the atomic weights are the abscissae and those of any pro-
perty capable of exact measurement are the ordinates ; and
we find that the curve, representing variation in the intensity
of the property, is of a periodic character, and that similar
elements occupy similar positions in the different periods.

The properties of the elements (including the properties
of their compounds) are therefore functions of the atomic
weights. It follows from this, tliat it is highly desirable
that our knowledge of the atomic weights of all known
elements should be as exact as possible.

The unit generally adopted as the standard for atomic
weights is H = 1. But almost all actual determinations of
atomic weights of other elements involve the previous know-
ledge of the value of 0, or of the ratio O : H. This may be
called the fundamental ratio, which underlies all others. If
our knowledge of that ratio be inexact, then all deduced
ratios, all our atomic weights, will be inexact in proportion,
and the greater the atomic weight the greater will be the

GItGmldry of To-day. xv

Mctual en-or. The recognition of this fact has led, of late, to
i-enewecl attempts to determine, by experiments of the most
accurate kind, the precise value of this ratio O : H. Among
the workers in this field during the past year or two, may
be specially mentioned Scott and Lord Rayleigh in England,
Crafts in France, Keiser, Cooke and Richards in America
The results of these and other experiments may be summed
up in the statement that, the value § is between 1601 and
15-869 ; and that the atomic weight of uranium (where the
consequent error is necessarily greatest) is between 239'76
and 237'65. We must look to the future for further light.

A glance at the table of the elements, arranged according
to the periodic law, shows it is far from complete. Many of
the elements whose existence is indicated by the law are
not actuall}^ known to exist. They have never yet been met
with. Is this from lack of knowledge merely, or do the
gaps occur in Nature ? When this arrangement was first
made use of, it was necessary to leave gaps where now we
see the names of gallium, scandium, and germanium. May
we not also expect the others to be filled up in a simihir
manner? Here is one below manganese, between molyb-
denum and the palladium metals, which wants filling by an
element with an atomic weight of 99 or 100 and properties
that might be fairly well pre-calculated. The most recent
chemical journals that have reached us here in Melbourne,
contain a brief preliminary notice of some results which
Professor Krliss, of Munich, claims to have obtained in an
investigation of cobalt and nickel. These elements have
always been rather an enigma, from the fact of their
possessing, not only very closely similar properties, but an
almost identical atomic weight ; and our great English
chemist, Crookes, has even said of them, that they might
have been still regarded as one and the same element, had
only their salts possessed the same colour instead of colours
which are approximately complementary. Professor Kriiss
now claims to have resolved the old cobalt and the old
nickel each into two elements, one of which is common to

xvi Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the two, so that, if he can substantiate his claim, we shall
have three elements — one the true cobalt, another the true
nickel, and one new one. The true cobalt and the true
nickel will not have the atomic weights we are accustomed
to associate with those names, and an old mystery may thus
be cleared up. But further, the new element will want a
place in the systematic classification, and it seems to me
possible — just ])0ssible — that our friend the 99 or 100 gap
may now be filled. Chemists await with keen anxiety the
arrival of journals with Professor Kriiss' complete accounts
of his work ; till then, we must be cautious, even to the
point of incredulity^

But, after all, shall we have arrived at the end of
things when all the elements are discovered and their
atomic weights and all their phj^sical and chemical properties
have been accurately determined ? Is there nothing behind
the elements ? What is the real nature of a so-called
elementary atom, and what are we to understand by the
phrase "atomic weights"?

The wonderful and laborious researches of Crookes, Kmss,
Nilson,and of others, on the so-called "rare earths" have led
the first of these chemists (who is remarkable alike for skill
in experiment, and the strength of his power of generalisa-
tion) to put forward a theory that each resting point in the
periodic classification marks the existence not of one
element with an absolutely fixed atomic weight, but of a
cluster of ^leto-elements as he calls them, substances barely
distinguishable from one another by chemical means but
capable of being differentiated by the spectroscope and of
being separated by methods such as fractional precipitation,
and that the atomic weight of an element is really only the
mean of the atomic weights of the meta-elements which
compose it — numbers varying from the mean within narrow
limits. His theory further takes us into a most suggestive
speculation concerning the genesis of the elements and their
met;velements from one primordial form of matter, to which
he has given the name o'i. protyle.

Recent Progress in Biology. xvii

Such a notion of the oneness of matter is by no means
new, though there is much that is new in Crookes' special
hypothesis. It is interesting to find another investigatoi"
attacking the problem of the ultimate composition of the
elements from a different point of view. Within the past
two years, Professor Griinwald, of Prague, has published
some most remarkable papers on the spectra of hydrogen,
oxygen, carbon, magnesium, and cadmium ; the results of
which may be summarized in his own words : — " Many,
perhaps all, bodies hitherto considered as elements are
compounds composed of condensation forms of the primary
elements a and b of hydrogen (H^rba^) in various physical
modifications." If this be proved, Griinwald will indeed
have done a great work ; but we must look to the future,
and meanwhile keep our minds open.

SHORT ADDRESS ON RECENT PROGRESS IN
BIOLOGY.

By A. H. S. Lucas.

In the unavoidable absence of Professor Spencer at our
last meeting, I was asked by the Council to report on recent
progress in Biology. It has been suggested to me that I
should speak on the results of the " Challenger Expedition,"
inasmuch as the issue of the long series of Reports has come
to an end, and the office in Edinburgh is now closed ; and the
suggestion accords with my own inclination the more, since I
shall have an opportunity at an early date of speaking on the
more interesting local biological work of the year in another
place.

It were easy to fill ten minutes — my allotted time — in
telling of this great enterprise, but it is not easy to compress

xviii Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

all that ought to be said into ten minutes. The publication
of the Reports can only be compared with that of the
" Systema Naturte," or of the " Regne Animal," as a great
epoch-marking work in biological science.

Considered merely in a mechanical and material way, the
Reports consist of some 34 thick quarto volumes. One single
volume contains 1800 pages. These are illustrated by about
2000 full-size lithographic plates, several of which are
coloured with precision. They record the results of critical
examination of the specimens preserved in 2270 large glass
jars, J 749 smaller bottles, 1860 glass tubes, 350 tin cases,
and 22 casks. The cost of publication has considerably
exceeded £50,000.

Biologists owe much to the descriptions of the zoological
and botanical specimens collected in the course ot previous
vo3''ages, undertaken for scientific purposes. Systematists
have continually to refer to the accounts of the voyage of the
Erebus and Terror, the Astrolabe, the Novara, the Talisman,
of the Wilkes' United States Exploring Expedition ; of the
Beagle, the Samarang, and the Herald ; of the Lightning,
Porcupine, and Knigiit Errant, of tlie United States Survey
Expeditions, and of others ; but the Challenger Expedition is
to these as Leviathan amongst fishes.

There is scarcely a group of animals which is not reported
on. There are memoirs relating; to Man, and memoirs on the
Foraminifera and the Radiolaria. Owing to the tardiness of
information from Europe, I cannot give the precise number of
the memoirs, but the number is something over sixty-four.
These are all contributed by men who are recognised as
prominent specialists in the particular group which they
have undertaken to describe.

Professor Huxley, in a review of the first volume of the
Reports, did not profess to have read it through, and dis-
claimed the zoological omniscience which would justify him
in criticising its contents in detail. No one else, then, need
profess to have read all the volumes, or venture to give the
palm of merit to this or that memoir. At most, one can but

Recent Progress in Biology. xix

mention a few of those which have perhaps more generally or
more strikingly attracted attention, some from the enormous
labour involved in their preparation, some from the novelty
of the material described, and others from the interest of
the general conclusions which have been worked out by the
authors. Amongst them we may mention Professor Haeckel's
magnificently illustrated monograph of the " Radiolaria ; "
Mr. H. B. Brady's "Foraminifera," with its revelations of the
pleomorphism of the group; Dr. P. H. Carpenter's "Crinoids,'
of which beautiful forms he enumerates as many as 180
species, and reports that Australasia and Malaysia are amongst
the strongholds of an order which was not so very long ago
supposed to be on the verge of extinction ; Dr. Gunther's
" Deep Sea Fishes ; " the three parts of Professor Herdman's
"Tunicata; " the elaborate work on the "Echinoids" and
" Ophiuroids " respectively ; of the American naturalists,
Agassiz and Lyman ; the Sponge monographs of Sollas,
Schulze, Polejaeff, Ridley, and Dendy ; Professor Busk's
" Polyzoa," and Professor Allman's " Hydroida ; " Professor
Moseley's beautiful work on " Millepora " and " Heliopora,"
and Mr. Botting Hemsley's comprehensive studies on the
"Floras of Oceanic Islands."

In many cases the writer gives a complete summary of
what is known from all sources on the order of animals, of
which the memoir treats. Thus, the Pteropods are completely
reviewed by Professor Pelseneer, who concludes that these
delicate pelagic molluscs may be ranged in a very few
(genera, and that the entire order should be merojed in the
Gastropods. Professor Allman discusses in full the classifi-
cation of the Hydroida, Dr. Lyman that of the Brittle Stars,
and so on. Such memoirs give the series of Reports much
of the nature of an Encyclopaedia Zoologica.

A bare enumeration of the authors, and the titles of their
treatises, may recall the monotony of Homer's list of his
lieroes. I can only excuse myself by retorting that, in my
opinion, the workers of the Challenger are heroes, and that
the great Zoological Reports constitute no mean epic.

XX Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Wherever opportunity offered, full anatomical details are
given, as well as zoological characters. Indeed, it is hard
to decide whether anatomists or systematists will be more
helped by these publications. Embryological work is natur-
ally scanty, but Professor W. K. Parker was enabled to
make out the development of a type of Chelonia, wliich was
previously but very imperfectly known. It is interesting to
note that he refers to the Leathery Turtle {SpUargis coriacea),
which is occasionally to be met with in our Melbourne Fish
Market, as the living form which best retains the indications
of its ancestry.

The voyage lasted from 1873 to 1876. The first Keport
appeared in 1880, and the work is just completed. Eminent
foreign, as well as British, sclents were invited to assist, and
one result has been to show that English and American
biologists are able to produce work which in magnitude, in
thoroughness, and in artistic beauty, can compare favourably
with that of any other workers in the world.

The naturalists who accompanied the Expedition were Sir
Wyville Thomson, Mr. Moseley, Dr. Willemoes Suhm, and
Mr. John Murray. The credit of the general direction of the
zoological work belongs to Sir Wyville Thomson. We have
to regret the early death of Dr. Willemoes Suhm. Just as the
voyage in the Beagle exercised great influence in shaping
Charles Darwin's powers, so to that of the Challenger is due
that opportunity of expansion was given to Mr. (since Prof)
Moseley and Mr. John Murray. So well-equipped were the
naturalists, and so judicious and careful was their work, that
1 believe one may say with strict accuracy, that no material
which was acquired was lost to science.

Besides adding vast numbers of new species to our lists,
the Challenger gained for the world nearly all that is known
of the fauna of the ocean basins, and the form under which
life is maintained under the singular conditions of abyssal
existence. The relations of the abyssal fauna to light, the
enormous development or the abortion of the eye, the
existence of remarkable phosphorescent organs, consti-

Recent Developments in Public Hygiene. xxi

tute a new and interesting chapter in the history of
living organisms.

Much light has been thrown on many more general
questions. The mode of formation of barrier reefs and of
atolls, the constitution of the abyssal oozes and their slow
increase in depth, the nature of the red clay, the ways and
means of geographical distribution, have been carefully
studied, and our knowledge of them greatly extended.

Here I must close, but not without recording my pleasure
that we have two Challenofer workers amone'st us — Dr.
Wild, who accompanied the Expedition, and Mr. Dendy,
who described the Monaxonid sponges. It will also, 1
think, be of interest to members to know that several of tlie
specialists who wrote for the Challenger, are assisting us in
the identification of the forms obtained by jonv Port Phillip
Biological Survey Committee.

SHORT ADDRESS ON THE RECENT DEVELOP-
MENTS IN PUBLIC HYGIENE.

By James Jamieson, M.D.

In the limited time at my disposal, it is most desirable
that I should confine my remarks on recent hygienic
progress, to one or two matters of large general interest.

Perhaps no fact, in connection with modern sanitation
and its results, is more striking than the great improvement
which has taken place of late years in the death rate in the
great towns of England. In the ten years 1871-80, the
mortality averaged 24 per 1000 of the population, while in
the years 1881-87 it averaged only 21-4 per 1000, and in
1887 was as low as 208. A remarkable contrast is to be

xxii Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

found in the condition of Melbourne, which, as regards
sanitation, seems as if it had been entirely out of the tide of
progress. In the ten years 1871^80 the death rate was
20'36 per 1000 ; and in the eight years 1881-88 it averaged
20-21; the rate for 1887 being 21 •25, and for 1888, 20-54.
It cannot be said, of course, that nothing has been done to
improve the public health ; but, as the results are not to be
seen in the figures just given, it must be concluded that our
efforts, sucli as they have been, have simply prevented us
from suffering fally the evil effects arising from increasing
density of population and its associations.

A special instance may be taken, as helping to account for
the remarkable difference which we have found to exist
between our own " Marvellous Melbourne " and the English
towns and cities. I prefer to take ty])hoid fever, as being
with us a perennial subject of interest. In the years 1870-
1877, the death i-ate from fever, chiefly typhoid, in the great
towns of England, averaged 6 per 10,000 of the population,
while in the years 1877-1886 it had fallen to 3-2, and in
1887, to 2-2 per 10,000.

The following has been the state of things in Melbourne,
at corresponding periods. In the 3"ears 1871-1878, the
typhoid mortality was in the proportion of 78 per 10,000 of
the population, and in 1881-1888 it was 7'3 ; the rates for
the last two years, 1887 and 1888, being respectively 9"1
and 7*7. While our typhoid mortality has remained
practically the sajne, in the English towns it has been
reduced to about one-third of what it was less than twenty
years ago.

There can be no doubt, I think, that the sanitary'- improve-
ments which have been operative in bringing about this
great reduction in the prevalence of ty})hoid in the English
towns, have also had the chief share in lowering the general
death rate. It is of no small importance, therefore, to know
the cause of our failure to attain a similar i-esult. We know
more now, than we did twenty years ago, about the nature
and causes of the disease, and definite rules for its prevention

Recent Developments in Pitblic Hygiene. xxiii

have been formulated, and generally accepted as correct ;
and yet, from all that increase of knowledge, we seem to
have received no practical benefit. The reason is to be dis-
covered from a consideration of the causes by which the
spread of typhoid is chiefly favoured. One of these is a
contaminated water supply, and an interesting confirmation
has lately been supplied of the belief long held about its
importance. There is very satisfactory evidence that the
specific germ which produces the disease, has been discovered,
and this typhoid bacillus has been repeatedly discovered in
water, which had been used for drinking purposes, and
which had been suspected as the cause of local outbreaks.
But I greatly doubt, whether this cause plays any consider-
able part in bring about our high tj^phoid mortality. The
sources are now more carefully guarded than they were a
few years ago ; and besides, the circumstances which attend
its prevalence here are not those characteristic of epidemics
due to contaminated water, as they have been seen in many
places. Our outbreaks are not explosive ; the disease, year
after year, taking a decidedly epidemic character in
November or December, increasing steadily in prevalence
till about March, and then declining slowly till it almost
ceases in the early winter months. Our water supply is
certainly better than that of most European towns, and it is
not likely to be materially improved ; and so, unless there
is some other cause in operation, we can hardly expect to
see much lowering of our death rate.

The use of contaminated milk has for a considerable time
been recognised as a mode by which typhoid is communi-
cated. It may be accidental contamination through the
medium of water, which has itself been polluted with
typhoid discharges, or by gross carelessness on the part of
those who handle milk after having been in contact Avith
a patient, or with soiled linen, &c., from his person. Quite
recently it has been alleged that cows suffer from a form of
disease, such that their milk may be capable of producing
typhoid in those who drink it. It has often been alleged.

xxiv Proceedings of the Royal Society of VictoHa.

also, that from the mere fact of a cow feeding on garbage of
various kinds, its milk may acquire infective properties. If
there were such different ways whereb}^ the milk of cows is
rendered infective, I can hardly think that it would be so
difficult to get proof of the occurrence of outbreaks due
unmistakably to contaminated milk. Since the Jolimont
case, about ten years ago, there has not been a single
instance traced out in this City, and my own experience
has compelled me to conclude that milk contamination is
actually a rare mode of spreading contagion, no single
instance having come under my notice during my term of
service as Health Officer of the City.

It is different, I believe, with another mode by which
typhoid is spread, viz., as a result of bad or defective
drainage. I have often been satisfied that there was no
other cause in operation adequate to account for severe and
persistent local outbreaks of the disease. Evidence has
actually been supplied that the tyi^hoid bacillus may live
in ordinary well or river water ; and the close association
often found to exist between typhoid and sewer emanations
supplies a strong probability, amounting almost to certainty,
that they may live, and possibly multiply, not only in
cesspits, drains, and sewers, but also in soil soaked with
sewage matters. The bacilli have not been found in, and
would be difficult to isolate from the combination of bac-
terial forms which find lodgment and breeding ground in
sewage matter ; but if they do happen to be present there,
it is almost a certainty that they would escape in the
currents of foul air which rise from the outlets of town
sewers. Such air does contain many bacterial forms, as
has lately been proved by the investigations of Dr. J. D.
Robertson {British. Medical Journal, 15th December, 1888).
He did not find on his cultivation plates the bacillus of
typhoid, doubtless, as he says, because there were no
epidemics at the time of his observation ; but he did
recognise that in sewer air there is a larger proportion of
bacilli compared with other organisms, than in the open

Recent Developments in Public Hygiene. xxv

air of streets. It appears, therefore, that sewage matters
provide a good breeding ground for that particular class of
micro-organisms, to which the infecting agent of typhoid
belongs. Evidence of an exact and positive kind is there-
fore accumulating in favour of the view which, in my
opinion, hardly admits of doubt that — defective drainage is
the real cause of the great prevalence of typhoid in
Melbourne. In that, and in our bad system of nightsoil
disposal, we have insanitary conditions fullj^ adequate to
account for the great and continued prevalence of the
disease, and I can see no hope of such inijDrovement as
has come about in the English towns, till we adopt their
sanitary methods. It is vain to put our trust in disin-
fectants. The cure consists in the adoption of a system
of drainage, whereby all household slops, all liquid refuse,
and nightsoil with it, are swept away at once from the
neighbourhood of our houses. If that were done, our
scavenging would also be comparatively an easy problem.
An underground system of drainage can and must be
carried out, and in the saving of life and health there
would be ample repayment of the cost.

There are certain diseases of animals which human beings
may acquire. In addition to various forms of parasites,
mention need only be made of anthrax, glanders, hydro-
phobia, and the familiar cow-pox, which, by the method of
vaccination, has come to be looked on rather as a preventive
than as in itself a disease ; but in all these cases, the spread
from animal to man is either a comparatively rare accident,
or at least, as in the case of vaccination, has to be
deliberately produced. It can hardly be said, indeed, that
we are acquainted with any disease of this general class,
which spreads freely from animals to human beings by
what may be called ordinary methods of contagion. In
the same way, none of the general zymotic diseases which
affect human beings, spread easily to the lower animals if
the latter, indeed, are susceptible of contagion at all. This
circumstance has made, and will make, it difficult to obtain

xxvi Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

conclusive evidence that such diseases as cholera, typhoid,
small-pox, and measles owe their origin to living germs, the
final test being that the germs, when cultivated pure, are
capable, by inoculation or otherwise, of again producing the
disease. Till quite recently, this want of relation with any
disease of animals was held to be notably the case with scarlet
fever. The chief mode by which it spreads, as an epidemic,
is undoubtedly by way of direct or indirect contagion from
person to person.

There have been a few instances, generall}'- accepted as
well authenticated, in which the contagion seemed to be
conveyed through the medium of milk. But it was always
taken for granted, even when it was not clearly proved, that
the milk had become contaminated by access to it of scales
from the skin, or other infecting particles from the body, of
a patient suffering from the disease. It came, therefore, as
a startling novelty, when, in 1886 it was announced, on
good authority, that an outbreak of scarlet fever in a district
of London, had not only been traced to the use of milk, but
that this milk got its contagious properties, not b}" con-
tamination with particles from a scarlatina patient, but by
the circumstance that it was derived from diseased cows.
Experiments were made by Dr. Klein, the well-known
bacteriologist and microscopist, and the circumstances and
surroundings of the dairy were carefully inquired into by
Dr. Power, one of the most experienced Inspectors of the
Local Government Board. The cows were found to be
suffering, not only from general signs of illness, but from a
disease affecting the udder and teats. From the sores on
these parts. Dr. Klein obtained bacterial forms, which he
declared to be similar to those which he also found in the
bodies of scarlet fever patients. He further made pure
cultures of the special organism from both sources, and by
inoculation on calves, produced a form of illness, which
resembled in different respects, both the scarlatina of man
and the disease from which the cows had suffered. On
inquiry, it did not appear that there were cases of scarlatina

Recent Developments in Public Hygiene. xxvii

at or near the dairy, from wliich contamination of milk in
the way usually accepted, could have taken place. Dr.
Buchanan, the head of the Medical Department under the
Privy Council, accepted the evidence as conclusive, the
medical world was taken by storm, and the " Hendon cow
disease " was everywhere talked of as the clearly established
source of an outbreak of milk scarlatina. It seemed proper
that the veterinary authorities should make an independent
inquiry, and the services of Professor Crookshank, a
recognised authority on questions of bacteriology, were
engaged. In the reports which have since been issued, it is
stated that the so-called Hendon disease is well known to
cow keepers and veterinary surgeons, who describe it as
cow-pox, and the experiments made by Professor Crook-
shank were considered by him to establish this belief It
was further stated that there had been scarlet fever in a
house not veiy far from the daiiy, and that there had been
constant communication between the two places. The very
remarkable fact further came out, that though the milk was
considered to have caused scarlet fever among persons
living in London, it had no such effect among the persons
living at or near the dairy, who regularly consumed it.

It was further stated that, in two adjacent dairies, the
cows suffered from a similar disease to those at Hendon, but
that there was never any suspicion that the milk from these
had caused scarlet fever. So the question at present stands,
after a good deal of heated controversy ; and on a review of
the whole evidence, it seems as if Drs. Klein and Power
had been somewhat hasty in coming to conclusions, and the
latest reports of outbreaks of scarlet fever, occurring more or
less in coincidence with the occurrence of signs of illness
among the cows supplying milk, are by no means conclusive.
The question has great practical, as well as theoretical
interest; for if such a dangerous disease as scarlet fever may
be produced by the milk o± cows suffering from some kind
of disease, it is of the utmost importance that the nature and
symptoms of that disease should be clearly defined, in order

xxviii Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

that precautions may be taken. Its identification, too,
might lead to important results, by bringing nearer the
probability of attaining some system of prevention analogous
to vaccination against small-pox. But another very import-
ant point is also raised. If scarlatina can actually be
produced in this way, it will be necessary to go back and
review the evidence, as to the mode of production of
former milk epidemics. Were they really due, as supposed,
to contamination of the milk with infecting particles from
a scarlet fever patient ? In that way, indeed, the whole
question of the spread of disease by means of contaminated
milk is again brought up for open discussion. The effect
has been to call forth a quantity of evidence in opposition
to the view that scarlatina is readily produced by con-
taminated milk. In the " Report on Eruptive Diseases of
the Teats and Udders in Cows," recently issued by the
Agricultural Department, there is given in an appendix
a report by Dr. Hime, on his observations in Bradford
during a very severe epidemic of scarlet fever in 1887
He narrates a number of instances of scarlet fever occurring
among children living at dairies, and yet among the families
supplied there was almost complete immunity from the
disease. He had also occasion to inquire into the cause of
outbreaks occurring among the customers of particular
milksellers, without being able in any instance to discover
that the suspicion which had fallen on the dairy was in
any way well founded. His conclusion was that if, under
conditions so favourable to the spread of infection, it did
not occur, it is more than probable that there must be the
greatest difficulty in milk becoming infected.

At a meeting of the Epidemiological Society of London
in December last, a paper was read by Dr. Shirley Murphy,
on " The Sanitary Administration of Dairy Farms." His
object was to point out the need of legislation, to guard
against the spread of disease among dairy cows, and
against the infection of milk. Referrino; to the risk of
milk becoming contaminated by particles from scarlet fever

Recent Developments in Public Hygiene. xxix

patients, he gave his experience of a public institution, in
which the milk was for years exposed daily to the risk
of infection, by being carried through wards containing
scarlet fever patients, without any appreciable effect upon
persons who afterwards drank it. The milk was sometimes
even further in danger of being contaminated by being
served out by a woman who was actuall}^ attending on
the patients, and yet it did not produce the disease.
All this, of course, is only negative evidence, and Dr.
Murphy's object was not so much to oppose the doctrine,
that milk thus contaminated may cause scarlatina, as to
enforce the need of careful examination of the cows them-
selves, whenever milk is suspected of being the medium of
conveying infection. Under any circumstances, nothing but
benefit to the public health can result from full inquiry into
all such disputed questions. The whole matter shows
further, how necessary it is to keep ourselves open to the
influence of fresh knowledge, and be ready, if necessary, to
amend even what we had come to look on as settled
doctrines.

As regards the two diseases to which I have referred, the
main points about their infectivity and mode of spread,
remain untouched. In connection with typhoid, we have
to guard against impure water supply and insanitary
surroundings ; and in the case of scarlet fever, we must
trust to isolation and disinfection, on account of the intense
contagiousness of the disease.

SHORT ADDRESS ON GEOLOGICAL PROGRESS.

By G. S. Griffiths, F.G.S.

The past year has been marked by no special feature a»
far as Australian Geology is concerned. The geological
staffs of the various Colonies have continued to extend their
surveys, wliilst private observers have added to our knowledge
of the interior and other parts. Mr. Jack's discovery of
cretaceous fossils in the lower beds of the desert sandstone
of Western Queensland — confirmed as the age of these has
since been by Professor Tait, after an examination of the
fossils — is an event of great importance. The chalk beds of
the coasts of Victoria and South Australia, between Portland
Bay and the Murray mouth, have been further investigated,
and the fossils collected by Mr. Dennant and others have
led Professor Tait to remove the lower stratum from the
Miocene, to which the Rev. Julian Woods had assigned it,
into the Eocene. In New South Wales, the findino- of a
well-preserved labyrinthodont at Biloela, enables Professor
Stephens to confirm the Triassic age of the Hawksbury
sandstone. Some very interesting remains of ganoid fishes
have been unearthed near Mansfield by Mr. G. Sweet, who
will shortly ])ublish particulars of this Old Red Sandstone
deposit. In Western Australia the carboniferous area on the
coast is receiving attention, and Mr. R. M. Johnson, of
Tasmania, is prepaiing a comprehensive work upon the
geology of that island.

To turn from local developments to the recent history of
the science in Europe, I notice that an important Congress of
Geologists has been discussing the principles of geological
map making, with a view to unify practice in relation to
coloration and symbols, and to simplify the terminology.
These objects must have our entire sympathy, and if they
can be secured, the study of the science will be distinctly
asssisted.

Geological Progress. xxxi

The important branch of Vulcanology has made an invalu-
able addition to its literature, with the publication, by the
Royal Society of Great Britain, of the report of its Committee
upon the Krakatoa eruption. That body comes to the
conclusion, that the extrusion of the volcanic matter of an
eruption is due, not to the presence of water in the magma,
but to the occlusion of potentially gaseous compounds, formed
by chemical interaction between some of the heated minerals.
This important generalisation has been dubbed the "Cartridge
theory," as it pre-supposes that there are in the crust of the
globe certain strata which, being heated, generate within
themselves explosive gases, which thereupon rend the over-
lying rocks, and then by their expansion, expel the molten
magma in which they are entangled. According to this
view, the paroxysmal outbursts which so frequently mark
volcanic emissions, are due to the accidental admission to
the^ lava of quarry water, which nearly always saturates
all the rocks forming the walls of the upper part of the rent-

Another subject which was discussed at the recent
Geological Congress, is the nature and origin of the
crystalline schists. Whilst a great diversity of opinion
prevailed between the greatest living geological authorities,
in relation to many important but open questions bearing
upon this class of rock, the tendency of the discussions
reveals a widely held belief that the schistose characteristics
of gneiss have been developed by the dynamic strains
incidental to the process of mountain building ; and also,
that any kind of rock subjected to this intense pressure
may be transformed into gneiss, whether it be of sedimentary,
organic, or plutonic oiugin.

These matters are the principal points which come under
notice in reviewing the geological progress made during the
past year.

SHORT ADDRESS ON LITERATURE AND THE
FINE ARTS.

By James Edward Neild, M.D.

The title of this short paper is comprehensive, and there is
very much more to be said thereon than can be compressed
in the ten minutes allotted to me ; but as I have an end to
serve, namely, the formulation of a section not as yet formu-
lated, and as my purpose can be achieved as easily in ten
minutes as in two hours, I accept the limitation. I will not
attempt a history of the subject, even in epitome. I will not
even try to describe what has recently been done in the
domain of Literature and Art, for even within these confines
it would be impossible to set forth, even categorically, what
has of late been accomplished in the di)'ection of books, pic-
tures statues, and buildings. I will be provincial, and I will
use only so much of the limited material at my command,
as to draw attention to the much-regretted neglect by the
Royal Society, of Section G, which, as you know, takes in
Literature and the Fine Arts, including Architecture. And
considering that the first clause of the Laws of the Society
declares that the institution was founded for the advance-
ment of Science, Literature, and Art, it is at least remarkable,
that, hitherto, the operations of the Society have been almost
exclusively confined to the consideration of the first of these
subjects.

In Law 53, it will be observed, provision is made for
departmental work, this being defined in an enumeration
of eight sections, all of them, however, curiously enough,
having reference to Science, except Section G, which, as I
have intimated, deals with " Literature and the Fine Arts,
including Architecture." I am quite sure it is not because
these subjects have been considered of subordinate import-

Literature and the Fine Arts. xxxiii

ance that they have not been dealt with, neither has it been
supposed, I think, that in a new country such as this, the
belles lettres are incongruous or premature. It is possible
that it may have been deemed unnecessar}'^ to take them into
consideration, in the belief that societies exist here, having
a special mission to concern themselves with Art and
Literature. In any case, it is a cause of regret that Section
G has, up to the present, never been developed. I should
very nmch like, therefore, to assist in developing Section G.
I am aware that it has been asserted, sometimes regretfully,
sometimes scornfully, that we have no Australian literature
other than periodical literature, and that periodical literature
comprises newspapers and very little else. It is true we do
not produce many books, and it is not less true that of the
books we do produce, some of them are not worth keeping.
But after you have well sifted all the books which all the
colonies have given to the Australian world, there will
remain a residuum which, small as it is, represents a
literature of its own kind. Among the many writers of
verse, there have been some poets ; among the numerous
story-tellers, there have been a few whose tales are worth
preserving ; there are historians whose records it would be
a calamity to lose, and we have had essayists whose writings
deserve to become classical. In respect of dramatic writing,
we have not achieved much distinction. In part proof of
this, I may mention that, during the last twenty-five years, I
have read about 300 plays in manuscript, and I am obliged
to say that I could not recommend more than five of these to
the consideration of managers, and even this recommenda-
tion was hesitatingly conceded. The bulk of our Australian
literature, therefore, is periodical ; that is to say, it consists
of newspapers ; and of this kind of literature, we have a good
deal. I have to admit that a large proportion of it is of a
superior kind, and that some of it is of a high-class character.
I am not unaware that another proportion of it is of an
opposite degree of excellence. I am not now speaking, nor
need I be expected to speak, of the moral tone of Australian

xxxiv Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

newspapers, but only of their literary quality ; and, basing
my assertion upon a good deal of experience, I say with
confidence, that the literary quality of the newspapers, in
Victoria at any rate, is, with exceptions of course, of a kind
upon which we may congratulate ourselves. Whatever
literary feeling there may be in Victorian society, therefore,
is to a large extent derived from, and is built upon, the
newspapers. We have proportionally a much larger number
of newspapers than they have in the old country. There are
hundreds of towns in England, of considerable size, that have
no public journal whatever; whereas in this colony, the very
smallest township has some kind of newspaper. There is
thus an extensive diffusion of information, and every member
of the community is indebted to the newspaper for a great
deal of the knowledge he possesses.

But we also import books in great numbers from the old
countries of the world, and it is by no means exceptional,
nowadays, for persons of even moderate means to possess
libraries often of considerable size. It is true that not a few
persons of means that are much more than moderate, have
no libraries at all; and that of those who have them, some
never read them. The story is extant of a gentleman,
belonging to the extremely wealthy lower orders, who,
having been persuaded to include in the plan of a new house
he was building a library, ordered his books from England
by the ton. He said it simplified matters to send for two
tons. I myself have been in houses where the decorator had
carte blanche given him, but in which the library did not
number more than fifty volumes.

For all this we are, by comparison, a reading people, and
as far as reading may induce the literary faculty, a writing
people. The letters that from time to time appear in the
newspapers, may be accepted in demonstration of this latter
proposition ; and they probably do not represent more than
a tithe of those actually written, I am not going to say that
all such letters indicate marked literary skill, but they
certainly represent a good deal of such skill, and some of

Literature and the Fine Arts. xxxv

them are veritable essays, not unworthy the trouble of pre-
serving. It would be untrue to say, that a newspaper-
reading people is of necessit}' a literary community. The
Americans, as we all know, have more newspapers in
proportion to population than an}' other nation in the world,
but as a people, they cannot certainly be regarded as literary,
and tliey themselves have confessed that they are not an
educated people. I justify this statement by reminding you
that a not undeservedly popular lecturer from the United
States, who visited these colonies only a few years since, told
us tliat 5,000,000 of the 50,000,000 of the great republic,
over ten years of age, could not even read ; that 6,250,000
could not write ; that of the 10,000,000 of voters in the
States, one in five could not write his name ; that of the
10,000,000 of children enrolled in the public schools,
7,500,000 were in absolute ignorance of the English alphabet.
He further said that in .34 cities, from 50 to 84 per cent, of
the children were not enrolled in schools at all ; that in 80
cities, the average attendance at school was only f of the
enrolment ; that in New York, 200,000 children had never
been to school at all ; that in Chicago only a third of the
children went to school ; and that in St. Louis, out of a
population of 106,000 persons, 50,000 were growing up
literally savages. These particulars were offered only as
samples of the literary destitution there prevailing, and they
were supplied by an American. Now in Victoria, according
to the last completed Year Book, nearly 95 per cent, of the
children at the school age were being educated either at state
or private schools.

It does not follow, of course, that education as we know
it, confers the literary faculty, but at least it supplies a
ground work for a beginning. We may claim, therefore,
that as we have here educational facilities if not superior to
those of other states, yet equal to most of those who are best
supplied, we ought to be a literary community.

The misfortune is, that many who enter upon a literary
career, appear to think that the calling requires no special

xsxv Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

training. It is not objected that tlie calling is taken up in
supplement of other callings, but because it is not the
principal avocation, it seems as if it were regarded as
unnecessary to study tlie art of literary composition syste-
matically.

A well-known epigrammatist has said, that it requires five
years to learn to be a cabinet-maker, but that one may
become an author in half an hour. The reply to this was,
that it was witty, bat false, for that a literary man has to
undergo a long apj^renticeship. His school-life, his college-
life, his travels, his hearing, seeing, reading, observing,
suffering, all are parts of his training. Then with all this
training, he has often to work at labour he does not love,
and his writing has to be done furtively, or in the intervals
of his enforced daily work.

Going back for historic examples, we find that Hesiod was
an agriculturist, Thucydides a general, Xeuophon a com-
mander, Plato and Aristotle schoolmasters. Cicero morever,
was a politician, Varro a soldier, Horace first a soldier,
then a secretary. And to come nearer to our own times,
La Rochefoucauld was a courtier, Montesquieu a judge,
Chateaubriand a sub-lieutenant, and Balzac a reader of proofs.
And then, as we know, Shakspeare was an actor, Byron a
lord, Grote a banker, Dickens a reporter. Cooper a consul,
Bancroft a minister, Emerson a pastor, and Oliver Wendell
Holmes is a physician. I suppose no man, nor no woman,
ever set out upon the journey of life, with the set purpose of
being an author, and yet an author, worthy of the name,
requires a training harder a great deal than that needed for
any other vocation.

Professor Huxley recently said, " I fancy we are the only
nation in the world who seem to think that composition
comes by nature. The French attend to their own language,
the Germans study their's, but Englishmen do not seem to
think it worth their while." As Dogberry has it, so they
apparently think that "reading and writing come by
nature."

Literature and the Fine Arti^. xxxvii

It is a melancholy thing, however, when a consciousness
of the writing- faculty prompts the possessor, he not being a
poet, to make verses. Christopher North, it will be
remembered by those who are familiar with his now not
much read, but undeservedly neglected works, especially the
Nodes AmbivsioMce, begins one of his reviews with this
epigrammatic declaration — " All men, women, and children,
are poets, except those who write verses." And at a some-
what later period, it will be remembered that Carlyle wrote,
in acknowledgment of a sonnet he had received from his
friend, Dr. W. C. Bennett, as follows : — " Your name,
hitherto, is known to me chiefly as associated with verse.
It is one of my constant i^egrets, in this generation, that men
to whom the gods have given a genius, which means a light
of intelligence, of courage and all manfulness, or else means
nothing, will insist in such an earnest time as ours has
grown, in bringing out their divine gift in the shape of verse,
which now no man reads entirely in earnest. That a man has
to bring out his gift in words of any kind, and not in silent
divine actions, which alone are fit to express it well, seems
to me a great misfortune for him ; but that he should select
verse with its half credibilities and other sad accompani-
ments, when he might have prose and be wholly credible, if
he desired it, this I lay at the door of our Spiritual teachers
(pedants mostly, and speaking an obsolete dialect), who
thereby incalculably rot the world, making him who might
have been a soldier and fighter (so terribly wanted just at
present), a mere preacher and idle singer. This is a fixed
perception of mine, growing ever more fixed these many
years ; and I ofier it to you as I have done to many othei's
in the like case, not much hoping that you will believe in it
at once. But certainly a good, wise, earnest, piece in prose
from you, would please me better than the musicalest verses
could."

God forbid that I should discourage the true poet from
scattering his pearls upon the earth. A genuine poet is a
creature to be worshipped, but although there may be only

xxxviii Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

one real poet in a million of men, there may be many
eloquent writers who are no poets ; and of these, I am sure
there is a large quota in Victoria. I should like to gather
some of them together under Section G.

Then of the " Fine Arts, including Architecture." Con-
cerning this hitter, if I were to say all I think at this
moment, I should make every Victorian architect my deadly
enemy, for this Marvellous Melbourne, in my judgment, is
only a large collection of architectural eyesores. It is an
ocean of ugliness, with a very few small islets of beauty ; a
wilderness of brick and stucco, with here and there an oasis
of honest masonry.

Of sculpture we have not much, and this little is chiefly
imported. The examples at the National Gallery are many
of them melancholy illustrations of probably good intention^
but disastrous ill-judgment on the part of the buyer. I except
the majority of the casts, especially from the antique. It is the
marbles, for the most part, that make me sad. The latest of
these illustrations of imperfect judgment in the selection is The
Bull and the Herdsman by Boehm. The sculptor of this work,
R. A. though he be, furnishes, I think, another instance of mis-
directed talent. It is especially the purpose of sculpture, I take
it, to elevate, to refine, to exalt the mind above gross surround-
ings. And I do not think a bull and a bull-keeper suggest any
thoughts that are elevated, refined, or exalted. The work-
manship of this piece of statuary is excellent, no doubt. The
thing is as like a bull as it is possible to make it in marble,
but I will not believe that excellence of technical handicraft
represents the highest condition of art. A turnip, a pumpkin,
a mangel-wurzel, a stump of a tree, a sack of potatoes, a
wheelbarrow, might all be carved in marble, and they might
demand from the sculptor great manij^ulative skill, but what
then? They would still be severally turnips, ])umpkins,
mangel-wurzels, tree-stum]:)s, potato-sacks, and wheelbarrows.
They would lead you up to nothing higher than themselves ;
and so of this marble bull. Such a work would be appro-
priate enough for a tavern sign, or as the centre-piece of an

Literature and the Fine Arts. xxxix

agricultural hall ; or a successful grazier might have it ei-ected
in his front garden, but it is only a perplexing incongruity
where now it stands. It may help to teach a mere stone
cutter, but not a sculptor.

We have a gallery of pictures, and some of them might
well enough remain where they are, both to please the public
and to instruct the students ; others might be removed to a
separate gallery, and kept as examples to show the students
what to avoid. And, indeed, it would do a great many
people, other than students, good to be taught what kind of
pictures they should not hang up in their houses. In the
dwelling-places of even well-informed people are to be found
literally chambers of pictorial horrors, and yet they excite
no distress in the minds of the possessors, because these ill-
advised, although possibly inoffensive, persons do not know
what a picture worthy of the name of picture is. But
another class of people are even worse than these, for they
suffer from a form of pictorial blindness, and variously paint,
or buy, pictures which make a healthy-minded man shudder
at the sight of them. We had some of these morbid
specimens in the Grosvenor Gallery when it was with us
twelve months ago, and I am afraid they did harm by
demoralising the feeble art principles of divers invertebrate
persons, who are much swayed by authority, and incapable of
thinking for themselves. Happily, we have in Mr. Folingsby
now a whole-souled, healthy-minded director of our art
school, and the students he fi'om time to time turns out are
similarly whole-souled and healthy-minded too. They paint
honest pictures, every one of which has a meaning, and sets
you thinking of their meaning,- an effect which every good
picture is capable of doing. I do not think our art students
are likely to be ever corrupted into the heresy of painting
" Scapegoats," or " Triumphs of Innocents."

But Mr. rolingsb3''s good teaching should be extended,
and made a more general use of No doubt there are some
good drawing masters in Victoria, but judging by such
examples as I very often see, the drawing masters themselves

xl Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

cannot draw. And as to teaching the principles of pictorial
art, it is practically unthouglit of. For besides technical
skill, a student should, I think, be instructed how to
distinguish between what is essentially picturesque, and
what is not.

Sala some years ago said, " He who can draw, be it ever
so badly, has a dozen extra preference shares in every land-
scape, shares that are perpetually paying golden dividends.
He can not only see the fields and mountains, tlie rivers and
brooks, but he can eat and drink them. The flowers are a
continual feast, and when the rain is on them, and after
that the sun, they may be washed down with richest wines.
To the artistic eye, there are inexhaustible pleasures to be
found in the meanest objects. There are rich studies of
colour in a brick wall; of form in every hedge and stunted
pollard; of light and shade in every heap of stones on the
macadamised road ; of more than pre-Raffaelite stippling and
finish in every tuft of herbage and wild flower. The shadow
cast by a pigstye on a road ; by an omnibus driver's reins
on his horses' backs ; the picturesque form of a donkej^'-cart ;
the rags of a travelling tinker ; the drapery-folds in a
petticoat hung out to dry on a clothes line in the back yai'd ;
the rugged angularities of the lumps of coal in the grate ;
the sharp light upon the decanters at home — all these are
fruitful themes for musing and speculative pleasure. The
fisherman who can draw, has ten times more enjoyment in
his meditative pursuit, than the inartistic angler. An
acquaintance with art, takes roods, perches, furlongs from
the journey ; for however hard the ground may be, however
dreary the tract of country through which we journey,
though our twenty miles may lie in the whole distance
between dead walls, have we not always that giant scrap book
the sky above us — the sky with all its varieties of colour,
its rainy fringes, its changing forms and aspects ? I would
not have a man look upon the heavens in a purely paint-pot
spirit ; I would not have him consider every sky as merely
so much Naples-yellow, crimson-lake, and cobalt-blue, with

Literature and the Fine Arts. xli

Hake-white clouds spattered over it by a dexterous move-
ment of the palette knife ; but I would have him bring an
artist's eye, and an artist's mind to the heavens above."

Moreover, I would have students taught the reason why one
class of lines, or forms, or colours, gratifies the eye more than
another. Max Muller some time ago explained anatomically
the reason of the universal admiration bestowed upon curves
instead of straight lines. He told us, that the eye is
moved in its orbit by six {i.e., the four recti and the two
oblique) muscles, of which four (the recti) are respectively
employed to raise, depress, turn to the right, and to the left.
The other two (the oblique) have an action contrary to each
other, and roll the eye on its axis, or from the outside down-
ward, and inside upward. When therefore an object is pre-
sented for inspection, the first act is that of circumvision on
going round the boundary lines, so as to bring consecutively
every individual portion of the circumference upon the most
delicate and sensitive portion of the retina. Now, if figures
bounded by straight lines be presented for inspection, it is
obvious that but two of these muscles can be called into
action, and it is equally evident that in curves of a circle or
ellipse, all must alternately be brought into action ; the
effect then is, that if only two be employed, as in rectilinear
figures, those two have an undue share of labour, and by
repeating the experiment frequently, as we do in childhood
the notion of tedium is instilled, a distaste for straight lines
is gradually formed, and we are led to prefer those curves
which supply a more general and equable share of work to
the muscles. This explanation, it will be seen, happily
introduces science into the province of art, and there can be
no question, that both high art and pure literature may
occasionally profit by invoking aid from Science.

The drawing taught in our State Schools, and in the
so-called Schools of Design, if we may judge by the work of
the pupils occasionally exhibited, is of a very mechanical
kind. The examples, for the most part, show neither taste,
feeling, originality, nor technical facility. No art principles

xlii Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

appear to be inculcated, no obligation is enforced of the
pupil thinking for himself. It is a neglect of this kind
that I hope will be pointed out by means of this section,
and in this way we may aid, not inconsiderably, in the
general scheme of State education ; a scheme which in
particulars, other than those of art-knowledge, is greatly in
need of amendment.

.;-,.* ^^^^D^ <^<P

PROCEEDINGS.

Art. I. — On the Discovery of Fossil Fish in the Old Red
Sandstone Rocks of the Mansfield District.

With Plates I, II, and III.

By George Sweet.

[Read April 6, 1889.]

Some twenty-five years ago, the attention of Mr. Selwyn,
then Director of the Geological Survey of Victoria, was
directed to some specimens of a purplish red sandstone rock,
containing a few fragments of plant remains from the Battery
Hill, near Mansfield.* The fossils were submitted to Pro-
fessor McCoy, who studied them, and in consequence,
recommended Mr. Selwyn to colour the Mansfield area as
Old Red Sandstone.

Some twenty years after, Mr. Reginald A. F. Murray, the
{)resent Government Geologist, during his geological ex-
amination of the district, obtained fossils which had been
found by Messrs. Tolmie, sons of the then owner of the
Dueran Station. -f-

These were also examined by Professor McCoy, who has
been kind enough to write to me as follows concerning
them: — " Mr. Murray brought me some vegetable fragments
and the remarkable cephalic shield, to which I have given the
name of Rhytidaspis murrayi, in his honour, as well as the
first example of the large Ichthyodorulite, which you have
since found in such abundance, so curiously resembling, both
in size, shape, and tuberculation, the Oyracanthus obliquus
(McCoy) from the base of the carboniferous series of the
North of England, as to suggest that that genus might not
be Selachian, but belong to the head and other parts of the
body of fish of different affinities. |" These relics were of too

* " Notes ou the Physical Geography, Geology, and Mineralogy of Vic-
toria," one of the International Exhibition Essays, 1866, by Mr. A. R. C.
Selwyn.

t Memorandum of Mr. R. A. F. Murray, Geological Surveyor of the
Department of Mines.

J Memorandum of Professor McCoy, C.M.G.

B

2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

great interest to be forgotten; and, in the beginning of last
year, at the instance of Professor McCoy and Mr. Murray,
the Secretary for Mines, Mr. C. W. Langtree, provided funds
for a further investigation.

The Rev. A. W. Cresswell accordingly visited the district.
He spent a day or two or there, and searched along the
Broken River, near its junction with the Bridge Creek, and
some distance up the latter. He found some interesting
fossils himself, and left two men under the supervision of
Mr. P. Bromfield, the Shire Secretary, with directions to
excavate for more*, with the result thus summed up by
Professor McCoy : — The Rev. A. Cresswell procured some
"scales" allied to those of Glyidtolepis in appearance; and
examples of still greater interest of Acanthodian fishes related
to known Old Red Sandstones types. He also brought
various examples of the Lepidodendron Tiiansfieldense
(McCoy), of which lithographic figures have been prepared for
the Decades of Paleeontology of Victoria, with all the details
necessary for a satisfactory recognition of the species, which
is quite distinct from the Lepidodendron australe (McCoy)i
of the Avon River, Gippsland. Yet these were, except in
tlie case of the Lepidodendron just referred to and an
Acanthodian fish and one oi- two others, so fragmentary that
determination was both difficult and hazardous.

Mr. Cresswell was, however, unable to spare time for
further work in the field, and Professor McCoy did me the
honour to suggest that I should undertake a more thorough
examination ot the rocks of that locality. The Secretary of
the Mining Department, Mr. Langtree, promised to render
every assistance, and to supply a limited sum to employ men
to quarry. As 1 feel great interest in the ancient forms of
life, and possess a certain amount of ambition to assist in
obtaining more complete knowledge of the remains which
are at present hidden in the rocks on this side of the globe,
I consented to undertake the work. We left Melbourne on
the eighteenth of December last, at which date only, the
services of Mr. James Tolmie could be secured as guide, and
readied Mansfield on the nineteenth.

The first characteristic purplish red sandstone rock makes
its appearance on the roadways, having been used for
repairing them, shortly after leaving the highly-inclined

• Memorandum of Kev. A. W. Cresswell, M. A.
+ Memorandum of Professor McCoy, C.M.G.

Fossil Fish ill Rods of tJie Mansfidd District. 'i

Upper Silurian strata of Maindample and Doon. Reacliing
an elevation in the track near tiie Paps (a considerable hill
to our right, terminating in two peaks), other striking
features of this district come into view ; its beautiful park-
like character, well grassed and thinly timbered, with fair
sized red gums ; while beyond, the distant hills, with their
slightly inclined strata and almost horizontal tops, can be
plainly seen. Mount Timber Top is seen straight before us
some distance away. Slightly to the left, and apparently
near by Mansfield, but proving on closer acquaintance to be
a mile or two distant from the township, is the conspicuous
Battery Hill, called by way of compliment Mount Battery ;
while farther back, and more to the left and north, range in
apparently close proximity the Wombat, Table Top, and
Hat Hill, all more or less conspicuous from their almost
horizontal tops, and occasional long lines of shelf-like pro-
jecting rocks. These attract more and more attention till
we reach Mansfield. From the township, a walk of a few
minutes only brings us to Ford's Creek, on the Benalla
Road, where we are face to face with broad surfaces of flat
sandstone rock, many yards in width, visible for a consider-
able distance in its bed. To the north-east, at a short
distance, is the Mount Battery, whence the fossil plants
came which attracted the attention of Mr. Selwyn. In a
northerly direction, to the summit of the Wombat, Timber
Top, and Hat Hill, attaining an altitude of from 2000 to
3000 feet, every creek, cutting, or protruding rock exhibits
hard gritty flagstones of reddish brown to purplish red, with
chocolate and claret coloured fine grained sandstones (some
having a micaceous character), interstratified with very thick
beds of rubbly shale and mudstone, resembling rocks I have
seen at the Iguana Creek, and the Avon River in Gippsland.
Examining the formation along the Broken River, from
the old bridge at Dueran to the spot searched by Mr. Cress-
well, and on to Mr. P. O'Halloran's selection, and into the
enclosure known as the Tannery Paddock, being part of
what is now Mr. Mitchell's Dueran Estate, I found them
composed of chocolate coloured rubbly shales changing to a
purplish tint, interstratified with beds of nmch harder
material, showing in places ripple and other markings.
Having reached the spot shown to me by Mr. James Tolmie,
where he found the fragment of Iddhyodorulite, resembling
Gyracanthus, I ascertained them all to have been found as
freestones, and not in situ.

B 2

4 Proceedings of the Royal Society of VictoHa.

The Broken River, for a considerable distance in this
neighbourhood, runs apj^roxiraately from east to west,
while the strata dip at an Mngle of from 4° to 8° to the
south-west, the general inclination of the land surface on the
north, as of the strata, from the tops of the Hat Hill, Table
Top, &c., six miles distant, except where denuded and
scooped out to form the deep valleys which can often be
observed, is toward the river.

The western boundary of these rocks, north of the Broken
River, is approximately along the line ot the Blue Range
Creek, where they abut on, and appear to overlap, the
srranite rocks which culminate in the Blue Rano'es.

The strata on the south side of the river continue to dip,
wherever seen, in the same direction, and at about the same
anofle as on the north side. The land surface o-enerallv,
however, rises slowly from the river for a few miles, till it
reaches the watershed of the Delatite River and its tribu-
taries, not, however, without an occasional hill, evidently
the remains of an extensive and almost horizontal area,
which the denuding agency of the receding waters failed to
remove. By far the most conspicuous of such, is the Battery
Hill before referred to, and several others on the north of
Broken River, including the Hat Hill, Table Top, &c. The
small hill, also on the north of the Broken River, and to the
west of Bridge Creek, visited by Mr. Ci'esswell, is one
example ; and the somewhat larger hill, a mile further east,
close to the river, forming a part of Mr. P. O'Halloran's and
Mr. Mitchell's properties, and containing an area of about
ane hundred and twenty acres, is another. It is with these
iwo last-named elevations, and chiefly the latter, that this
paper is concerned, as it was this place which appeared to
me to present the greatest facilities for ascertaining the
succession of the various strata, and obtaining fossils.

Our camp was fixed at 11 (Plate 1) on the south side of
the river, so as to be near at hand. The wisdom of this
was soon apparent, as we were thus enabled to use all
available daylight for our work. For though the employes
worked but eight hours per day, my investigations occupied
me nearly double that time, daylight being supplemented by
the lamp, for some of the work that had to be done.

If we start from the point at which the line Y Y bisects
the hill on its western side, the site of No. 1 in sketch,
indicating the first excavation, and look south-west, we at
once notice a steep embankment, which slopes some thirty

Fossil Fish in Rocks of the Mansfield District. 5

feet down to the river flats below, and forming the upper
ledge of this embankment, and immediately below the
surface, a band of hard rock four feet in thickness, which
has served to protect the underlying beds from denudation,
and has thus played an important part in determining the
present conformation of the hill. Looking north-east, the
hill rises before us in a plane, closely parallel to the plane of
stratification of this band. If we now walk along the
embankment with the hill on our left, we gradually come
down to the level of the river, and obtain evidences of its
action. Som6 of the rocks have been undermined by the
flood waters, and stand out in bold projections ; others lie
with their upper surface exposed in large flags, which
occasionally show ripple-markings, and an innumerable
number of what seem to be fucoids or the castings of worms.
As we come round the hill, and approach the point, No. 9,
where the line Z Z^^ crosses the river, the rocks form its bed
for a short reach, and pass out of sight on the other side.
Beds, superior to any now remaining on this hill, have been
revealed by the flood waters on the other side of the river ;
while a little to the east of this line, clear evidence exists
that the river has cut for itself a considerable depth and
width through the hard rocks into the softer rubbly shale or
mudstone.

The general appearance of the locality favours the view,
that at no very distant period of time the flats above this
point were occupied by the waters of a lake, extending over
the Tannery Paddock and beyond. These flats are in winter
almost a swamp, and where it is cut by the river, I found
that the alluvial deposits attain a depth of some twenty feet.
The erosion of the hard rocks at this lower extremity has, I
think, di'ained the lake.

Continuinsc on the north side of the river, along the
embankment, which now becomes more steep with the
projecting rocks shelving out, several lower beds show
themselves along the escarpment, marked No. 8. A short
distance from here, the embankment ceases to be precipitous,
and slopes out a long way to the flats. On reaching the point
marked Z'^ the aneroid indicated one hundred and forty feet
above the river. Hence, to the point of commencement, the
north sides of this isolated remnant of what was once an
extensive plateau, stretch away to the lower land. A survey of
the country ai'ound, from the highest part of this hill, gives
evidence of its former continuity with several other elevations

6 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

on the north of the river. The sloping surfaces of the hills
are seen to be nearly in one plane, including that visited by-
Mr. Cresswell, to the west, and the Hat Hill. It reveals
also the chief cause of their isolation, which is clearly the
extensive denudation which has taken place during the slow
elevation of the land through the waters, intensified by more
recent causes. The action referred to has removed the rock
for a depth of one hundred and thirty feet from the top of this
hill (marked Z'^ on sketcli) to the flats below^, exposing a
series of twenty-four beds of varying thickness.

As will be observed from the specimens exhibited, the
prevailing rock of the north-east of this declivity of the hill
is a rubbly and nodular shale or mudstone, of chocolate,
claret, or purplish-red, and in one or two cases of a pale
green and greenish-blue colour, so much so, that of the
twenty-four beds of rock, thirteen, having an aggregate
thickness of one hundred and flfty-two feet, are of this
character, interstratified with eleven beds of different rocks.

These eleven contain a thickness of only eight feet six
inches, giving a total thickness of beds of all kinds of one
hundred and sixty feet, but which, owing to the inclination
of the beds, and the five upper beds not being found till the
summit of the hill is passed, gives but one hundred and
thirty feet as the altitude of the hill above the river flats.

Let me now direct attention to the various strata, their
general character, and the fossils found in each, beginning at
the lowest stratum observed, at the north-east of the hill
indicated by Z^ on the line Z Z" 7}.

The lowest member of the series observed (Plate 2, A) was
a dull red dense micaceous sandstone. In this, no fossil
remains were detected, and the lower limit was not seen, but a
few feet being exposed. Resting on this is a bed, thirty feet
thick, of the dull purplish, rubbly, nodular, and calcareous
shale or mudstone before referred to. Next, we reach six
feet (B) of a bluish-green calcareous mudstone shale, slightly
micaceous, and retaining the rubbly and nodular character
of the thirty feet bed of mudstone rock on which it rests.
Then follow fifteen feet (C) of rock similar to A, bearing on
it one foot (D) similar to B, and then another fifteen feet
(E) similar to A. We now reach a six inch stratum (F) of
much harder rock, which has resisted the action of the
weather more than any of those named, and projects out in
a long yellow line. This, when broken into, displays a
bluish-grey arenaceous limestone, slightly micaceous, chang-

Fossil Fish in Rocks of the Mansfield District. 7

ing to light yellowish-brown on exposure and loss of lime.
No. 5 excavation was on this bed.* Then twenty feet of
rock (G) similar to A, are met with. We now reach a most
interesting bed (H) (excavation No. 4) about nine inches in
thickness, of calcareous and micaceous sandstone, of varying
colour ; the prevailing rock being of a dense, dark, bluish-
grey, having lenticular patches, some of a yellowish, and
others of a green tint.

Material similar to the lower bed A was then passed
through in bed I for twenty feet.

J is a six-inch bed of brecciated fine-grained calcareous
sandstone, resisting the action of the weather, and ledging
out, having a very mottled appearance.

K is eight feet of similar rock to A.

L is a six-inch mottled bed similar to J.

M has six feet of similar material to A, except that it is
lighter, being more of a chocolate colour ; and in N for four
inches J is repeated. O again repeats M.

P is an eight-inch stratum, similar to J in being mottled,
though of a lighter colour, changing to a yellowish-brown on
exposure, but having on its under side lenticular masses of
siliceous and calcareous breccia of a dark purplish colour, on
which No. 6 trench and excavation were made.

Q has four feet more of the chocolate-coloured rubbly
shales similar to M ; and in R we have the bed in which the
greatest amount of excavation was done, as on it were
situated Nos. 2, 3, and 7. It is a six-inch, highly-laminated,
chocolate-coloui'ed shale, slightly calcareous, scaling off in
thin flakes, and containing oval-shaped lenticular masses of
dense, dark purplish calcareous sandstone, changing to a
lighter colour on exposure.

The S bed immediately above this again resembles M for
four feet, and then a nine-inch bed (T) of dense dark stone,
changing to light chocolate or claret-coloured ferruginous and
micaceous sandstone is seen.

Resting on this is a twelve feet bed (U), similar to M.

V is a two-feet stratum of irregularly-bedded ferruginous
gandstone shale.

Above this is another two-feet bed (W), and highest of the
series on this side of the river, though occurring only on the

• The numbers of the excavations are in the order of their commence-
ment. For facilitating recognition by the workmen, and the correct reference
of the fossils to their proper beds, the numbers of the excavations were
fixed to each specimen.

8 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

lower part of the hill, no great distance above the river,
apparently composed of similar material to the last, but more
dense and compact ; so much so that in quarrying, in one or
two cases, blocks were dislodged some tons in weight, and
very difficult to break up.

Some idea of the extent of the operations may be gained
from the fact that the ten hands engaged, beside searching
the surface over a large area, removed, in the five weeks
during which the operations were continued, over five
hundred tons of earth and rock, much of the latter having
to be carefully broken and searched, to obtain the three
hundred specimens with which our labour was rewarded.

Having determined these various strata, I now needed to
obtain palseontological evidence of their age. There are
considerable quantities of freestone on the surface, from
which, occasionally, very interesting fossil specimens were,
with considerable searcli, obtained.

On the evening of December 28rd, during a walk among
some large heaps of stone collected from a patch of cultivated
land below and to the north of " 7," I had, looking between
the stones as the setting sun cast its light in the interstices,
espied distinct fish scale markings on an under stone, and
on removing the stones pressing on it, found it to be
the cast of a fisli differing in appearance from any I
had before seen. It was about thirteen inches long and
four inches broad, with the scales and scale-markings deeply
and plainly pitted in the stone. Neither the head nor tail
are perfect, but the anal fin is both large and distinct, and
the dorsal fin can also be discerned. This specimen has
since been named CosTnolepides sweeti (McCoy).

Yet the importance of tracing these remains to their
natural bed, and of obtaining them in situ, was fully
recognised. To effect this, efforts were continued for some
days, with the result that one bed (P) was suspected to be
the one from which certain remains had come.

On the horizon of K, I had discovered portions of fish
with a form of scale much smaller, but in other respects like
that I had found on the 23rd, and retaining in this case
their bony structure. I had set a man to work to trench
up the hill side, hoping to strike the bed from whence they
had come. While he was thus engaged on the morning of
the 26th of December last, continuing myself the surface
search near to him, I opened a stone by splitting it along
the beding plane, and to my delight, a half of one of the

Fossil Fish in Rocks of the Mansfield District. 9

Ganoid fishes, some ten inches long and three inches broad,
with its heterocercal tail, and portion of the trunk clearly
defined, was exposed, also a portion of the anal fin ; and on
the stone being fully opened, it displayed in its scale-
markings the same rhomboidal character observed in the
large fish, with the osseous structure noticed in the smaller
one discovered a few days before.

These were as finely sculptured, the form in some being
very distinct. The scaly trunk is well shown, some of the
scales in counterpart, with most of the head portions of the
pectoral, anal, and caudal fins and gill plates. Nothing was
observed of the internal skeleton of the trunk, and no traces
of ossified ribs were seen. The fins, where not removed,
have distinct rays. The specimen is in the hands of Professor
McCoy, for complete description, by whom it has been named
Cosmolepides sweeti (McCoy). The search was continued
till the highly-laminated shale (R), with its oval-shaped
lenticular masses on the under-side of varying thickness and
size, from a few inches to three or four feet were met with.
This bed was followed for some distance, when lenticular
stones were opened, having the same Jithological character as
that in which the first whole fish was found, and in such
masses we subsequently found most of the fish remains of
that bed. When it had been proved that this was the bed
from which the lenticular masses containing the fish had
come, the discovery of the other fossil-bearing beds soon
followed, so that now I am in a position to point out the
several beds in which the particular fossils were found.

Several other trenches were opened up in the course of the
search, for similar purposes.

We now come to observe the fossils found in situ at the
various beds.

In the thirteen beds of rubbly shale, with an aggregate
thickness of one hundred and fifty-two feet, but few organic
remains were seen, except on the line of contact between
them and the adjoining beds.

The first bed in ascending order containing many fossils
was F. From this bed were obtained several Ichthyodorii-
lites, a portion of large GyracanthusA^k^ spine, and a large
bone belonging to the head of a Ganoid fish, with other
large undetermined Ichthyic remains, now in the hands of
Professor McCoy. A few scales, some an inch and a half in
diameter, allied to Glyptolepis, and a tooth, about an inch
in length of a conical form, curved and hollow, with a few

10 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

more fossils. But, owing to one part of the matrix being
very hard, and the other quite soft, great ditficulty was
experienced, when after long search specimens were obtained,
in preventing their destruction in relieving them sufficiently
of the matrix to be recognisable.

In H, there are, here and there, patches an inch in thick-
ness of comminuted fish-scales and bones, covered by a
yellowish, pale green film ; and in this film, as also occasion-
ally in the lower j)arts of the bed, several fish were found,
resembling Cosniol&pides sweeti (McCoy), similar to that
found near to and in No. 2. But though so thin, yet so
refractory was this film found to be, that even when the dim
outline of a fish could be seen, it was often found impossible
to clear the film away and get at the fish without destroying it.

However, by removing a few scores of tons of earth and
rock, and after expenditure of much labour, several specimens
were secured, containing different parts, and in the aggregate,
every part of the fish. It was here that a large heterocercal
tail was found, measuring about six inches across, apparently
Cosmiolepides siveeti (McCoy). It was also near this horizon
that the first larger fish of the same species was met with
on December 23rd.

Large scales were rare in this bed, but one or two conical
teeth were found here, and several spines, like those of
Gyracanthus obliquus (McCoy).

P was found to be important, from its containing isolated
patches of fossils of a species of very large fish, with large
scales so nearly resembling, in some respects, the rare
Phyllolepis, as to give one or two geologists an impression
in favour of its identity with that little known species, or
Olyptolepis.

These clusters provided considerable material for investiga-
tion, including large bony plates, one, eight inches by four,
still retaining much of its original appearance and structure ;
large opercular plates, one probably the quadrate bone,
exhibiting their radiating appearance and slightly corrugated
edges ; also one very large mass of bones of the skull of
an undetermined fish ; several detached, curved, and conical
teeth about an inch lono[ • large bones of the head of Rhizo-
dont fish, and large portions of another jaw, with the teeth
in position, and showing their internal structure. (These
are now in Professor McCoy's hands).

Two specimens of jaws have since been found in softer
stone, which I have succeeded in relieving from their matrix,

Fossil Fish in Rocks of the Mansfield District. 11

so that the whole of this portion of jaw can be inspected — •
one, showing twenty teeth of a conical shape, fi"om one-
quarter to three-eighths of an inch in height ; the other,
with a large double-pointed tooth with the apices missing,
still about one inch by half an inch thick at the base, and
one inch and three-quarters high, having portions of other
much smaller teeth adjoining it. Also some constricted
bones of various size from one inch to two inches in length
— " probably hyoid bones of large fish " — and some long,
fine, cylindrical bony spines, like detached branchiostegal
rays have been found.

R. — This is the bed before referred to, as being the first
in which I found the approximately complete fossil fish,
Gosmolepides siveeti. From this bed, also, a sufficient
number of specimens were obtained, to enable the whole of
the parts to be fully made out. Conspicuous in this bed are
the bi-lobed pittings everywhere observed, and covering
every leaf of shale. It is here, also, that we find the first
plant impressions in situ, lying in the same plane of bedding
as the fish, and one or two specimens exhibiting unmistak-
able Lepidodendron characters. They are, however, of
comparatively small size.

This bed has also yielded several specimens of a pitted
structure like Bothriolepis, but in reality Botlirioholus
(McCoy), but of different nature (Professor McCoy thinks it
possibly ova, but its structure has not yet been made out).
These are seen of large size, one beino- seven inches wide, nine
inches long, and one and a half inches thick, but incomplete
in length ; and a shield-like form, about ten inches long by
five inches broad (nearly perfect). Also several conical teeth
like those before mentioned, from half an inch to an inch in
length, with large plates retaining their bony structure, prob-
ably GepJialasjndan. Some others resembling, at a cursory
glance, oblong shells ; and the large scales, probably of
Glyptolepis, were here obtained ; also a portion of fish allied
to Sca])haspis, and specimens of an Acanthoid fish. Another
Acanthoid fish was obtained from here, about ten inches in
length in its incomplete state, but it has apparently been
about fourteen inches when the whole of the tail was intact.
This shows most of the fins,retaining their bony spines in situ,
and it is considered by Professor McCoy a very interesting
specimen. He has in honour of Mr. Langtree, the energetic
Secretary for Mines, named it Lhiraiapolus langtrei. Some
large gill-like plates, with radiating fibrous tissue, were

12 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

obtained here ; also a fragment of jaw, showing internal
structure of one large and one small tooth. A specimen, ten
inches by six, showing parallel (apparently oblique) lines of
very small shagreen-like scales ; also many " cylindrical
bones, probabl}'^ of Colocanth fish showing canals." It was
near this zone that I found a stone, containing casts of "nail-
headed neural and hemal spines of Colocanth fish," in
position, as when attached to the cartilaginous vertebra,
which has left no imprint whatever ; also a ' ' portion of the
trunk of a fish, allied to Glyptolepis,^' showing the large scales
in position, and a small fish, " probably the body of a Cepha-
laspidan." These, with many Gyracanthus-\\kQ spines, and
several other fossils, were all obtained from this bed.

T contained in parts numerous plants, which here attain
a large size, one specimen left with Professor McCoy, being
nine inches across, and one seen as a freestone was over
twelve inches across. These specimens are found, in some
cases, of considerable length. Professor McCoy having one of
about four inches across, and over two feet in length ; and
longer fractured specimens were left behind.

v. — This bed gave us portions of a jaw, showing the
dentition, and several Gyracanthus spines, with some
undetermined structures ; and scales of fish an inch and a
quarter in diameter, and teeth. Portions of Acanthoicl
fish were obtained by Mr. Cresswell at this bed, near 10, in
which sufficient of the structure can be made out to clearly
discern the lateral line of enlarged scales ; Professor McCoy
has named this Eupleurosmius cressiuelli. I also found
portions of similar remains in this bed near 8. I found here
also portions of a fish, having the same character as
C'osmolepides siueeti (McCoy) ; a portion of fish allied to
Scaphaspis, and a stone, eight inches by five inches, with
tubercular elevations undetermined.

The W bed is the highest of the series on this side the
river, and contains fossils in some respects similar to those
described in the bed on which it rests, and apparently differing
from it, only in that it seemed to contain less of the remains
of the small and fragile fish, and more of the stronger bones,
spines, &c., of the larger fish ; and these seem to have
attained a greater size at the period in which this bed was
laid down, than when that below it was deposited. This
yielded (at 9) a very large spine, resembling Gyracanthus
obliquus (McCo}'), about nine inches in length, with both
the base and point perfect.

Fossil Fish in Rocks of the Mansjield District. 13

I have described the rocks of the one hill to the east of
Bridge Creek, but an examination of the strata and fossils
of the hill to the West of Bridge Creek shows unmistakably
its relation to this one. Certainly, all the beds are not
observable, as the river flats (recent) overlap the lower
members of the group, but between those that are observable,
there is perfect agreement.

It would be highly interesting and important to ascertain
if the high hills to the north also contain these same beds, as,
if they do, being so much higher than these, they should,
on their northern or north-eastern flanks, present even
better prospects of great results than did either of the hills
which have been hei'e described.

While in the locality, I succeeded in tracing the Lepido-
dendra along the eastern side of the Blue Range Creek to
the top of the Hat Hill (over two thousand feet high), and
brought back specimens which have been forwarded to
Professor McCoy, who has identified some as the Lepido-
dendron mansjieldense. Time forbade me staying longer
then, but I hope to be able (should no one more capable
undertake the work) at no very distant date to return, and
taking up the work where I left off", go on into the country
beyond, and ascertain if any interesting geological features
still remain to be observed and described, and if so, what.

Although at the risk of appearing egotistical, I think I
can best summarise the general results of my work in the
words of Professor M'Coy, who has provided me with the
folio wincr as well as other information, and wishes me to
make this use of it : —

"The magnificent collections both of Lepidodendron and
fish which 3^ou have made, and the pains and trouble which
you have bestowed on the working out of many of these,
and observing and plotting accurately on paper all the
fossiliferous strata of the locality, deserve the warmest praise
and thanks both from myself and the Department. You
have satisfactorily determined the general fact, as I expected,
of the superior position of the Lepldodendra to the majority
of the fish beds ; but, further, with a highly intelligent
appreciation of the great geological interest of the point,
you have proved — what was before uncertain — that they
belonged to the same formation, by preserving and bringing
down a slab of rock in which the remains of the vegetables
and fishes were embedded together. In addition to a large
series of all the organic remains found by your predecessors,

14 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

you have obtained evidence of several entirely new fishes of
great interest, one of the most striking of which I have
great pleasure in dedicating to you, as a memorial of your
successful labours in clearing up this difficult piece of local
geology and palaeontology. You have also thrown a flood
of light on the other species, by your skilful putting together
of the fragments, and showing the relations of many parts
by your painstaking clearing of these bi-ittle remains from
the hard matrix.

" The whole of these organic remains are now being
carefully figured for the next decade of the Palaeontology of
Victoria, in which further acknowledgment will be made of
the value of your friendly help."

In conclusion, my thanks are due, especially to Professor
McCoy, in whose hands the specimens have been placed for
description, and to whom I am indebted for the names and
descriptions of various forms. To Mr. Murray, for the
ready and thorough manner in which he employed his
knowledge to assist me in finding the exact locality, &c.,
whence the first fossils found were obtained. To the Rev
A. W. Cresswell, M.A., for information as to locality and
notes of fossils found by him. To Mr. D. Mitchell, for per-
mission to quarry on his estate ; and to his managers, Mr.
P. F. Nembegin and Mr. Loveband, for their kind assistance.
To Mr. P. O'Halloran, for permission to quarry, and
assistance. To Mr. McCartney, for ])ermission to camp on
the Battery Estate. To Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B. Sc,
and to Professor Spencer, for encouragement and advice,
without whose kindly help, this paper would not, I think,
have been presented, they being of opinion that the record
of my work would be of interest and value.

.''.'."'/,

Proc R.S.Vcctorut.PUtte I

SKETCH OF LOCALITY OF ROCKS, WHERE THE FOSSIL FISH

OP THE OLD RED SANDSTONE WERE RECENTLY DISCOVERED

NEAR MANSFIELD.

SKETCH OF SECTIONS.

Proc.RS. Victoria, PLcUe 2,

Sechoq of rocl\s tfirougf^ ZZZ

rryrT

A

30 ft

£r

O

In

ISft

c

20 FT

1

80 rr

J K

6' 8f-

L M N O
6-6rr r 10 ft

P Q R S T.

g-4n64FT9

/.V^

V

Bft

W
Zft

Sectioq ffjroug/j /^« Line.YY

m
"^
O

H
O

CO

&^

O

W

H

</3Aty ba^fojff

Art. II. — A Systematic Census of Indigenous Fish, hitherto
recorded from Victorian Waters.

By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B. Sc.

[Eeail April 6tb, 1889.]

Introduction.

The classification followed in this Census is that adopted by
the Hon. Sir William Macleay in his " Descriptive Catalogue
of Australian Fish." It is, in the main, that of Dr. Giinther,
as elaborated in his "Catalogue of Fishes of the British
Museum."

To each species is appended : — (1) The name of the author
who, either originally described it, or who gave the specific
name finally accepted, and an exact reference to the work in
which the description or denomination first appeared, with
the date of publication. (2) References to the more important
synonyms, in cases where it was thought any ambiguity
might exist. (3) A reference to the figure in case of those
fish which have been figjured. Where a fish has been figured
more than once, usually only the latest or most accessible
figure is recorded. The most important of these illustrations
are the figures in the Plates of Professor M 'Coy's "Prodromus
of Victorian Zoology." (4) The localities from which the
species have been obtained, as far as known with precision,
(5) The vernacular name as used in Victoria. Those
species of which only single specimens have been obtained
appear in parentheses, as do any others of whose occurrence in
Victorian waters there is any doubt. Amongst these last, I
have included all the species described or labelled as coming
from Hobson's Bay or Port Philli[) by Dr. Klunzinger, in the
"Archiv. f Naturg. xxxvii," 1872, since it seems probable that
some South Australian fish have been confused with others
sent to the Stuttgart Museum from Victoria. It seemed
wiser to incorporate in the Census the species as given by so
considerable an authority as Dr. Kliinzinger, but questions
of local distribution can only be satisfactorily settled by
resident local workers, and it remains for evidence to be
forthcoming to vindicate Dr. Kliinzinger's Victorian records.

16 Proceedings of the Royal Society of VictoHa.

As it stands, the list includes 238 species. There can be
no doubt but that many additions will be made, especially
of smaller species, and of species living in deeper waters,
which require the use of the trawl for their capture. On the
other hand, it seems highly probable that several forms ranked
as species are really but varieties. This is notably the case in
the genera Monacanthus, Labrichthys and possibly Galaxias.
Our Fish Fauna has been very tardily worked out, and
much remains to be done even now. A few of our fish are
world-wide in their- distribution, and the species thus secured
the great Linnaeus as their sponsor. The first strictly
Australian species described are, I believe, to be found in the
pages of " White's Journal to New South Wales," published in
1790. Amongst these, a very few Victorian forms are figured,
in company with the Great Brown Kingfisher, and other
"species non-descripti" as White terms them. As expedi-
tions from Europe became more frequent, Australian fish
appear in the systematic works, first of Bloch and of
Lacepede, and later on of Cuvier and Valenciennes. The
voyages of the Freycinet Expedition, of the Astrolabe, Beagle,
Erebus and Terror, added a large number of Australian
species in the Zoological Appendices to their Narratives. To
Drs. Quoy and Gaimard, to Jenyns, and to Sir John Richard-
son, we owe thus a number of descriptions. To the latter
too, were forwarded several consignments of Tasmanian fish,
and of coui'se many of these are common to Victoria and
Tasmania ; but it was not until 1 872 that a serious study
was made of Victorian forms proper. In that year Count
F. de Castelnau, well-known for his previous researches on
the fish of South America and of the Cape of Good Hope,
published in the "Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
Victoria," descriptions of about 150 species, which he had
obtained, mostly from the Melbourne Fish Market. In the
succeeding year, he added notes on more species. The
Count's labours have made the work of those who follow
him mainly of a supplementary nature Amongst others
who have worked during the last twenty years at our fishes,
have been Drs. Gunther, Steindachner, KlUiizinger, and
especially tlie Hon. Sir William Macleay, of Sj^dney, who
has done so much for Australian Ichthyology in many
ways, and most of all by the publication of his excellent
" Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fish." Finally,
Professor M'Coy has given detailed descriptions and figures,
usually in colours, of over 50 species of our Victorian fish.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 17

SUB-CLASS I.— TELEOSTEI.

ORDER I.— ACANTHOPTERYGIL

Division I. — Acanthopterygii Perciformes.

FAMILY PERCIDiE.

Lates, Cuvier.

L. colonorum, Giinther, A.M.N.H., p. 114, 1863.
Macleay Cat. 2.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 14.
Loc. — -Gippsland Lakes. Occurs also at Sandridge and
at the mouth of the Saltwater River, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Gij^psland Perch.

L. similis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 44, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 3.
Loc. — Gippsland Lakes, scarce, Castelnau, I.e.

L. antatxticics, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 44, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 4.

Syn. — L. colonormn, var., M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Sea Perch.

L. victorice, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 45, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 5.

MiCROPERCA, Castelnau.

M. yarrcB, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 48, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 12.
Loc. — Lower Yarra, Castelnau, I.e.

Enoplosus, Lacepede.

K armahis, White sp., Voyage to N.S.W., 1790.
Giinther Cat. I, p. 81 ; Macleay Cat. 13.
Figured, White, Voy. to N.S.W., pi. 39.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Bastard Dorey, Old Wife, Zebrorfish.

(Anthias, Bloch.)

{A. rasor, Richardson, P.Z.S., p. 95, 1839.)
Giinther Cat. I, p. 93 ; Macleay Cat. 16.
Figured, Richardson, T.Z.S., 1849, pi. 4.
Loc. — One specimen from Western Port, Castelnau,

P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 51.
Vernacular name — Tasmanian Red Perch or Barber.

(Nannoperca, Giinther.)

(xV. ohscura, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., xxxviii., 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1144.
Loc. — " Yarra Lagoon," Kliinzinger, I.e.

C

18 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Apogon, Lacepede.

A . giintheri, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 46, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 91.
Syn. — Perhaps — A. novae hollandice, Val. (Macleay, I.e.)

(^A. conspersiis, Klunzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., xxxviii., 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1141.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Klunzingei', I.e.

Arripis, Jenyns.

A. truttaceus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons III, p. 50, 1829.

Giinther Cat. I, p. 253 ; Macleay Cat. 112.

Syn. — Includes A. salar, Richardson, T.Z.S. Ill, p. 78.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 16, 17.

Loc. — Passim.

Vernacular name — Salmon and Salmon-trout.
A. georgianus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons VII, p. 451, 1831.

Macleay Cat. 111.

Figured, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 54.

Loc. — Common according to Count Castelnau. I have
not seen it.

Vernacular name — Roughey.

Oligorus, Gunther.

0. inacquariensis, Cuv. et Val., Poissons III, p. 58, 1829.
Gunther Cat. I, p. 251 ; Macleay Cat. 114.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 85, 86.
Loc. — Murray and tributaries ; now Yarra.
Veniactilar name — Murray God.
0. mitchellii, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 150, 1873.
Macleay Cat. 115.
Loc. — Murray R., Castelnau, I.e.
Vernacular name — Murray Perch.

Ctenolates, Gunther.

C. ambiguus, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 25,
1846.
Gunther Cat. I, p. 270 ; Macleay Cat. 118.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 84.
Syn. — Dules auratus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 55.
Loc. — Murray and tributaries.
Vernacular name — Murray Golden Perch.

FAMILY PEISTIPOMATIDiE.
MuRRAYiA, Castelnau.

M. giintheri, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 61, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 121.
Loc. — Murray R., Castelnau, I.e.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Watei^s. 19

M. cijprinoides, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 62, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 122.

Loc. — Murray R., Castelnau, I.e.

Vernacular name — Murray Carp.
M. bramoides, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 63, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 123.

Loc. — Murray R., Castelnau, I.e.

Vernacular name — ISlurray Bream.
M. riverina, Krefft, P.Z.S., p. 943, 1867.

Macleay Cat. 124.

Loc. — Murray and tributaries, Macleay, I.e.

(Riverina, Castelnau.)

{R. fluviatiUs, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 64, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 137.
Loc. — One specimen, Murray R., Castelnau, I.e.

Th ERA PON, Cuvier.

T. richanJsoni, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 60, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 138.

Loc. — Murray R., Castelnau, I.e.

Vernacular name — Murray Silver Perch.
T. niger, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 59, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 139.

Loc. — Murray R., rare, Castelnau, I.e.

Vernacular name — Murray Black Perch.

HiSTiOPTERUS, Richardson.

H. recurvirostris, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 34,
1846.
Macleay Cat. 156.
Vernacular name — Boar-fish.
H. laUosus, Giinther, P.Z.S. p. 658, 1871.
Macleay Cat. 157.
Figured, P.Z.S. 1871, pi. 59.

Loc. — Western Port and Port Phillip, Castelnau, P.Z.S.
Vict. I, p. 112.
Gerres, Cuvier.

G. melbournensis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Viet. I, p. 158, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 173.
Loc. — Victorian seas, Castelnau, I.e.

FAMILY NANDID.E.
Ruppelia, Castelnau.

E. prolongata, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Viet. II, p. 51, 1873.
Macleay Cat. 218.

Loc. — Victorian seas, Castelnau, I.e.
Vernacular name — Devil-fish (Castelnau).

C 2

20 Proceed ioigs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

FAMILY MULLID^.
XJpENEOiDES, Bleeker,

U. vJaminaii, Cuv. et Val., Poissons Til, p. 452, 1829.'
Gunt'her Cat. I, p. 400 ; Macleay Cat. 222.
Figured, Cuv. et Val, I.e. pi. 71.

Loo. — Victorian seas, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 39.
Vernacular name — Red Mullet.

IJpENEiCHTHYS, Bleeker.

U.'porosus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons III, p. 455, 1829.
Gunther Cat. I, p. 400 ; Macleay Cat. 227.
Loo. — Victorian seas ; not very common.
Vernacular name — Jiecl Gurnet, Red Mullet.

FAMILY SPAEID^.
GiRELLA, Gray.

G. tricuspidata, Cuv. et Val., Poissons VI, p. 372, 1830.

Gunther Cat. I, p. 428 ; Macleay Cat. 231.

Pigured, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 25.

Vernacular name — Hock or Black Perch.
G. simplex, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 25, 1846.

Gunther Cat. I, p. 429 ; Macleay Cat. 232.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 73.

Loc. — Gippsland Lakes ; not very uncommon in Port
Phillip.

Vernacular name — Ludrick.
{G. hlackii, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 41, 1873.)

Macleay Cat. 234.

Loc. — " The specimen," Castelnau, I.e.

Neotephr(eops, Castelnau.

N. zebra, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 70, 1846.

Gunther Cat. I, p. 432 ; Macleay Cat. 239.

Loc. — Passim.

Vernacular name — Zebra-fish.
Pa^irus, Cuvier.

P. unicolor, Cuv. et Val., Poissons VI, p. 162, 1830.

Gunther Cat. I, p. 468 ; Macleay Cat. 255.

Loc. — Port Phillip, and off south coast.

Vernacular name — Schnapper or Snapper.

Chrysophrys, Cuvier.

C. austraUs, Gunther Cat. I, p. 494, 1859.
Macleay Cat. 259.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 4; Gunther Cat.

pi. 28.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Bream.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 21

(Haplodactylus, Cuv. et Val.)

(H. mceandratus, Solander (Richardson), T.Z.S. Ill, p. S3,
1849.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1161.

Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg.
xxxviii.

FAMILY CIRRHITIDiE.

Chironemus, Cuv, et Val.

C. marmoratus, Giinther Cat. II, p. 76, 1860.
Macleay Cat. 263.

Loc. — Victorian seas, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 73.
Vernacular name. — Kelp-fish.

Chilodactylus, Cuvier.

C. macropterus, Ptichardson, P.Z.S. , p. 62, 1850.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 78; Macleay Cat. 267.
Syn. — C. aspersus, Richardson. (Johnston, Report of
Royal Commission on Fisheries of Tasmania,
1883.)
Loc. — Off South Coast, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 74.

C. nigricans, Richardson, P.Z.S., p. 63, 18.50.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 79; Macleay Cat. 269.
Loc. — Passim.
Vei-nacular name — Butter-fish

C. carponenubs, Cuv. et Val., V, p. 362, 1830.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 78; Macleay Cat. 266.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 173, 174.
Loc. — Port Phillip Heads, raie.

C. yibbosus, Richardson, T,Z S. Ill, p. 102, 1849.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 84; Macleay Cat. 271.
Figured, P.Z.S., 1859, pi. 2.

Loc. — Victorian, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 75.
Vernacular name — Magpie Perch.

C. spectabilis, Hutton, Fishes of IST.Z., p. 8, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 272.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Macleay, I.e.

{C. nebulosus, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., xxxviii, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1164.
Loc. — Queenscliff, Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, I.e.

22 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Lateis, Richardson.

L. hecateia, Richardson, P.Z.S., p. 99, 1839.
GUnther Cat. II, p. 86; Macleay Cat. 276.
Figured, T.Z.S. Ill, pi. 6.
Loc. — Bass' Straits, occasionally in Hobson's Bay,

Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict, I, p. 77.
Vernacular name — Hohart Town Trumpeter.

L. forsteri, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 77, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 278.
Loc. — " Said to be common on Gippsland Coast,"

Castelnau, I.e.
Vernacular name — Bastard Trimipeter.

{L. bilineata, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict, I, p. 79, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 279.
Loc. — One specimen from Western Port, Castelnau, I.e.

{L. inornata, Castelnau, P.Z.S, Vict, I, p. 79, 1872.)
Macleay Cat, 280.
Loc. — One specimen from Western Port, Castelnau, I.e.

(Lacepedia, Castelnau.)

[L. cataphracta, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 43, 1873.)
Macleay Cat. 281.
Loc. — One specimen stufied, Castelnau, I.e.

FAMILY SCOEPJaNID^.

Sebastes, Cuv. et Val,

S. percoides, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 23, 1846.
Gunther Cat. II, p, 101; Macleay Cat. 282.
Figured, Voy, Erebus and Terror, pi. 15; M'Coy, Prodr.

Zool. Vict., ])1. 33.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Macleay, 1 c.
Vernacular name — Gurnet.

S. allporti, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 40, 1873,
Macleay Cat, 283,
Loc. — Victorian seas, Castelnau, I.e.

ScoRP^NA, Artedi.

S. cruenta, Solander, A.M.N.H. IX, p. 217, 1842.
Gunther Cat. II, p. 112; Macleay Cat. 284.
Syn. — aS'. militaris, Richardson, Voy, Erebus and Terror,

p. 22,
Loc. — Port Phillip, Macleay, I.e.
Vernacular name — Red Bock Cod.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Watm^s. 23

Centropogon, Gunther.

C. scorpcenoides, Guichenot, Mem. Soc. Imp. des Sci. Nat.,
Cherbourg.
Macleay Cat. 298.

Syn. — C. australis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 81.
Vernacular name — Gurnet.

Pentaroge, GUnther,

P. marmorata, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IV, p. 416, 1829.
Gunther Cat. II, p. 132 ; Macleay Cat. 300.

FAMILY TEUTHID^.
Teuthis, Linnaeus.

T. Javus, L, Syst. Nat. I, p. 507.

Gunther Cat. Ill, p. 315 ; Macleay Cat. 306.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Macleay, l.c.

Division II. — Acanthopterygii Beryciformes.
None recorded.

Division III. — Acanthopterygii Kurtiformes.
None recorded.

Division IV. — Acanthopterygii Polynemipormes.
None recorded.

Division V. — Acanthopterygii Sci^niformes.

FAMILY SCI^NIDiE.
SciiENA, Cuv.

»S'. antarctica, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 100, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 329.
Syn. — Probably, Corvina antarotica, Steindachner,

Sitzungsb. ak. Wiss. Wien, 1866.
Loc. — Occasional visitor in Bass's Straits, Castelnau, l.c.
Vernacular name — King -fish.

Division VI.— Acanthopterygii Xiphiiformes.
None recorded.

Division VII. — Acanthopterygii Trichiuriformes.

FAMILY TEICHIURID^.
Thyrsites, Cuv. et Val.

T. atun, Cuv. et Val., Poissons VIII, p. 196, 1831.
Gunther Cat. II, p. 350 ; Macleay Cat. 336.
Syn. — Scomber atim, Vetensk. Acad. xii. ; T. altivelis,
Richardson, P.Z.S., 1839.

24 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Figured, Cuv. et Val., Poissons, pi. 219 ; M'Coy, Prodr.

Zool. Vict., pi. 44.
Loc. — Off south coast ; Bass's Straits.
Vernacular name — Barracouta or Barracoota.

Division VIII. — Acanthopterygii Cottoscombripormes.

FAMILY CARANGIDiE.
Trachurus, Cuv. et Val.

T. trachurus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IX, p. 11, 1833.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 419 ; Macleay Cat. 347.
Syn. — Caranx declivis, Jenyns, Zool. Beagle Fish, p. 68,
pi. 14; Scomber trachurus, Lin. Syst. Nat. i.,
p. 494.
Figured, Cuv. et Val., pi. 246 ; M'Coy, Prodr. Zool.

Vict., pi. 18.
Loc— Port Phillip, M'Coy.
Vernacular name — Horse Mackerel,

Caranx, Cuv. et Val.

C. georgianus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IX, p. 85, 1833.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 440 ; Macleay Cat. 350.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 58.
Loc. — Port Phillip, and off south coast.
Vernacular name — Silver Trevally.

Seriola, Cuvier.

S. lalandi, Cuv. et Val., Poissons V, p. 208, 1830. •
Gunther Cat. 463 ; Macleay Cat. 365, 368.
Syn. — S. grandis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 115.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 172.
Vernacular name — Yelloio Tail, or King fish.

Neptonemus, Giinther.

N. travale, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 118, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 372.
Vernacular name — Trevally.

Temnodon, Cuv. et Val.

T. saltator, Bl. syst. Ichthyol (Schneider), p. 35, 1801.
Gunther Cat. II, p. 479; Macleay Cat. 375.
Loc. — Queenscliff.
Vernacular name — Skipjack.

(Parequula, Steindaclmer.) (?)

(P. hicomis, Steindachner, Sitzungsb. ak. Wien, 1867.)
Macleay Cat, Sup., p. 25.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay. Requires confirmation.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 25

FAMILY CYTTID.E.
Zeus, Cuvier.

Z. austrcdis, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 136,
1846.
Macleay Cat. 386.

Syn. — Griinther considers = ^. _/a6er, L., Cat. II, p. 393.
Vernacular name — Southern John Dorey.

Cyttus, Giinther.

C austrcdis, Richardson sp., Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 137,
1846.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 396; Macleay Cat. 387.
Syn. — Capros austrcdis, Richardson, I.e.
Loc— Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, Rep. Intercol. Exh., 1866.
Vernacular name — Bastarcl Dorey.

FAmLY CORYPH^NID^.
Brama, Risso.

B. rail, Bloch, Syst. Ichth. (Schneider), p. 99, 1801.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 408; Macleay Cat. 3S9.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 133.
Loc. —Portland, 1884, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Ray's Sea Bream.

FAMILY SGOMBRIDiE.
Scomber, Artedi.

S. cmstrcdasicus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons VIII, p. 36, 1831.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 359; Macleay Cat. 392.
Syn. — *S'. 2}neit7natophorus, De la Roche (M'Coy).
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 28.
Loc. — Rarely in Hobson's Bay, in considerable numbers

when it does appear; M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Southern Mackerel.

(S. antcorcticus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 106, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 393.

Loc. — One specimen seen in Melbourne market,
Castelnau.

{S. janesabcc, Bleeker, Japan, p. 406, 1858.)

Giinther Cat. II, p. 359 ; Macleay Cat. Sup. 1186.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger.

(*S'. tapeino-cephahts, Bleeker, Japan, p. 407, 1858.)

Gunther Cat. II, p. 361; Macleay Cat. Sup. 1188.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger.

2G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Thynnus, Cuv. et. Yal.

T. vi'coyi, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 104, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 396.
Syn.—T. thynnus, L. (M'Coy).
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 44.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Portland, Bass Straits, Queenscliff,

M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Tunny.

(Pelamys, Cuv. et Val.)

(P. schlegelii, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., 1888.) .
Syn. — -Perhaps, P. orientalis, Schlegel (M'Coy.)
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 155.
Loc. — Only one specimen caught in Port Phillip Bay,
1877, M'Coy, I.e.

(Cybium, Cuv.)

(C. commersonii, Lac^p. Hist, des Poissons II, p. 600, 1800.)
Gunther Cat. II, p. 370 ; Macleay Cat. 400.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 154.
Loc. — Only one specimen caught near Queenscliff, 1887,

M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Commerson^s Mackerel.

FAMILY TKACHINID^.
Kathetostoma, Gunther.

K. losve, Bloch, Syst. Ichth. (Schneider), p. 47, 1801.
Gunther Cat. II, p. 231 ; Macleay Cat. 406.
Figured, Bloch, I.e., pi. 8.
Vernacular name — Stone Lifter.

(PsEUDAPHRiTis, Castelnau.)

{P. hassii, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 92, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 411.
Loc. — One specimen taken in Bass's Straits, Castelnau.

SiLLAQO, Cuv.

S. pxmctata, Cuv. et Val., Poissons III, p. 413, 1829.
Gunther Cat. II, p. 245 ; Macleay Cat. 413.
Figui-ed, Voyage Astrolabe, pi. 1.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Melboiirne Whiting.

(S. maculata, Quoy et Gaim., Exp. Freycinet Zool., p. 261,
1834.)
Gunther Cat. II, p. 245 ; Macleay Cat. 412.
Figured, Q. et G., I.e., pi. 53.
Loc. — Seen only once, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 94.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 27

(BoviCHTHYS, Cuv. et Yal.)

(B. variegatus, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 56,
1846.)
Gunther Cat. II, p. 250; Macleay Cat. 419.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 34.
Loc. — One dried specimen from Hobson's Bay, Castelnau,
P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 45.

FAMILY PEDICULATI.

Chironectes, Cuvier.

C. bifnrcatus, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., Decade 13, 1886.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 123.
Loc— Port Phillip, M'Coy, I.e.

FAMILY COTTINA.
Platycephalus, B1.

[P. speculator, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1197.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger.

P. basse7isis, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IV, p. 247, 1829.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 179 ; Macleay Cat. 444.
Syn. — P. iasmaniiis, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and

Terror, p. 23.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 18.
Loc— Port Phillip.
Vernacular name — Flathead.

P. fuscus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IV, p. 241, 1829.
Macleay Cat. 445.
Figured, Voy. Astrolabe, pi. 10.
Loc— Port Phillip.
Vernacular name — Grass Flathead.

P. loevigatus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IV, p. 243, 1829.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 179 ; Macleay Cat. 446.
Loc — Port Phillip, Western Port.
Vernacular name — Rock Flathead.

{P. proximus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 85, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 447.
Loc. — Only seen once in Melbourne market, Castelnau, I.e.

P. richardsoni, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 82, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 448.

P. grandis, Castelnau sp., P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 87, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 457.
Syn. — Neoplatycephalus grandis, Castelnau, I.e.

28 Proceedings of the Royal Society oj Victoria.

Lepidotrigla, Giinther.

(Z. phalwna, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IV, p. 83, 1829.)
Giinther Cat. II, p. 197 ; Macleay Cat. 459.
Loc. — Melbourne, Giinther (quoted by Macleay, I.e.)

(L, sphyyix, Cuv. et Val., Poissons IV, p. 83, 1829.)
Giinther Cat. II, p. 197 j Macleay Cat. 460.
Loc — One specimen, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 89.

Z. Vanessa, Richardson, Trans. Z.S. Ill, 1849.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 197 ; Macleay Cat. 461.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 5.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay.
Vernacular name — Butterfly Gurnard.

Trigla, Artedi.

T. kumu, Less, and Garn., Voy. de la Coquille, Poissons, pi. 19,
1826-30.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 204 ; Macleay Cat. 463.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 6.
■ Loc. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Kumu Gurnard.

T. polyommata, Richardson, T.Z.S. Ill, p. 96, 1839.
Giinther Cat. II, p. 204 ; Macleay Cat. 464.
Figured, Richardson, T.Z.S. Ill, pi. 5.
Vernacular name — Flying Gurnard.

Division IX. — Acanthopterygii Gobiiformes,

FAMILY G0BI1D.E.
GoBius, Artedi.

{G. bifrenatus, Kner., Voy. No vara, Fishes, p. 177, 1868.)
Macleay Cat. 476.

Syn. — G. bassensis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 123.
Figured, Voy. Novara, ])1. 7.
Loc. — Only seen once, Castelnau, I.e.

G. castelnaui, Macleay Cat. 477, 1881.

Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Castelnau, I.e., p. 124.

(G. pictus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 124, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 479.
Loc. — One specimen, Castelnau, I.e., p. 124.

G. pulchellus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 125, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 480.
Loc. — Western Port, Castelnau, I.e.

(G. caudatus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 47, 1873.)
Macleay Cat. 481.
Loc. — Appareaxtly only one specimen. See Castelnau, I.e.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 29

(G. nebidd-punciatus, Cuv. et Val., Poissons XII, p. 58, 1837.)
Giintlier Cat. Ill, p. 26; Macleay Cat. Sup. 1202.
Loc. — King George's Sound and Victoria, Kliinzinger.

Eleotris, Gronov,

E. nudiceps, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 126, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 520.

Loc. — Very common in Lower Yarra, Castelnau, I.e.
Vernacular name — Big-head, Castelnau.

{E. cyprinoides, Cuv. et Val., Poissons XII, p. 248, 1837.)
Giinther Cat. Ill, p. 118; Macleay Cat. Sup. 1206.
Figured, Kliinzinger, Sitzb. k. Ak. Wiss., Wien., 1879,

pi. 5.
Loc. — Murray River, Kliinzinger, I.e.

Callionymus, L.

(C. calauropomus, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror,
p. 10, 1846.)
Giinther Cat. Ill, p. 147; Macleay Cat. 540.
" Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 7.
Loc. — One specimen from Hobson's Bay, Castelnau,
P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 49.

C. papilio, Giinther, A.M.KH. XIV., p. 197, 1864.
Macleay Cat. 541.

Syn. — C. ocellifer, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 49.
Loc— Hobson's Bay, Castelnau.

Division X. — Acanthopterygii Blenniiformes.

FAMILY BLENNIIDiE.
(Salarias, Cuv. et Val.)

{S. mulleri, Kliinzinger, Sitzb. d. k. Ak, Wiss., Wien., p. 388,
1879.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1215.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger, I.e.

Clinus, Cuv.

C. despicillatus, Richardson, Zool. Journ., p. 90, 1839.
Gunther Cat. Ill, p." 271 ; Macleay Cat. 572.
Figured, T.Z.S. Ill, pi. 6.

Loc. — Recorded as Victorian by Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict.
I, p. 129.

(C. marmoratus, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1217.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, I.e.

so Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Cristiceps, Cuv. et Val.

C. Iwwittii, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 48, 1873.

Macleay Cat. 582.

Loc. — Western Port, Castelnau, I.e.
G. rohustus, Giinther, A.M.N.H. XX, p. 62, 1867.

Macleay Cat. 583.

Loc. — Melbourne, Giinther, I.e.
C. multifenestratus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 131, 1872 ;
II, p. 48, 1873.

Macleay Cat. 586.
(C. ayncenus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 48, 1873.)

Macleay Cat, 587.

Loc. — One specimen, Victorian, Castelnau, I.e.
(C. forsteri, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 132, 1872.)

Macleay Cat. 588.

Loc. — One specimen, Melbourne, Castelnau, I.e.
(C. tristis, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., 1872.)

Macleay Cat. Sup. 1218.

Loc. — Murray P., Kliinzinger, I.e.

Division XL — Mugilipormes.
FAMILY SPHYE^NID^.
Sphyr^na, Artec! i.

^'. novce-hollandice, Giinther Cat. II, p. 335, 1860.
Macleay Cat. 603.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Pike.

Lanioperca, Giinther.

L. onordax, Giinther, A.M.N.H., X, p. 183, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 608.
Syn. — Dinolestes millleri, Kliinzinger ; Neosphyrctma

multiradiata^ Castelnau.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 115.
Loc— Port Phillip.

FAMILY ATHERINICE.
Atherinichthys, Bleekei'.

A. modesta, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 136, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 620.

Loc. — Hobson's Bay and Lower Yarra, Castelnau.
A. jncta, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 137, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 622.

Loc. — Capt. Synnot's Dock, Lower Yarra, Castelnau.
A. cepJialotes, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 137, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 623.

Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Castelnau.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 31

(Atherinosoma, Castelnau.)

(A. vorax, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 138, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 627.
Loc. — One specimen from Cape Schanck, Castelnau, I.e.

FAMILY MUGILID^.
MuGiL, Artedi.

(J/, peronii, Cuv. et Val., Poissons II, p. 138, 1836.)

Macleay Cat. 635,

Loc. — One specimen from Western Port, Castelnau,
P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 151.
M. grcmdis, Castelnau, P.L.S. N.S.W. Ill, p. 386, 1879.

Macleay Cat. 629.

Loc. — Passim.

Vernacular name — Sand Mullet.

{M. gelatinosus, Kliinzinger, Arcliiv. f. Naturg., 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1225.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger, I.e.

Agonostoma, Giinther.

A. diemensis, Richardson, Zool. Trans. Ill, p. 123, 1849.
Giinther Cat. Ill, p. 465 ; Macleay Cat. 641.
Syn. — A. forsteri, Bleeker.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Midlet.

A. lacustris, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 142, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 642.
Loc. — Gippsland Lakes.

Myxus, Giinther.

M. elongatus, Giinther, P.L.S., N.S.W. IV, p. 426, 1879.
Giinther Cat. Ill, p. 466 ; Macleay Cat. 643.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Giinther, I.e.

Division XII. — Acanthopterygii Gasterosteiformes.
None recorded.

Division XIII. — Acanthopterygii Centrisciformes.
None recorded.

Division XIV. — Acanthopterygii Gobiesociformes.
None recorded.

Division XV. — Acanthopterygii Channiformes.
None recorded.

32 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Division XVI. — Acanthopterygii T^niiformes.

FAMILY TKACHYPTERID^.
(Regalecus, Briinn.)

{R. banksii, Cuv. et Val., Poissons X, p. 365, 1835.)
Giinther Cat. Ill, p. 309.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool., pi. 145.
Log. — Bass' Straits, one specimen, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — 0«r Fish; probably Sea Serpent,
M'Coy.

Trachypterus, Gouan.

T. taenia, Bl. Schn., p. 480, 1801.
Giinther Cat. Ill, p. 302.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 122.
Loc. — Portland, M'Coy.

Division XVII. — Acanthopterygii Notacanthiformes.
None recorded.

ORDER ACANTHOPTERYGII PHARYNGOGNATHI.

FAMILY POMACENTEID^.

Glyphisodon, Cuvier.

G. victorice, Giinther, A.M.N.H. II, p. 116, 1862 (XI, 1873,
p. 115).
Macleay Cat. 676.
Vernacular name — Rock Perch.

FAMILY LABEID^.

Labrichthys, Bleeker.

Vernacular name. — Wrasses, or Parrot-fish.

{L. psittacula, Richardson, P.Z.S., p. 26, 1840.)
Giinther Cat. IV, p. 114 ; Macleay Cat. 696.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 56 ; Giinther Cat.

pi. 59.
Loc. — Only one specimen, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II,
p. 52.

L. laticlavms, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 128,
1846.
Giinther Cat IV, p. 115 ; Macleay Cat. 698.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 163.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 33

L. hleekeri, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 148, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 705.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 134.
Loc— Port Phillip.

L. richardsoni, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 150, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 706.
Loc— Port Phillip.

L. ephippium, Giinther, A.M.N.H. XI, p. 116, 1863.
Macleay Cat. 707.

Syn. — L. vestita, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 151, 1872.
Loc— Port Phillip.

(L.cuvieri, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. [I, p. 53, 1873.)
Macleay Cat. 708.
Loc — One specimen, Phillip Island, Castelnau, I.e.

(Heteroscarus, Castelnau.)

{H. macleai/i, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., Decade 17, 1888.)
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 164.
Loc. — One specimen from Portland, M'Coy, I.e.

Odax, Cuv. et Val.

0. richardsoni, Giinther Cat IV, p. 241, 1862.
Giinther Cat, IV, p. 241 ; Macleay Cat. 753.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Stranger.

0. ohscurus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 154, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 756.

Olistherops, Richardson.

0. cyanomelas, Richardson, A.M.N.H., p. 291, 1851.
Gunther Cat. IV, p. 243 ; Macleay Cat. 760.

ORDER anacanthi:ni.

FAMILY GADOPSID^.
Gadopsis, Richardson.

G. marmoratus, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 122,
1846.

Gunther, Cat. 4, p. 318 ; Macleay Cat. 763.

Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 59.

Loc. — Passim, Victorian streams, especially south of

Dividing Range.
Vernacular name — £lack-fisJi.

D

34 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

FAMILY GADID^.
LOTELLA, Kaup,

L. callarias, Giinther, A.M.N.H., p. 116, 1863.
Macleay Cat. 766.

Figured M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 19.
Loc— Port Phillip, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Small-scaled Eock Cod.

PsEUDOPHYCis, Giinther.

P. harbatus, Giinther, A.M.KH., p. 116, 1863.
Macleav Cat. 769.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 20.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Rock Cod.

(Physiculus, Kaup.)

(P. palmatus, Klunzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., xxxviii, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1244.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger.

FAMILY OPHIDUD^.
Genypterus, Philippi.

G. australis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 164, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 771.

Syn. — G. tigerinus, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg, 1872,
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 27.
Loc. — Passi7)i.
Vernacular name — Rockling.

FAMILY PLEURONECTID^.
(PsEUDORHOMBUS, Bleeker.)

(P. mullm, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., xxxviii, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1247.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger, I.e.

Rhombosolea, G Anther.

R.flesoides, Gunther, A.M.N.H. II., p. 117, 1863.

Macleay Cat. 788.

Loc. — Port Phillip, Giinther.
R. hassensis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I., p. 167, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 789.

Loe. — Passim.

Vernacular name — Sole.
R. victoria;, Castelnau sp., P.Z.S. Vict. I^ p. 168, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 790.

Loc. — -Passim. •

Vernacular name — Flounder.

Note. — Prof. M'Coy considers R. victorice, Castelnau=i2. flesoides, Giinther.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 35

ORDER IV.— RHYSOSTOMI.

FAMILY SILURID.E.
CoPlDOGLAXis, Giinther.

C. tandcmus, Mitchell Exp. I, p. 95, 2nd ed.,-1839.
Giinther Cat. V, p. 26; Macleay Cat. 806.
Figured, Mitchell Exp., pi. 6.
Loc. — Murray R. and triljutaries.
Vernacular name — Murray/ Cat-Jish.

FAMILY HAPLOCHITONID.E.
Prototroctes, Giinther.

P. marcena, Giinther Cat. V, p. 382, 1864.
Macleay Cat. 824.

Loc. — Southern rivers of Victoria, formerly in Yarra.
Vernacular name — Yarra Herring.

FAMILY SCOPELID.E.
AuLOPUS, Cuv.

A. purpurissatus, Richardson, Icon. Pise, p. 6, 1843.
Giinther Cat. V, p. 403; Macleay Cat. 832.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 54, 55.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Sergeant Baker (at Sydney).

FAMILY GALAXID.E.
•Galaxias, Cuv.

G. attenuatus, Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, Fishes, ]). 121, 1842.

Giinther Cat. VI, j). 210; Macleay Cat. 843.

Figured, Zool. Beagle, pi. 22.

Syn. — G. scriba, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror,
p. 75; G. macw^ai^w, Richardson, Voy. Erebus
and Terror, p. 76.

Loc. — Very common in Lower Yarra, C«;telnau, P.Z.S.
Vict. I, p. 177.

Vernacular name — Yarra Gudgeon.
G. ocellatus, M'Coy, Internat. Exch. Essays, p. 14, 1866-7.

Macleay Cat. 852.

Loc. — R. Yarra.

Vernacular name — Yarra Trout. . ,

G. cylindricus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 177, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 853.

Loc.-;— R. Yarra, Castelnau, I.e.
G. delicatidus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 178, 1872.

Macleay Cat. 854.

Loc. — R. Yarra, Castelnau, I.e.

D 2

30 Proceedmgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

G. amcenus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 178, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 855.
Loc. — R. Yarra, Castelnan, I.e.

{G. versicolo)', Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 17G, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 856.

Loc. — One specimen from marsh near St. Kilda,
Castelnau, I.e.

G. ornatus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 153, 1873.

Macleay Cat. 857.

Loc. — Cardinia Creek, Castelnau.

{G. 7'ostratus, Kliinzinger, Archiv, f Naturg., p. 41, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1265.
Loc. — Murray R., Kliinzinger, I.e.

(Cr. obtusus, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., p. 41, 1872.)
Loe.— Yarra Lagoon, Kliinzinger, I.e.

FAMILY SCOMBRESOCIDxE.
ScoMBRESOX, Lacep.

S.forsteri, Cuv. et Val. XVIII, p. 481, 1846.

G-iinther Cat. VI, p. 258 ; Macleay Cat. 866.

Syn. — aS'. sattrus (Bloch sp.), var. /ors^m (Cuv. et Val.),

according to M'Coy.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi, 135.

Hemiramphus, Cuvier.

H. intermedius, Cant., A.M.N.H. IX, p. 485, 184'i.
Giinther Cat. VI, p. 260 ; Macleay Cat. 867.
Syn. — //. melanochir, Cuv. et Val.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 135.
Vernacular name — Gar-fish.

FAMILY CYPKINID^.

Neocarassius, Castelnau.

N. veii/ricosus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Viet. I, p. 237, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 881.
Loc. — Saltwater R., Castelnau, I.e.

FAMILY GONORHYNCID^.
Gonorhyncus, Gronov.

G. greyi, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 44, 1846.
Giinther Cat. VIT., p. 373 ; Macleay Cat. 883.
Syn. — G. brevis, Kner. Voy. Novara, p. 342.
Figured, Voy. Novara, pi. 16.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Sand-eel.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters^. . 37

FAMILY CLUPEID^.
Engraulis, Cuv. et Val.

E. antarctir.iis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Yict. I, p. 186, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 885.

Syn. — E. encrasicholiis, var. antipodum, Giinther.
Loc. — Passim.

Vernacular name — White-bait.
(E. heterolohus, Riipp.)

Giinther Cat. VII, p. 392 ; Macleay Cat. Sup. 1272.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger, Archiv, f. Natarg. 1872.

Chatoessus, Cuv. et Val.

C. richardsoni, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 141, 1873.
Macleay Cat. 888.
Loc. — Murray R., Castelnau.

Clupea, Cuvier.

C. sagcu, Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, p. 134, 1842.

Giinther Cat. VII, p. 413 ; Macleay Cat. 890.

Syn. — Alosa melanosticta, Cuv. et Val., Poissons XX, p.

444
Loc. — Passim.

Vernacular name — Pilchard.
C. vittata, Castelnau, P.L.S. N.S.W,, IV, p. 379, 1879.
Macleay Cat. 896.
Vernacular name — <S'we^<, Castelnau, P. Z.S.Vict. I, p. 190.

FAMILY MUE.ENIDyE.
Anguilla, Cuvier.

A. reinhardtii, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., Wien, 1867.
Gunther Cat. VIII., p. 27 ; Macleay Cat. 910.
Loc. — From Western Port, and also, I believe, from the
Mordialloc R., Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I., p. 193.
Vernacular name — Confused with the common Eel,
Castelnau, I.e.
A. australis, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 112,
1846.
Gunther Cat. VIIL, p. 36 ; Macleay Cat. 911.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 45.
Loc. — Fre.sh waters passim.
Vernacular name — Common Eel.

-CoNCiER, Cuvier.

C. ivilsoni, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I., p. 193, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 914.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Silver Eel.

88 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(CONGROMUR^NA, Kaup.)

{C- hahenata, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 109,
1S46.)
Giinther Cat. VIII., p. 42 ; Macleay Cat. 916.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 50.
Loc. — One specimen seen in Melbourne market,
Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I., p. 195.

(MuR^NiCHTHYS, Bleeker.)

(J/, macropterus, Bleeker, Atlas Iclitliy., p. .31.)

Giinther Cat. VIII,'p. 52 ; Macleay Cat. Sup. 1278.
Figured, Bleeker Atlas, pi. 7.

Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg.
1872.

FAMILY PEGASIDiE.
Pegasus, L.

P. lancifer, Kaup, Wiegm. Archiv., p. 117, 1868.
Gunther Cat. VIII, p. U9 ; Macleay Cat. 946.
Loc. — Port Phillip, not uncommon.

ORDER v.— LOPHOBRANCHIL

FAMILY SYNGNATHID^.

6-Vo?tp Syngnathina.
^YNGNATHUS, Artedi.

^'. semifasciatus, Gunther Cat. VIII., p. 162, 1870.
Gunther Cat. VIIL, p. 162; Macleay Cat. 947.
8yn. — S. semistriatus, Kaup (Macleay.)
Loc— Port Phillip.
Vernacular nam e — Pipe-fish.
{S. caretta, Kliinzinger, Sitzb. der K. Ak. Wiss., Wien^
p. 419, 1879.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1281.

liOc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg.,
1872.

TJrocampus, Gunther.

U. carinirostris, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I., p. 200, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 961.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Castelnau, I.e.

(Leptoichthys, Kaup.)

{L. fistulariiti, Kaup, Lophobr, p. 51.)

Gunthei- Cat. VIII, p. 187 ; Macleay Cat. 962.

Loc.^ — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg.^

1872.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian WcUers. 39

Stigmatophora, Kaup.

S. argus, Ricliardson, T.Z.S. III., p. 183, 1849.

Giinther.Cat. VIII, p. 189 ; Macleay Cat. 965.

Figured, T.Z.S. III., pi. 7.

Loc. — Sandridge (specimens in Melbourne Museum).

aS^. nigra, Kaup, Lophobr, p. 53.

Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 190; Macleay Cat. 966.
Loc. — Sandridge (specimens in Melbourne Museum).

Group Hippocampina.
(Gastrotokeus, Kaup.)

G. gracilis, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg., p. 44, 1872.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, I.e.

(SOLENOGNATHUS, Kaup.)

S. spinosissimus, Giintlier Cat. VIII, p. 195, 1870.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 195 ; Macleay Cat. 973.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, I.e.

Phyllopteryx, Kaup.

P.foliatus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. V, p. 456, 1803.

Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 196 ; Macleay Cat. 974.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool, pi. 65.

Loc. — Passim.

Vernacular name — Sea-dragon.

Hippocampus, Leach.

H. abdominalis, Kaup, Lophobr., p. 17.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 199 ; Macleay Cat. 978.

Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger. J. Bracebridge Wilson

dredged it outside the Heads, 1888.
Vernacular name — Sea-horse.

H. breviceps, Peters, Monatsber. Ak. Wiss., Berlin, p. 710,
1869.
Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 200 ; Macleay Cat. 980.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 65.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Short-headed Sea-horse.

H. novce-hollandice, Steind., Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss., Wien,
p. 474, 1866.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 201 ; Macleay Cat. 982.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Macleay.
Vernacular name — Sea-horse.

{H. tristis, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 197, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 983.
Loc. — One specimen from Port Phillip, Castelnau, I.e.

40 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

ORDER VI.— PLECTOGNATHI.

FAMILY SCLERODERMI.
MoNACANTHUS, Cuvier (Leather Jackets).

M. Jiippocrepis, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Uran. Zool., p. 212,

1824.
Giintber Cat. VIII, p. 246 ; Macleay Cat. 992.
Syn. — Aleuterius variabilis, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and

Terror, p. 67.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 53 • M'Coy, Prodr.

Zool. Vict., pi. 125.

{M. convexirostris, Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 248, 1870.)
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 248 ; Macleay Cat. 994.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Hobson's Bay, Kliinzinger, Archiv.
f. Naturg., 1872.

M. gilntheri, Macleay Cat. 998, 18 .

^yn.—M. peronii, Giinther Cat, VIII, p. 249.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 143.

Loc. — Port Phillip Heads, Warrnambool, M'Coy, i.e.

J/, broivni, Richardson, sp., Voy. Erebus and Terror, 1846,
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict.', pi. 124.
Loc. — Bass's Straits, M'Coy.

{M. maculmus, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 67,

1846.)
Macleay Cat. 1001.
Figured, Vov. Erebus and Terror, pi. 39 ; Hollard,

Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. 1854, pi. 14.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg.,

xxxviii.

(M.forsteri, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 204, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 1005.
Loc. — One specimen, Castelnau, I.e.

(M. prasinus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict, I, p. 205, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 1006.
Loc. — Only seen once, Castelnau, I.e.

(J/, haudini, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict, II, p. 55, 1873,)
Macleay Cat. 1007.
Loc. — One specimen from coast of Victoria, Castelnau, I.e.

{M. lesueurii, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict, II, p. 56, 1873.)
Macleay Cat. 1008.
Loc. — One specimen from Western Port, Castelnau, I.e.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 41

M. sancti-Joanni, Castelnau, P.L.S. N.S.W. II, p. 246, 1877.
Macleay Cat. 1012.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, Castelnau, I.e.

(M. granulatus, White, Voy. N.S.W., p. 295, 1790.)
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 243; Macleay Cat, 1019.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 40.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg.,
xxxviii.

21. 7mdis, Kichardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 65, 1846.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 244 ; Macleay Cat. 1020.
Loc. — Bass's Straits, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 54.

M. trossulus, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 68, 1846.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 234 ; Macleay Cat. 1025.
Loc. — Victoria, Macleay, I.e.

OsTRACiON, Artedi.

0. auritus, Shaw, T.Z.S. Ill, p. 160. 1849.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 266; Macleay Cat. 1036.
Figured, T.Z.S. Ill, pi. 9.
Loc— Port Phillip, Phillip I.

0. amcenus, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 207, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 1039.
Loc— Port Phillip.

FAMILY GYHINODONTES.
Tetrodon, Bibr.

T. hamiltoni, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 63,
1846.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 280; Macleay Cat. 1045.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 39.
Loc. — Port Phillip.
Vernacular name — Toad-Jish.

(T. richei, Freminv, Nouv. Bull. Philom. II, p. 250.)
Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 285; Macleay Cat. 1046.
Figured, Bleeker, Atlas, pi. 9.

Loc. — Port Phillip, Kliinzinger, Archiv.^ f. Naturg.
xxxviii.

T. hispidus, L. Syst. Nat. I, p. 411.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 297; Macleay Cat. 1053.

DiODON, Linnaeus.

D. spinosissimus, Cuv. Mem. Mus., p. 134, 1818.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 307; Macleay Cat. 1060.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 2.

42 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

D. blochii, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 210, 1872.
Macleay Cat. 1062.
Loc. — Port Phillip, Castelnau, I.e.
Vernacular name — Porcupine-fish.

(Chilomycterus, Bibr.)

(G. jaculifenis, Cnv. Mem. Mus., p. 130, 1818.)

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 313; Macleay Cat. 1063.
Loc. — One specimen from Hobson's Bay, Castelnau,
P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 211.

Orthagoriscus, Bloch., Syst. Iciithy. 01. (Schneider), p. 510, 1801.
0. 7nola, L.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 317; Macleay Cat. 1063.
Vernacular name — Sun-fish.

SUB-CLASS 11.— PAL^ICHTHYES.
ORDER I.— GANOIDI^.

None recorded.

ORDER II.— CHONDROPTERYGII.

FAMILY CRIMJEB.IDM.

Callorhyncus, Gronovius.

C. antarcticus Lacepede Hist. Poissons I, p. 400, 1798.
Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 351 ; Macleay Cat. 1070.
Syn. — G. j)e7'omi, Dum.

G. capensis, Dum.

G. australis, Sliavv and Owen.

G. tasmaniusy Richardson.
Loc. — Port Phillip Heads and S. Coast.
Vernacular name — Elephant-shark.

FAMILY CAECHAEIID^.
(Carcharias, Cu\-ier.)

{C. meVanopterus, Muller and Henle, p. 43, 1841.)

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 369 ; Macleay Cat. 1077.
Loc. — One specimen from Hobson's Bay, M'Coy.

Galeus, Cuvier.

G. australis, Macleay Cat. 1079, 1880.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 64.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Tope.

Indigenous Fis/i from Victorian Waters. 43

Zyg^na, Cuvier.

X. malleus, Shaw, Nat. Misc.

Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 381 ; Macleay Cat. 1080.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 56.
Loc— Port Phillip.
Vernacular name — Hammer-headed Shark.

MusTELUs, Cuvier.

M. antarctious, Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 387, 1870.
Macleay Cat 1081.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 87.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Smooth-hound, Gummy.

FAMILY LAMNID^.
Carcharodon, Muller and Henle.

C. rondeletii, Muller and Henle, p. 70, 1841.

Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 392 ; Macleay Cat. 1083.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi 74.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — White Shark.

Odontaspis, Agassiz.

0. americanus, Mitch, sp., Phil, and Lit. Trans. New York, I,
p. 483.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 392 ; Macleay Cat. 1084.
Syn. — 0. taurus, Muller and Henle, p. 73.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 64.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.

Alopecias, Muller and Henle.

A. vulpes, L. Syst. Nat. Cuv. Gmelin I, p. 1496, 1788.
Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 393 ; Macleay Cat. 1085.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 88.
Loc. — Hastings, M'Coy, I.e. ; Queenscliff, J. Brace-
bridge Wilson.
Vernacular nAme—rThresher Shark.

FAMILY NOTIDANID^.

NoTiDANUS, Cuvier.

N. indicus, Cuviei", Regne Animal, 1830.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 398; Macleay Cat. 1086.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 43.
liOc. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.

44 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

FAMILY SCYLLIDJ:.
Parascyllium, Gill.

P. nuchale, M'Coy, A.M.N.H. XIII, p. 15, 1874.
Macleay Cat. 1090.
Figured, M'Coy, I.e., pi. 2.
Loc— Port Phillip, M'Coy, I.e.

Crossorhinus, Muller and Henle.

G. barhatus, L. Syst. Nat. Cuv. Gmelin, p. 1493, 1788.
Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 414 ; Maeleay Cat. 1095.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 43.
Loe. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernaeular name —Carpet Shark, Wohhigong.

FAMILY CESTRACIONTID.E.
Heterodontus, De Blainville.

//. phillipii, Lacepede, Hist, des Poissons I, p. 218, 1798.
Macleay Cat. 1097.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 113.
Loc. — Passim.
Vernacular name — Port Jackson Shark, Pig-fish.

FAMILY SPINACID.E.
AcANTHlAS, Muller and Henle.

A. vulgaris, L. Syst. Nat., p. 397.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 418 ; Macleay Cat. 1099.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 75.
Loc. — Hobson's Bay, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Picked Boy-fsh.

(EcHiNORHiNUS, De Blainville.)

{E. spinosus, L. Syst. Nat. Cuv. Gmelin I, p. 1500, 1788.)
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 428.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Viet., pi. 144.
Loe. — One specimen from Portland, M'Coy, i.e.

FAMILY EHINID^E.
Rhina, Klein.

P. squathia, L. Syst. Nat. I, p. 398.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 430; Macleay Cat. 1103.

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 34.

Loc. — Not very uncommon in Hobson's Bay and around

our coasts, M'Coy, I.e.
Vernacular name — Anyet Fisli.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 45

FAMILY PRISTIOPHOEIDiE.

Pristiophorus, Muller and Henle.

P. nudipimiis, Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 432, 1870.

Giincher Cat. VIII, p. 432; Macleay Cat. 1105
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 56.
Loc. — Passivi.
Vernacular name — Saiv-Jish.

FAMILY SELACHIDiE.
(Cetorhinus, De Blainville.)

(C. maximus, Giinner, Trondj. Selsk. Skrift, III, p. 33, 1765.)
Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 394; Macleay Cat. Sup. 1285.
Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pi. 104.
Loc. — One specimen, Portland, M'Coy, i.e.
Vernacular name — Basking Sharl'.

FAMILY RHINO BATID^.
Trygonorhina, Muller and Henle.

T. fasciata, Muller and Henle, p. 124.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 448 ; Macleay Cat. 1111.
Figured, Muller and Henle, pi. 43.
Loc. — " Common in S. part of Port Phillip," J. Brace-
• bridge Wilson.

Vernacular name — Fiddler Ray.

FAMILY TOEPEDINID^.
Narcine, Henle.

N. tasmaniensis, Richardson, T.Z.S. ill, p. 178, 1849.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 452 ; Macleay Cat. 1112.
Figured T.Z.S. Ill, pi. 11.

Loc. — One specimen St. Kilda Beach ; also in Bass's
Straits, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 223.

FAMILY EAJIDiE.
Eaja, Cuvier.

R. lemprieri, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 43, 1846.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 463 ; Macleay Cat. 1114.
Figured, Voyage Erebus and Terror, pi. 23.
Loc. — Pasiim.
Vernacular name — Thornhach Ray.

46 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

{R. chntata, Kliinzinger, Archiv. f. Naturg. xxxviii, p. 46,
1872.)
Macleay Cat. Sup. 1289.
Loc. — " Port Phillip," Kliinzinger, I.e.

R. scahra, Douglas Ogilby, Cat. Fislies in Australian Museum,
Part I, 1888.
Macleay Cat, 1115.

Syn. — R. rostrata, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. II, p. 57.
Xoc. — Port Phillip, Castelnau.

FAMILY TEYGONID^.
Urolophus, Muller and Henle.

U. testaceus, Mull, and Henle, p. 174, 1841.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 486 ; Macleay Cat. 1121.
Figured, Mull, and Henle, pi. 56.
Loc. — Port Phillip (Morton, Lucas.)

FAMILY MYLIOBATID^.

MvLiOBATis^ Cuvier.

M. nieuhofi, Cuv. Regne Animal, 1830.

Giinther Cal. VIII, p. 491 ; Macleay Cat. 1123.

Loc. — Passim.

Vernacular name — JEagle Ray, Sting Ray.

(M. australis, Macleay Cat. 1124, 1880.)

Figured, M'Coy, Prodr. Zool. Vict. pi. 63.
Loc. — One specimen Queenscliff, M'Coy, I.e.

SUB-CLASS HI.— CYCLOSTOMATA.

FAMILY PETKOMYZONTID^.
MoRDACiA, Gray.

M. mordax, Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, 1846.
Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 507 ; Macleay Cat. 1127.
Figured, Voy. Erebus and Terror, pi. 38.
Loc. — Lower Yarra, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 229.
Vernacular name — Lamprey.

(Neomordacia, Castelnau.)

(N hoivittii, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Viet. I, p. 232, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 1128.
Loc. — One specimen, Cape Schanek, Castelnau, I.e.

Indigenous Fish from Victorian Waters. 47

Geotria, Gray.

G. anstralis, Gray, P.Z.S., p. 238, 1851.

Giinther Cat. VIII, p. 508 ; Macleay Cat. 1129.
Loc— Saltwater R., Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 227.

(Yarra, Castelnau.)

(7. singularts, Castelnau, P.Z.S. Vict. I, p. 231, 1872.)
Macleay Cat. 1132.
Loc. — One specimen, Lower Yarra, Castelnau, I.e.

SUB-CLASS IV.-LEPTOCARDII.

FAMILY CIKEOSTOMI.
Branchiostoma, Costa.

£. lanceolatum, Pallas, Spicil.- Zool. X, p. 19, 1769.
Guntlier Cat. VIII, p. 513 ; Macleay Cat. 1133.
Figured, E. Ray Lankester, Q.J.M.S., 1889.
Loc. — Port Phillip and Western Port (if our species be

identical with above).
Vernacular name. — Lancelet.

Art. III. — On the Occurrence of Kraussina lamarckiana,
Davidson, at Williamstoiun, luith a Census of the
Victorian Brachiopoda.

By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A, B.Sc.

[Read April 11, 188b.]

It was with much pleasure that, while searching under the
stones, rendered accessible by low tide at Williamstown, for
some of the gastropods usually obtained there, I found large
numbers of the small bi'achiopod, Kraussina lamarckiana,
Davidson. This was in the summer of 1884, and I have
usually met with numerous examples in each summer visit
to the locality. I am not aware of the species being recorded
before as Victorian, but whether or not, have thought it
would be of interest to members, to learn of the existence of
a species of brachiopod in considerable numbers, in a part of
Port Phillip so near to Melbourne.

It will be convenient here, to give a census of the species
hitherto recorded from Victorian seas. All belong to the
division denonflinated Clistenterata, by King.

ORDER.— BRACHIOPODA.

Division. — Clistenterata.

Terebratulina, D'Orbigny.

T. cancellata, Koch, in Kuster's Conchyl. Cat. VI, p. 36,
pi. 2b, figs. 11-13.
Figured, Challenger Zoology Report I, pi. 1, figs. 11-16.
Loc. — At or near Port Phillip Heads (J. Bracebridge
Wilson, Victorian Naturalist IV, p. 118, 1887);
off E. Moncceur I, Bass's Straits (Cliallenger
Zoology Report I, p. 37).

Waldheimia, King.

W. Jlavescens, Val. apud Lamarck, An. sans Vert. VI, p. 246,
1819.
Syn. — Ter. australis, Quoy et Gaimard, 1834.
T. recurva, Quoy et Gaimard, 1834.
T. dentata, Val., 1819.

Oil the Occurrence of Krausslna Lamarcklana. -tO

Figured, Cliallenger Zoology Report I, pi. 3, figs. 10-12.
Loc. — Western Port abundant ; Port Phillip Heads

(J. Bracebridge Wilson, Victorian Naturalist IV,

p. 118).

Magasella, Dall.

21. cumingi, var fibula, Davidson, Challenger Zoology Report
I, "1880.
Syn. — Bouchai'dia fibula, Reeve, Conch. I. con., pi. 7,
fig. 30, 1861.

Magasella cumingi, Davidson, P.Z.S., p. 78, pi. li, 1852.

Figured, as above.

Loc. — One specimen only known, British Museum ;
probably only a very large specimen of 21. cumingi,
and not a Bouchardia ; from Bass's Sts. (Davidson,
l.c.)

Megerlia, King,

2f. ivillemoesi, Davidson, P.R.S. XXVII, p. 438, 1878.

Figured, Challenger Zoology Report I, pi. 4, figs. 1-3

(in the plate entitled 2fagasella ivillemoesi by

printer's error).
Loc. — Three or four specimens from oflf Twofold Bay,

N.S.W. (Challenger Report, l.c.)
Dredged by Mr. Bracebridge Wilson, at Port Phillip

Heads (Victorian Naturalist IV, p. 118).

Kraussina, Davidson.

K. lamarckiana, Davidson, P.Z.S. p. 80, pi. 14, figs. 22, 23,

1852.
Figured, Challenger Zoology Report, pi. 4, fig. 9.
Loc. — Under stones at low water, Williamstown ; from

Tasmania, S.E, Australia and New Zealand

(Tenison Woods, Census of Mai'ine Shells of

Tasmania, 1877).

Art IV. — Observations on the AustraUan Species of
Peripatus.

By Arthur Dendy, M. Sc, F.L.S.

[Read July 11, 1889.]

Part I. — Historical — Habitat — Specific Characters —
Variation in External Characters.

In the January number of the Victorian Katiivalid, and
also in Nature for February 14, 1889, I published a short
account of the discovery of two specimens of Peripatus
at Warburton, on the Upper Yarra, which presented external
colour markings so well pronounced, and so diti'erent from
what had usually been described in the only known
Australian species, P. leiickartii, that I considered the
two specimens as probably belonging to a new species.
Mr. Sedgwick, in response to my letter, published a note in
Nature (February 28, 1889), in which he expressed the
opinion tliat the species probably was subject to considerable
range of variation in colour. Since the publication of my
first account, I have been in correspondence on the subject
with Mr. Fletcher, who is well acquainted with the New
South Wales specimens t)f Peripatus, and who most kindly
sent me a specimen from his collection, and also copies —
some in advance of publication — of his own notes on the
subject. Mr. Fletcher also tells me, in a letter dated Februaiy
22, 1889, that " the New South Wales specimens of Perip)atus
undoubtedly present very considerable variation in colour
and markings, and this is true of specimens from the same
locality, whereas specimens from different localities can be
very fairly matched." This remark is based upon the
examination of a specimen sent by Mr. OllifF to Mr. Sedgwick,
a specimen in the Australian Museum, and nine specimens
in Mr. Fletcher's own collection, which were all that were
known at the time he wrote.

A few weeks ago, my friends, Mr. Edward Nye and
Mr. D. Avery, of Queen's College, Melbourne University,
discovered, after much patient searching, eleven specimens
of Peripatus at Brown Hill, in the vicinity of Ballarat,

Observations on the Australian Si^ecies of Periimtus. 51

which they kindly placed at my disposal in a living and
healthy condition. From the examination of these specimens,
I have been able to gain a fairly good idea of the extent of
variation in colour markings which the species undergoes ;
and also to make some observations on the internal anatomy.
I have come to the conclusion that there is only one
Australian species yet known, and the present appears to
me to be a good opportunity for bringing together our
scattered knowledge concerning it, and recording my own
observations. The anatomical part of my paper is not yet
ready, although I have already carefully studied the anatomy,
by means of dissection and serial sections, but I hope to
publish it at a future date, and also to be able to give an
account of the development.

History of our Knoavledge of Peripatus leuckartii.

The species was originally described by Saenger, in 1869.
I have not been able to see the original paper, but Sedgwick
gives the title as follows : — " Description of a PeviiJatiis fioin
Australia," " Transactions of the Russian Assembly of
Naturalists," held at Moscow in 1867, Moscow, 1869
(Russian).

This paper was preceded by a preliminary account by
the same author, as I learn from the Archiv filr Natur-
geschichte (Jahrgang 35, Band 2, p. 277), in which Leuckart,
in his "Bericht lib. d. Leist. in d. Naturgeschichte der niederen
Thiere wahrend der J. 1868-69," remarks: — •" Onychophori,
Der seit Grube (1853) nichtwieder untersuchte Peripatus wird
auf Anregfung; des Ref von Saenojer zum Geno-enstand einer
anatomischen Untersuchung gemacht, deren Hauptresultate
vorlaufig in den Protocollen der Moskauer Naturforscher-
versammlunfic mitgfetheilt sind." A brief absti'act of the
paper then follows.

Saenger's complete paper is also noticed in the Archiv fiii'
Naturgeschichte (Jahrgang 37, Band 2, p. 406.) The notice
runs as follows : — " Onychophori. Sanger's Untersuchungen
iiber * Peripatus capensis Gr. und P. Leuckartii,' die wir nach
einer vorlaufigen Mittheilung schon im letzten Jahresberichte
anzogen, sind in den Verhandlungen der Moskauer Natur-
forsclierversammlung, Abth. Zoologie S. 237-262. Tab.
XII u. XIII inzwischen ausfuhrlich verofFentlicht. Die
neue Art, die aus Neu-Hollandstammt, wirdfolgendermaassen
beschrieben : Fiinfzehn Paar Fusstummel, von denen das
letzte Paar die GeschlechtsofFnung zwischen sich nimmt.

E 2

52 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

Auf cler Unterseite der Fiisse drei Erhebungen, von denen die
eine lang und bogenfdrmig ist, wiihrend die zwei andern kurz
nnd gerade sind. Lange 21 Mm., grosste Breite 3 05 Mm."

In 1887, Mr. Henry Try on published an interesting paper
" On Peripatus and its Occurrence in Australia," in the
" Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland " (Vol. IV.,
p. 78). In this paper he announces the re-discovery of
Peripatus in Australia, and gives a brief account of its
structure, habits, and distribution, and to this paper I
would especially call the attention of Australian naturalists.
In 1886, Mr. Tryon found two specimens of PerijKitus in a
collection of invertebrata from the Cardwell district, sent to
the Queensland Museum. These specimens were unfortu-
nately lost in Sydney. A single specimen of Peripatus was
next found by Mr. Tryon under dead wood in a gully in
Victoria Park, Brisbane ; and later on several specimens were
obtained under stones within a short distance of the General
Hospital. The author points out the great resemblance
between the Australian and New Zealand species. He like-
wise observed the important fact that " the external jaw
claw is simple, with a slight elevation at the base of the
claw proper " ; but he did not recognise this character as a
distinction between the Australian and New Zealand species,
as was subsequently done by Sedgwick.

Concerning the colouration of the body, Mr. Tryon says
the species " exhibits the same variation in colouring which
occurs in the different species of the genus. . . . The
Australian species is very dark blue, almost black, with a
few rust-like specs here and there, and lighter coloured
beneath ; or dark fuscous, with a still darker line along the
back."

In the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for
September of the same year (1887), Professor F. Jeffi-ey Bell
published a very brief note (p. 252) on the " Habitat of
Peripatus Leucharti," in which he says : — " Dr. E. P.
Ramsay, F.R.S.E., has lately been so kind as to send me
two specimens of Peripatus Leiickarti, Sanger. Professor
Leuckart's only information with regard to the place of
origin of his specimen was ' Neu Holland.' It may there-
fore be of interest to state that Mr. Ramsay's examples were
taken in the Queensland Scrubs, near Wide Bay."

The next discovery of Peripatus leuckartii took place in
Victoria, and is recorded by Mr. Fletcher in the " Proceedings
of the Linnean Society of New South Wales " (Vol. II.,

Observations on the Australian Species of Peripatus. 53

Part I., 1887). Mr. Fletcher observes: — "The specimen
which I exhibit this evening was given to me a fortnight
ago by my friend Mr. R. T. Baker, of Newington College,
who had obtained it a few days previonsly either in or
under a rotten log at Warragul, Gippsland, Victoria. It has
fifteen pairs of claw-bearing appendages, and has nearly the
same dimensions as are given in the abstract referred to.
It is, therefore, in all probability an example of P. Leuckartii,
Sanger." The specimen was received by Mr. Fletcher in a
dried-np condition, so that he was not able to make any
further observations upon it.

At a meeting of the Linnean Societv of New South Wales,
on November 27, 1887, Mr. A. Sidney Olliff exhibited and
read a note upon a s})ecimen of Peripatus leuckartii which
had been obtained by himself and Mr. H. Merewether at the
foot of a grey gum tree at Cassilis, on the banks of the
Mounmoura Creek, a tributary of the Goulburn River.
This is the first recorded discovery of Peripatus in New
South Wales. Mr. Olliff says in his note : — " During life
my specimen was coloured as follows : — Shining slaty-brown
above, dusted with brick-red, with a duskj^-red patch on
the head, and a moderately distinct dusky-red lateral line on
each side extendino- throufjhout its entire length ; below,
pinkish grey ; the antennpe dark brown. It measured
21 mm. when fully extended."

In April 1888, Mr. Sedgwick's beautiful "Monograph on
the Species and Distribution of the Genus Peripatus
(Guiiding) " was published in the Quarterly Journal of
Microscopical Science. The author's observations on P.
leuckartii were confined to the two specimens sent by Mr.
Ramsay to Professor Bell, and the only locality wdiich he
gives for the species is "near Wide Bay, Queensland." The
species is diagnosed as follows: — "Australasian Peripatus,
with fifteen pairs of legs, an accessory tooth on the outer
blade of the jaw, and a white papilla on the ventral side of the
last leg of the male." Professor Bell's two specimens are
described, and a few anatomical details are given. The
species is not figured.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales of June 27th, 1888, Mr. Fletcher exhibited and
described seven more specimens of Peripatus, obtained on
a country road near Wollongong, New South Wales. Three
of the specimens he preserved alive, and he gives a detailed
account of the size and colouration of these.

54 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

On October 31, 1888, the same author exhibited some
yoimg specimens, the progeny of one of the three exhibited
at the last meeting. The size and colouration of these young
specimens (four in number) is briefly noted.

On November 28, 1888, again, Mr. Fletcher exhibited at
the same Society's meeting two living specimens oi Feripatus
leuckartii from Burrawang, County of Camden, and their
general colouiation is briefly noted.

Peripatus leuckartii was next met with again by myself
in Victoria ; from which colony, it will be remembered, it was
hitherto represented only by a single dried-up specimen
from Gippsland. In December last, I found two specimens
in a fern-tree gully at Warburton, on the Upper Yarra ; and
I recorded the discovery, with a brief account of the speci-
mens, in the Victorian Naturalist and Nature {locc. citt).
Owing to the very distinct and definite markings on both
of my specimens, I thought that they would probably
prove to belong to a species distinct f]om P. leuckartii.
Subsequent research, however, has shown that this is not
the case.

Finally, the latest literature on the subject is a short
letter in Nature, by Mr. A. Sedgwick, F.R.S., in reply to my
own, in which he says : — " The Victorian and New South
Wales localities are recorded in a postscript appended to my
monograph of the genus as reprinted from vol. iv. of the
" Studies from the Morphological Laboiatory of the

University of Cambridge." The New South

Wales species is, I think, identical with that found in Queens-
land, and I should be inclined to doubt the distinctness of the
Victorian species recorded by Mr. Dendy in Nature (p. 366),
and previously by Mr. Fletcher. Mr. Dendy appears to lay
some stresson the diflerencesof colour as between his specimen
and the specimens of P. leuckarti hitherto described, but it
must be remembered that in some species of Peripatus — e.g.
capensis and novce-zealandia' — the range of individual
colour-variation is very considerable." Mr. Sedgwick
concludes — " Its development cannot fail to be of the greatest
interest, and it is sincerely to be hoped that the Australian
zoologists will lose no time in working it out."

In the present paper, as already mentioned, I have to
record the discovery of eleven more specimens of Peripatus
in Victoria, obtained by Messrs. Nye and Avery (of Queen's
College), at Brown Hill, near Ballarat. The examination of
these specimens leaves no doubt as to tlie correctness of

Observations on the Australian Species of Perlpatus. 55

Mr. Sedgwick's views as to the specific identity of all the
Australian specimens.

Habitat of Peripatus leuckartii.

The animal is generally found beneath either stones
or logs — either in open places, or in sheltered ones, such
as gullies. They appear to be more frequently met
with under stones than in any other situation. The
first Victorian specimen was found either in or under a
rotten log at WarraOTl, and the two which I found were
both under logs, in a fern-tree gully at Warburton. The
animals obtained by Messrs. Nye and Avery were, however,
nearly all found under stones, and those gentlemen have
kindly furnished me with the following note concerning the
habitat of their specimens: —

" Whilst out on an expedition at Brown Hill in the vicinity
of Ballarat, in turning over some large silurian stones, we
found a Perlpatus beneath one sunk an inch or so into the
earth. On subsequent expeditions, we found ten mere — nine
of them beneath silurian stones — some under large, and some
under small stones, some being sunk in moss and grass, and some
lying in bare spots almost devoid of vegetation. The greater
part of the range where the Perlpatl were found is bare,
and covered with silurian sandstone ; further on, it becomes
covered with scrubby gum trees, about six to ten feet high,
and over-grown with mosses and lichens. Here we found
only two.

All these Peripatl were found beneath silurian, and
though quartz and granite were plentiful, in no case did we
find any beneath them. Sometimes the Peripatl were
beneath the stones, sometimes clingino- to them, and again,
m the rubbish around them.

" In one case only did we find two beneath the same stone,
and they were small ones. The blue and bluish-brown ones
were found in a spot covered with more vegetation and
bracken.

" We searched the foot of this range for about a mile and
a half here, and then proceeded a couple of miles furtlier along
to a part better timbered. Here we found two — one beneath
a decaying log, and the other beneath a silurian stone in
an open spot. There were few fallen logs, so we had little
chance to look for Peripatl beneath them.

" The range is about three miles N.E. of Ballarat, and
runs about east and west, so that the Perlpati were found

5G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

at the foct of the south side. A small creek runs along the
foot of the range."

Specific Characters of Peripatus leuckartii.

I have already quoted Sedgwick's definition of the species
— " Australasian Peripatus, with fifteen pairs of legs, an
iccessory tooth on the outer blade of the jaw^, and a white
papilla on the ventral side of the last leg of the male."
This author states that, after careful search, he has only been
able to find three minute points of real difference between
the Australian species (P. leuckartii) and the New Zealand
sj^ecies (P. novoi-zealandice) These are : —

" (] ) The outer blades of the jaws have an accessory tooth
at the base of the main tooth, as in the Cape species.

" (2) The male has a rounded white ])apilla on the ventral
face of the fifteenth leg, on each side of the genital opening.
It is in the same position with regard to the leg as the
corresponding structure in the Cape males.

" (3) The pigment on the ventral surface is much less
conspicuous in this than in the New Zealand species, so that
the mottled appearance presented by the ventral surface of
the latter species is not found in these specimens. The
2)igment on the ventral surface of these specimens is much
more marked in the lower parts of the papilla? than elsewhere.
In the skin between the papilhe and at the apices of the
papillfe the pigment is so faint as to be hardly discernible.
The result is that to the naked eye the ventral surface
appears quite pale with coloured papillae projecting from it.
The predominant pigment of the ventral surface is the blue,
but orange is present. The hind end of the ventral surface
in the region of the last three legs is darker than elsewhere, in
consequence of the great number of the pigmented papilla?.

" In addition to the above characters, it may be mentioned
that the genital papilla of the female is remarkably promi-
nent, and bears at its free end a longitudinally disposed slit.
In the male the genital papilla is fairly prominent, but its
aperture is wider and more rounded, resembling the same
structure in both sexes of the New Zealand species."

The presence of an accessory tooth on the outer blade
of the jaw, and of a white papilla on the ventral surface
of the fifteenth leg of the male ; * and the prominence of the

* I have only seen one small male specimen ; which I judge to be a male
from the presence of the white papilla, as mentioned, and the less jjiomineut
genital papilla {vide description of specimen /).

Observations on the Australian Species of Perlpatus. 57

genital papilla in the female, are all characters of the
Victorian specimens examined by me.

The third diagnostic character given by Sedgwick,
however — namety, that concerning the colouration of the
ventral surface, and the absence of a mottled appearance
therefrom — no longer holds good, as will be seen later on,
from the description of the colouration of the Victorian
specimens.

Concerning the external anatomy Sedgwick also men-
tions the following points, all of which I am able to
confirm in the case of Victorian specimens : — " The genital
papilla ... is between the legs of the fifteenth pair.
The feet and legs resemble exactly, so far as could be made
out, those of the New Zealand species. The feet have
the median dorsal papilla so characteristic of that species ;
there are three pads on the legs, and a patch of blue
pigment round the opening of the nephridia."

It is, perhaps, still doubtful whether any constant specific
characters can be derived from the colouration of Feri^^atus
leucl'artii, but in the next section of my paper I shall
endeavour to show that the colour and markings, however
they may vary, are in all cases deducible from a typical and
characteristic pattern.

Variation in Size and Colour Markings of
Peripatus leuckartii.

The variation in size and colouration of the species is
amply illustrated by the thirteen Victorian specimens which
I have been able to examine in the living condition, and I
shall therefore confine my description to these. As I have
already pointed out, Mr, Tryon, Mr. Olliff, and Mr. Fletcher
have also given some account of the colouration of their
specimens, which seem to agree with one or other of
the Victorian ones. The size of the specimens probably
depends principally upon their age.

The following is a brief account of the Victorian specimens.
It will be seen that they form a series with two extremes —
(1) the red, and (2) the blue (which becomes so dark as to
appear black when the specimen is examined as an opaque
object). I will begin with the red specimens : —

(a, h) The two specimens obtained at Warburton. The
general tint is brownish-red, with only traces in one specimen
of the bluish colour. The markings on the body are

58 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

singularly distinct and well defined, and identical in the two
specimens. All down the dorsal surface there runs a median,
broad, reddish-brown or chestnut-coloured band, divided into
a series of diamond-shaped patches by regular lateral
indentations — one diamond corresponding to each pair of legs.
In the middle of this band there is a thin, median, whitish
line. On either side, the chestnut-coloured band is edged
by a narrow black line, which follows the indentation of its
margin ; and outside of this comes a broad band of darker
brown, and then at the edge of the dorsal surface a narrow
band of light brown. The ventral surface is light yellowish-
brown, speckled with spots of very dark pigment, especially
abundant at the base of each leg. In the mid-ventral
line there is a row of white spots, one between the two legs
of each pair, except the first (?), and the last, where, of course,
the genital opening is situated. The antennae are light
brown, closely ringed all the way up with very dark brown
or black. One of these specimens, when crawling, measured
thirty-nine millimetres in length.

All the remaining specimens are from near Ballarat,
obtained by Messrs. Nye and Avery.

(c) Very much resembles the Warburton sjoecimens.

Dorsal Surface. — General colour, chestnut. The diamond-
shaped segmental markings are continuous and very strongly
marked, of a rich chestnut-red colour, edged with black
shading off into dull red. A thin median white line is
present, edged with grey.

Ventral Surface. — Much lighter. General appearance
yellowish ; spotted with yellow papillae. There is a dark
bluish-black spot at the base of each pair of legs, continued
up the leg as a thin line. There is an oblong spot of a light
yellowish colour between each pair of legs but the last.
The legs are planted on a dark line, and the ventral surface
of the legs is pale reddish-yellow. Genital papilla cream-
coloured. Antennae pale reddish-yellow, ringed with bluish -
black.

Length, when crawling, thirty millimetres.*

(d) General appearance dark, blackish. Markings as in c,
but with the red much duller and less conspicious. There is
a small light spot at the apex of each triangular half of each
diamond-shaped patch on the dorsal surface. These spots
appear to be present in most, if not all, specimens where the

* LeiDgtb always exclusive of antennas.

Observations on the Australian Species of Peripatus. 59

diamond markings are visible. The genital papilla is cream-
coloured, with a slight orange tinge ; and the antennae are
reddish towards the base, and black at the tips.
Length, when crawling, twenty-three millimetres.

(e) This specimen was light coloured, and translucent in
appearance.

Dorsal Surface. — There is a very strongly-marked con-
tinuous band down the middle, formed of a series of
segmentally-arranged diamond-shaped patches of pale reddish
yellow, edged by light, dull, indigo blue, shading off into
pale yellowish red, with dull indigo blue papillse. A thin
median light line is just visible.

Ventral Surface. — Lighter. Pale, dull bluish, with a row
of pale reddish-yellow areas, one between each pair of legs.
A dark patch at the base of each leg continued up the leg
for a little distance as a thin stripe. Ventral surface of
legs pale reddish-yellow. The legs are planted on a darker
stripe of dull indigo blue. Genital papilla, orange. Antennse,
pale reddish-yellow, ringed witli dull indigo blue.

Length, when crawling, twenty-two millimetres.

(/) This was a very young specimen. It had apparentl}'
just died, but was in a perfectly fresh condition, when I came
to examine it. Its general appearance was dark.

Dorsal Surface. — Dark, dull blackish, with a thin median
lighter bluish line, with brownish-red papillae so disposed as
to form segmentally-arranged diamond-shaped patches, one
over each pair of legs, as usual.

Ventral Surface. — Dull blackish, with a tinge of indigo
blue ; thickly spotted with greyish-yellow papillae. There
is a median row of lighter, brownish-grey areas, one
between each pair of legs but the last. Genital papilla,
orange. Ventral surface of legs chiefly reddish-yellow.
Antennae black.

Length, when lying still, seven millimetres.

{g) Dorsal Surface. — General appearance almost black,
dull, with a slight dull reddish tinge. A very thin, light
median line, edged with black, is scarcely visible. Seg-
mentally-arranged diamond-shaped patches, one over each
pair of legs, are faintl}^ indicated as redder splotches, each
divided into two triangular lateral areas edg^ed with black.

Ventral Surface. — General appearance light reddish, with
yellowish papillae. There is an elongated lighter spot
between each ]^air of legs but the lasb ; and there are dark

60 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

spots at the base of each leg, each continued some way up
the leg as a thin, dark stripe. Ventral surface of legs pale
yellowish-grey, with perhaps a dull bluish tinge. Genital
papilla, orange. Antennae grey, ringed with black.
Length, when crawling, thirty millimetres.

(li) General appearance dark, blackish.

Dorsal Surface. — Dull black, with tinges of indigo blue
and red, and with the faintest possible indications of
diamond-shaped markings. A thin median lighter stripe is
pi'esent.

Ventral Surface. — Paler. Blackish, with a reddish tinge
and pale yellow papilljie. There is a dark patch at the base
of each leg, continued up the leg as a fine stripe, and a pale
reddish .spot, divided transversely into two lialves, between
each pair of legs but the last. Ventral surface of legs pale
yellowish-red. Genital papilla, orange. Antennte yellowish-
grey, ringed with black.

Length, when crawling, thirty-two millimetres.

(i) This was a small specimen, which died just before I
came to examine it in detail, possibly from too much
handling. There is a small white papilla on the ventral
surface of each leg of the last pair, on each side of the genital
aperture, and the genital papilla is less prominent than
usual; hence the specimen is doubtless a male. It presented
a peculiar character, which I have noticed in no other case,
namely, that the eyes were bright red.

Dorsal Surface. — General colour dull indigo blue, rather
])ale. There is a median, thin, white line ; with a row of
yellowish spots on each side of it, placed one over each leg and
each formed of a single papilla. There is a lighter band of
blue over the rows of legs, which are themselves planted on
a darker line.

Ventral Surface. — Paler blue, with light yellowish papillfe.
A row of median light yellowish spots, one to each pair of
legs, and a darker patch at the base of each leg as usual
Ventral surface of legs pale yellowish, with a blue tinge
Genital pa])illa, cream-coloured.

Length, in spirit, ten millimetres.

(h) Dorsal Surface. — General appearance black, with a
greenisli tinge, especially pronounced on the antennae. Athin
median light line is present, and on each side of it a rov/ of
small, jiale red spots, one over each leg, and each, a2)parently,
consisting of a single papilla.

Ohservatio)is on the Australian Species of Peripatus. 61

Ventral Surface. — Grey, with pale yellow papillje, and,
perhaps, a tinge of bluish. A median row of yellowish
spots as usual, and also a darker patch at the base of each
leg, continued up the leg as a thin dark line. The ventral
surface of the legs is pale yellowish towards the apex, and
the genital papilla pale orange.

Length, when crawling, twenty-four millimetres.

(I) Dorsal Surface. — As in k, with identical markings.
Ventral Surface. — Paler, with same markings as in k, but
more greenish-blue. Genital papilla, cream-coloured.
Length, when lying still (dead?), ten millimetres.

(m) This specimen was killed, apparently by having the
secretion from the oral papillae of another specimen ejected
over it.

Dorsal Surface. — General appearance black, with a thin
median light line, as usual. The diamond-shaped patches are
represented, as in the last described specimens, by a row of
light red spots down each side.

Ventral Surface. — Paler. Blackish, with pale yellow
papillae scattered over it. A median row of lighter yellowish
spots present as usual.

Length (dead) seven millimetres.

(n) Dorsal Surface. — Black, with a median thin light
line and a row of red spots down each side, one over each
leg.

Ventral Surface. — Black, spotted with pale yellow papillaj.
A median row of lighter grey patches, one between each pair
of legs. Ventral surfaces of legs yellowish -grey. Genital
papilla, yellowish-grey.

Length, when lying still (dead ?), seven millimetres.

From these descriptions, it appears that the following are
more or less constant characters of the species with regard
to colour and markings: —

(1) The predominant colours are red and indigo blue — the
former passing into yellow, and the latter into black
in some specimens.

(2) There is a thin median light line down the doi-sal
surface.

(8) The characteristic pattern on the remainder of the
dorsal surface is a series of segmentally-arranged
diamond-shaped patches, in which the red colour is

G2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

predominant. In some cases, viz., the darkest
specimens, these patches are represented only by a
row of small, light coloured, yellow or red spots on
each side of the middle line. Each of these spots is
situate in the position of the apex of each triangular
half of one of the characteristic diamond-shaped
patches found in other specimens.

(4) The ventral surface is lighter than the dorsal.

(5) There is on the ventral surface a median row of spots
or areas usually paler than the rest of the surface,
placed one between the legs of each pair but the last.

(6) At the base of each leg, around the aperture of the
nephridium, there is a dark patch of indigo blue.

Whether or not the red colour of the eyes of the male will
prove to be a constant character, I am unable to say, as I
have only seen one male specimen as yet.

It will be seen, by reference to Mr. SedgAvick's beautiful
illustrations, that the pattern on the ventral surface of
P. novce-zealandice is essentially the same as in P. leuckartii;
while on the dorsal surface it appears to be very different,
though the thin median light line is present in both species.

Mr. Fletcher tells me that he is inclined to think that
the median dorsal white line (which is mentioned by Mr.
Sedgwick as occurring in the Australian species) is a post-
mortem character, due to imperfect preservation, as he
has recently examined three moderately well preserved
specimens from Queensland (probably from the same locality
as Mr. Sedgwick's examples), and these have a distinct
dorsal median dark line. Concerning his own Victorian
specimen, Mr. Fletcher also says, in one of his published
notes: — "A whitish median dorsal line visible in part of
the body only is evidently due to bleaching, though in the
rest of its course a nodose black line is not well defined." I
cannot agree with Mr. Fletcher's views on this point. I
have already pointed out that the white line is very thin,
and sometimes edged by a dark line on each side. The
white line might, I believe, be hidden by contraction
in spirit specimens, and the presence of the dark lines
edging it may account for the median dark line described
by Mr. Fletcher.

Art. VI. — On some additions to the Fish Fauna of Victoria.
By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.

[Read April 11, 1889.]

1. Ostracion (Aracana) lenticulavis, Richardson, P.Z.S.

p. 21, J 841.

Gunther Cat. VIII, p. 268 ; Macleay Cat. 1038.

Loc. — I had a single specimen forwarded to me in
1884, which had been thrown up on the beach of
Phillip Island. The length of the specimen is
about 220 mm.

2. CJiilohranchus rufus, Macleay Cat. 909, 1881.

This species was dredged freely by Mr. J. Bracebridge
Wilson, in the Summer of 1887-8, at several
stations near the Heads, including Simon's Chan-
nel, Limeburner's Channel, Capel Sound, and the
Pinnace Channel. Macleay described it from Poit
Jackson and Tasmanian specimens. I submitted
some of our forms to him, and he confirms my
identification. It is often met with at Cheltenham.

3. Sticharium dorsale, Gunther, A.M.N.H. xx, p. 63, 1867 ;

Macleay Cat. 597.

We dredged this species in numbers in Laverton Bay,
in October 1867. It Was identified by the Hon.
W. Macleay.

Art. VI. — On a Nevj Species of Bicellaria.
By J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., F.L.S.

[Read April 11, 1889.J

I have to report the occurrence of a new Bicellaria,
which I found growing on a sponge at Station 1 (off Point
Nepean). It is a very minute form, but very beautiful, and
is specially interesting from its ringed stem, resembling that
of Stirparia ; and suggesting, if not the identity of, at least
the close connection between, the two genera Bicellaria and
Stirparia.

I have handed this new Polyzoon to Dr. P. H. MacGillivray
for description and figuring.

Art. VII. — On some Neio Species of Marine Mollusca.
By J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., F.L.S.

[Read April 11, 1889.]

The following new species of Marine Mollusca, were
dredged in Port Phillip Bay b}' me in the early part of 1888.
The descriptions are by Professor Ralph Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S.,
and appear in the "Transactions of the Royal Society of
South Australia " : —

Kellia rostellata spec. nov. —

Shell minute, rather thin, semi-translacent, broadly heart-
shaped, a little longer than high, inequilateral and moderately
convex. The dorsal margin is oblique on both sides, longer
behind than in front, and excavated in front of the beaks.

On Some Neiv Species of Marine Mollusca. 65

The ventral margin is rounded and curves upwards to the
narrow and subrostrated anterior margin. The umbos are
prominent, rather obtuse at the apex, approximate, not
curved in front, and situated well in advance of the middle
line. The surface is finely and closely concentrically striated;
the colour is yellowish horn, umbos and hinge-line brown
with a vertical ray of the same colour, increasing in breadth
from the umbo to the ventral margin.

Dimensions. — Antero-posterior diameter about 2d milli-
metres ; umbo-ventral diameter 2 millimeti-es ; sectional
diameter of united valves 2 millimetres.

Locality. — Dredged in life 7 to 9 fathoms, attached to
seaweed, Port Phillip Heads, Victoria. J. Bracebridge
Wilson.

This species has a general resemblance to Lascea rubra,
but, apart from the difference of dentition, it is distinguished
by its subrostrated anterior side.

Montacuta semiradiata spec. nov. —

Shell minute, transversely ovate, moderately convex ;
umbos antemedian, thick and rounded ; anterior and
posterior margins rounded, ventral margin slightly curved
outwards, posterior slope gently descending. Surface
smooth shining, of a chocolate brown colour, more or less
translucent white medially, with a few distant angular
threads appearing as pellucid rays, radiating from the umbo
to the posterior half of the ventral margin.

Dimensions. — Antero-posterior diameter 2 millimetres ;
umbo-ventral diameter lo millimetres.

Locality. — Parasitic on Echinocardium, East of Mud
Island, Port Phillip, in 7 to 10 fathoms. J. Bracebridge
Wilson.

. Stylifer brunneus spec. nov. —

Shell sub-globose ; spire short, acuminately produced ;
apex cylindrical, styliform ; the other whorls are convex, of
moderate increase, slightly depressed at the posterior suture ;
sutures linear. Last whorl large, faintly angulated at the
base, and depressed at the sutu)'e ; and in consequence, having
a perceptibly sub-quadrate outline. Outer lip thin, regularly
curved, acutely angled posteriorly ; columella thin, slightly
elevated, defined by a superficial groove behind. Colour

F

GG Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

dark brown, shining black-brown around the suture, marked
with microscopic crowded obliquely transverse lines, and
with distant spiral lines. Animal with a large expanded
disk-like mantle.

Dimensions. — Length 5 millimetres ; breadth 8o milli-
metres.

Locality. — Parasitic on Strongylocentrotus, invariably on
the periproct in 8 to 10 fathoms, Capel Sound, Port Phillip.
J. Bracebridge Wilson.

This new species resembles in its squat shape S. Turtoni,
S. astericola, S. ovoideus, and S. dubia ; but it has not the
insinuated outer lip, obtusely-angled posteriorly of those
species. In its regular curved outer lip and general shape it
agrees with S. Stimjjsoni Verrill, and S. Orhignyanus Hupe ;
but the more rapidly enlarging whorls and sub-quadrate last
whorl distinguish it from them.

Umbrella corticalis spec. nov. —

Shell orbicular in outline, moderately elevated, with the
apex ])rominent, somewhat incurved and a little excentric ;
covered, except apex, with fi well developed epidermis, which
extends about half as far again as the shell. The epidermis
is raised into about 20 broad rays, diverging from the apex,
and is concentrically lamellose. It is pellucid white, but
encircled with a band of maroon colour, corresponding with
the edge of the shell ; it is very tough, and can be readily
removed in one piece. The shell is of a primrose yellow
coloui', thin, concentrically striated, and with a few obscure
radial ridges. The animal is of a deep port wine colour ;
the foot is circular in outline, with an extended margin ;
the under side of the mantle is covered with small white
carunculse.

Dimensions. — Transverse diameters 19 and 1 5 millimetres;
height 4 millimetres.

Locality. — Lower end of the South Channel of Port Phillip,
7 to 16 fathoms, sand and weed. J. Bracebridge Wilson.

Lobiger Wilsoni spec. nov. —

Animal with the body produced into a very narrow
pointed smooth tail, of a green colour, shortly extended
beyond the shell. Foot with two oblong rounded and pale
tureen lobes, which are somewhat attenuated into a broadish

On Some New Species of Marine Mollusca. 67

stalk. Shell thin, flexible, straw-yellow ; spire rudimentary,
but involute ; somewhat pyriform, slightly attenuated in
front, and truncated apically ; aperture narrow ovate,
truncate behind. Surface finely striated,

Bi^nensions.— Length 8 millimetres ; width 5 millimetres.
Locality. — Lower end of the South Channel of Port Phillip,
7 to 16 fathoms, J. Bracebridge Wilson.

Besides the above, there is an Emarginida, which appears
to be new, but which Professor Tate has not yet described.
This is a very small but very beautiful species, bright
rose-red in the living state. It occurs in the South Channel,
(Station 9), and Capel Sound (Station 10).

Kellia rostellata is found abundantly at Station 1,
attached by means of a small byssus to seaweed. It is also
met with less commonly at Stations 3, 5, and 8.

Montacuta semiradiata has, as yet, only been seen by me
at Station 14, but I presume it is likely to occur at other
stations where its host, the Echinocardium, is common.

Stylifev hrunneus has been collected by me only at
Station 10. As stated by me, when handing it to Professor
Tate, it occurs as a rule only on the periproct of the common
Strongylocentrotus. I have this season observed one instance
of an individual straying away among the spines. Clumps
of eggs frequently occur, presumably those of Stylifev,
among the spines surrounding the periproct.

Of Umbrella corticalis s^nd Lohiger Wilsoni, 1 have not as
yet been fortunate enough to collect any specimens this year.

^^T^

,k^M- <3^®-?!fc- V^^\

iujJLIBRARYjf"

F 2

Art. VIII. — Remarks on some New Tables for Finding
Heights by the Barometer.

By E. J. White, F.R.A.S.

[Bead May 9, 1889.]

Since the memorable 19th of September, 1G48, when the
celebrated Pascal ascended the Puy de Dome, in the French
Province of Auvergne, and found, as he had anticipated,
that the mercury in his barometer fell as he rose, the
barometric method of measuring heights has been extensively
used, and in many instances, it is the only one available.
Until about thirty years ago, only mercurial barometers
were used for this purpose. They are still the most accurate,
and should always be employed where the utmost precision
of this method of measuring is required, but they have the
disadvantage of being expensive, bulky, and fragile. At the
period mentioned above, the aneroid, which had been
invented in 1850 by M. Vidi, came into general use, and of
late years it has become so popular, that as a weather-glass,
or tourist's companion for measuring elevations, it has nearly
superseded the tube of mercury. Almost the sole reason for
this preference, is its portability ; good aneroids are made
that will go into the waistcoat pocket, while others are
small enough to be used as charms to be suspended from the
watch chain ; these latter, however, are to be considered
more as trinkets than as philosophical instruments. On the
other hand, it is not an independent instrument, but has to
have its scale originally marked off, and its errors from
time to time found, Irom comparison with the mercurial
barometer, than which it is also more com]:)licated and less
stable.

The mathematical part of the subject has been treated by
many eminent writers ; but since the time of Laplace, his
formula has formed the basis of the investigations. If air
was an incompressible fluid like water, the law would be
very simple; the pressures would be proportional to the

Neiv Tables for Finding Heights by the Barometer. 69

heights, and if its density was throughout the same as at tlie
surface of the earth, it would be all contained within a limit
of about five miles. Air, however, is an elastic fluid, subject
to Mariotte's law, and has therefore its density proportional
to the pressure to which it is subjected, and if there were no
disturbing elements, the law would still be a simple one.
The heights would be in arithmetical progression, while the
pressures would be in geometrical progression, thus having
the nature of a table of logarithms, and the difference in
height would be equal to a certain constant distance,
multiplied by the difference between the logarithms of the
heights of the barometer at the two places. The principal
disturbing element is temperature, which varies the density
of the air by its changes. If we could obtain the tempera-
ture of the column of air between the two places, the
])roper correction could be obtained ; but as we can only
apply the thermometer to the air near the surface of the
earth, where it is greatly affected by radiation, and have to
assume, as Laplace has done, that the temperature of the
column of air between tlie two stations is the mean of that
near the ground at each station, we sometimes get very
anomalous results. This has been proved by observing
barometers at two stations, not very distant, though con-
siderably differing in altitude, whose difference of height had
been well determined by careful levelling. Having now the
height and the barometer readings, we can substitute them
in Laplace's formula, and work out the temperatures. An
extensive series of such observations was made by Professor
Plantamour, using for his stations, Geneva and the Hospice
of St. Bernard. From the mean of the 8 a.m. observations,
the correction to the observed mean temperature varied from
-|-4<'5° in December to — 4*3° in July. The 4 p.m. observa-
tions gave -i-2'3° in December, and — 6"5° in July, and the
10 p.m. observations had a range of from + 47° in December
to — 0'2^ in July. Similar observations in the United
States, between Mount Washington in New Hampshire and
Portland, Maine, gave the following ranges : 8 a.m., +1'7''
in August, and — 1"9° in November ; 5 p.m., — 3"2° in
December, and — 1'1° in September ; and 11 p.m., + 3'4° in
August, and — 2*1° in November. As the effect of an error
of one degree in the mean temperature is about 2 feet in 1000,
the greatest of the above corrections, the — 6 "5° in July,
would amount to 13 feet in 1000. Attempts have been made
to determine the law of decrement of the temperature of the

70 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

atmosphere, the results are not very consistent, but it
appears to be nearly in an arithmetical progression, Glaisher
finding in his 20,000 feet balloon ascent, a decrease of 1° for
each 300 feet of ascent. The mean of several observations
in Europe and America, is 1° for every 308 feet.

Humidity is another disturbing element : aqueous vapour
has only five-eighths of the density of dry air, and does not
permanently retain the gaseous form ; the hygrometer is,
therefore, sometimes used in conjunction with the barometer
and thermometer in hypsometry, but as the necessary
correction is not well established, it is generally neglected.

The last important source of error is that of gradient. With
the air in a state of static equilibrium, two stations at the
same height would receive equal pressures ; but as a matter
of fact, we find that stations at the same level have at the
same moment very different pressures, especially if they are
distant from one another. Gradients are the result of such
complicated conditions, that there is no way of eliminating
their effects. We can only mitigate them by taking
extensive series of observations, on the supposition, that
the effects will thus balance one another in the mean
result.

Of the many forms of mercurial barometers, I think the
Gay Lussac syphon is best suited for mountain work. It is
very compact, not liable to derangement, and eliminates the
error of capillarity. The zero point is now usually placed in
the middle, so that the sum of the upper and lower readings
gives the height of the quicksilver. Of aneroids, the
Watkin seems likely to become the favourite for professional
work, owing to its very open scale, which, in a four inch
instrument, has about seven inches of its outer divisions to
denote a variation of one inch of mercury. Ordinary
travellers, however, will generally avail themselves of the
small instruments, of from about one and a half to two
inches diameter, which can be easily carried in the waistcoat
pocket, where they are generally much less liable to injury
than the larger ones carried on a leather strap. It must be
mentioned, however, that no system of barometric measuring
will give results nearly approaching those obtained by
levelling, or even by the measurement of the vertical angles,
where the uncertainty of the refraction is a disturbing
element.

From a work issued in 1882 by the Geological Survey
Department of the United States, entitled "A New

New Tables for Finding Heights hy the Barometer. 71

Method of Measuring Heights b}'- means of the Barometer,"
by G. K. Gilbert, the following table is given, from the
investigation of actual measurements. The assumptions are
that one station is 5000 feet higher than the other, that
the two places are fifty miles apart, and that they are
situated in the temperate zone, remote from the ocean. The
observations are supposed to be made near the middle of a
fine summer's day, with a light wind blowing : —

Probable error
in feet.

Possible error

in feet.

From annual gradient . .
,, Diui-nal gradient . .
,, Non-periodic gradient ..
„ Temperature
, , Moisture . .
„ Imperfection of observation

6

8

20

100

10

10

20

30
50

300
20

Unlimited

Totals

103

120 +

It will be noted how lai-gely the temperature error exceeds
all the others ; and from the second column it will be seen
that, excluding the error of observation (which, owing to
mistakes, may be unlimited) the total error may amount
to 420 feet, or more than one-twelfth of the whole amount
measured. The probable error of 10 feet assigned for im-
perfection of observation is meant for a mercurial barometer ;
for an aneroid it would be much larger, even when used
with the greatest care, and frequently compared with the
mercurial column for finding its errors. At our observatory,
we have an apparatus for testing mountain and other aneroids.
I append the results of some of the late comparisons : — No.
1 has an error of "09 in a range of 26 to 80 inches. No. 2,
•30 in a range from 23 to 30 inches. No. 3, "13, range 24 to
30 ; and •] 8, range 23 to 30. No. 4, •] 3, range 24 to 30 ;
•23, range 23 to 30. No. 5 (which is a French barometer
metrically divided), -40, range 25 to 30 ; and -68, 24 to 80.
In the last three instruments it will be remarked, how the
error increases as the extremity of its scale is reached. I
have on several occasions, when travelling on our railways,
carried an aneroid with me, and recorded its readings, as
well as the temperature of the air at stations where we have
stopped, and have compared the heights thus deduced with
the accurate ones of the railway levels. At first I treated
the results as matters of curiosity only, and did not preserve

72 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the records, but I give those I have been able to find. On
March 21, 1883, I measured the heights of the following
stations on the Sandhurst line, with the French barometer
mentioned above. I left Melbourne at G.45 a.m., the
barometer reading 775 millimetres, and temperature of the
air 20° centigrade. When I reached Kangaroo Flat at 10.46
a.m. the barometer read 748 millimetres, and the tempera-
ture of the air was 24 6° centigrade. The following are the
corrections in feet to be applied to the aneriod heights to get
the true heights : Sunbury + 26, Lancefield Junction +
105, Gisborne + 50, Macedon — 9, Woodend + 96, Malms-
bury — 48, Taradale + 12, Castlemaine + 34, Kangaroo
Flat — 34. On May 8 of the present year, I took No. 3 of
the above-mentioned barometers along part of the same line.
I started at 7 a.m., the barometer reading 30'30 in., and the
temperature of the air being 58° Fahr. I reached Macedon
at 8.45 ; the barometer reading 28-73, and the temperature
of the air 66°. I left Macedon at 5.30 p.m.; barometer
28'65, air 66°, and arrived in Melbourne about 7 p.m. ;
barometer 30'28, air 62°. Most of my levelling this day was
done oft' the railway, where I had no levels for comparit^on,
but the known heights mea,sured required the following-
corrections : Gisborne + 154, Macedon (from up readings)
+ 151, and from the return readings + 86. The above
results are not given as specimens of the best method of
using the aneroid, but the observations were made with the
greatest care. When the mercurial barometer is used, and
the stations are in the same vertical, where the error of
gi-adient should be very little, the errors are generally
greater than expected. One of the most extensive series of
this descri]3tion was carried out from Jul}" 22 to October ] 5,
1848, by the Royal Engineers employed in the trigono-
metrical survey of Great Britain. Four mercurial bai-o-
meters were used, two of these were placed on the top of the
dome of St. Paul's Cathedral in London, the other two rested
on the floor under the centre of the dome ; after 62 observa-
tions had been taken the barometers were transposed, and 89
additional observations were made. The mean of the first
set made the height 35699 feet, and the mean of the second
set 353-57, whereas the actual height was 352-75 ; both
determinations were therefore in excess of the real amount
— the first to the extent of 4*24 feet, and the second to 0-82
feet. Most mountain aneroids are furnished wdth an
altitude scale, either on the same dial as the inch divisions

J

Nen' Tables for Finding Heights by the Barometer. 73

or on a separate ring which can be set to zero at starting,
and thus save the trouble of taking the differences. This
latter plan, although more convenient, is not so accurate as
the former ; but in every case, if the best result is desired,
the readings should be taken from the scale of inches or milli-
metres, as it is uncertain to what temperature the altitude
scale is adapted. I have measured some of the English ones,
and find the temperatures they represent to vary from 47°
to oT, but the French one mentioned before has its scale
adapted to 70° Fahr. The small tables supplied by instru-
ment makers, which have no temperature factor, are
generally adapted to about 50° ; while the larger tables,
which contain the factors for temperature, latitude, and
decrease of gravity, are usually given for 32°, the freezing
point. The adoption of so low a temperature as 32° is
very inconvenient for Australia, where the mean tempera-
ture is. much higher, as it necessitates a very large cor-
rection, and as this correction is frequently neglected, the
results must be very inaccurate. I have therefore thought
it desirable to compute a new table, in which the mean
temperature and middle latitude of this part of Australia
should be used. Calling B the height of the barometer^
and t the temperature of the air at the lower station,
B' and t' the same quantities for the upper station, L the
latitude, and A the difference of height in feet between
the two stations. Laplace's formula, leaving out the
factors depending on the decrease of gravity, may be
written :

A = 60158-6 (log. B- log. B') x A + t + t' - 64\ q.qq265 cos 2 L.

Taking now T and T' equal to 60°, and L = 37', and
substituting them in the above equation, we get

A = 63948-6 (log. B- log. B').

The mean height of the barometer at the Melbourne
observatory, 91 feet above the level of the sea, reduced
to 32° Fahr., is 29 "931 in. ; increasing this by 0-07 to bring
it up to 60° Fahr., nearly the mean temperature of Mel-
bourne, and by O'lO to reduce it to sea level, we get
oO'JO ; with this value in the above equation we should
find 63948-6 log. B = 94552'26. It would be more con-
venient, however, to have it represented by o, because
the tabulated values corresponding to the height of the
Imrometer will at once show the height above the le\'el

74 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

of the sea in Melbourne in the normal state of the atmos-
phere. This arrangement will have the disadvantage of intro-
ducing negative numbers, which will represent depths below
the level of the sea, and the quantities will diminish with
an increase of the argument, but on the whole, I con-
sider it better than the usual plan. Let now F = 94552'26

- 63948-6 B, and F = 94552-56 -63948-6 B', and calling
a the height between the two places at the mean adopted
temperature, 60", we have a = F' — F. The values of F
or F' are tabulated in the first of the present tables,
with the heioht of the barometer for ai-OTment. If a
mercurial barometer has been used, the above value of a
should be corrected for the difference between the tem-
peratures of the quicksilver at the two stations. If T
and T' represent these temperatures at the lower and
upper stations respectively, the correction wiU be 2-5 (T'

- T) ; as T' is nearly always less than T, this correction
will be generally negative.

It will now be necessary to correct a for the actual
temperature of the air, calling this corrected value A, we
have —

A = a + ^ !! - (t + 1' - 120)
956-7 '

putting 71 = 1 -f ^"^95'gTy ^" we have A. = na; and the value

of n is given in the second table with t -|- t' as
argument. Generally speaking, the value determined from
the equation A.=:n (F'— F) will be far within the limits
of accuracy of the aneroid barometer ; but if it should be
thought desirable to apply the small corrections depending
on latitude, and decrease of gravity on the vertical, small
tables are given for the purpose.

Neiv Tables for Finding Heights by the Barometer. 75

TABLE I.

Argument — Height of Barometer in Inches.

B.

F.

DiFf.

B.

F.

DiFr.

B.

F.

DlFF.

23-0
-1
•2
•3

•4
•5
•6
•7
•8
•9

7471-7
7351-2
7231-2
7111-7
6992-8
6874-4
6756-5
6639-0
6522-1
6405-6

120-5
120-0
119-5
118-9
118-4
117-9
117-5
116-9
116-5
115-9

26-0
•1
•2
•3
•4
•5
•6
•7
-8
•9

4066-7
3960-1
3853-9
3748-1
3642-7
3537-7
3433-1
3328-9
3225-1
3121-6

106-6
106-2
105-8
105-4
105-0
104-6
104-2
103-8
103-5
103-0

29-0
•1
-2
-3

-4
•5
•6
•7
-8
•9

1034-0
938-4
843-1
748-1
653-5
559-2
465-2
371-5
278-2
185-1

95-6
95-3
95-0
94-6
94.3
94-0
93-7
93-3
93-1
92-7

24-0
•1
•2
•3
•4
•5
•6
•7
•8
•9

6289-7
6174-2
6059-2
5944-7
5830-6
5717-0
5603-9
5491-2
5379-0
5267-3

115-5
115-0
114-5
114-1
113-6
113-1
112-7
112-2
111-7
111-3

27-0
•1
•2
•3

•4
•5
•6

-7
•8
•9

3018-6
2915-9
2813-6
2711-7
2610-1
2509-0
2408-2
2307-7
2207-6
2107-9

102-7
102-3
101-9
101-6
101-1
100-8
100-5
100-1
99-7
99-4

30-0
•1
■2
•3

•4
•5
•6

-7
•8
-9

+ 92-4
0-0

- 921

- 183-9

- 275-4

- 366-6

- 457-6

- 548-2

- 638-5

- 728-0

92-4
92-1
91-8
91-5
91-2
91-0
90-6
90-3
90-0
89-7

25-0
•1
•2
•3
-4
•5
•6
•7
-8
•9

26-0

5156-0
5045-1
4934-7
4824-7
4715-1
4606-0
4497-3
4389-0
4281-2
4173-7
4066-7

110-9
110-4
110-0
109-6
109-1
108-7
108-3
107-8
107-5
107-0

28-0
•1
•2
•3
•4
•5
•6
•7
•8
•9

29-0

2008-5
1909-5
1810-9
1712-6
1614-6
1517-0
1419-7
1322-8
1226-2
1129-9
1034-0

99-0
98-6
98-8
98-0
97-6
97-3
96-9
96-6
96-3
95-9

31-0
•1
•2
•3
•4
•5
•6
•7
•8
•9

32-0

- 818-2

- 907-7

- 996-8
-1085-7
-1174-3
- 1262-6
-1350-6
-1438-4
-1525-8
-1613-1
-17000

89-5
89-1
88-9
88-6
88-3
88-0
87-8
87-4
87-3
86-9

76 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

TABLE II.

Argument — Sum of Temperatures of Air at both Stations.

t+t'

n

t+t'

n

t+t'
110

n

t+t'
140

n

t+t'
170

w

50

0-9268

80

0^9582

0-9895

1-0209

1-0522

51

•9279

81

•9592

111

•9906

141

1-0220

171

1-0533

52

•9289

82

•9603

112

•9916

142

1-0230

172

1-0543

53

•9300

83

•9613

113

•9927

143

1-0240

173

1-0553

54

•9310

84

•9624

114

•9937

144

1-0251

174

1-0564

55

•9321

85

•9634

115

•9948

145

1-0261

175

1^0575

56

•9331

86

•9645

116

•9958

146

10272

176

1^0585

57

•9341

87

•9655

117

•9969

147

1-0282

177

1-0596

58

•9352

88

•9666

118

•9979

148

1-0-293

178

1-0606

59

•9362

89

•9676

119

0^9990

149

1-0303

179

1-0617

60

•9373

90

•9686

120

1^0000

150

1-0314

180

1-0627

61

•9383

91

•9697

121

1^0010

151

1-0324

181

1-0638

62

•9394

92

•9707

122

1-0021

152

1-0334

182

1-0648

63

•9404

93

•9718

123

1-0031

153

1-0345

183

1-0659

64

•9415

94

•9728

124

1-0042

154

1-0355

181

1-0669

65

•9425

95

•9739

125

1-0052

155

1-0366

185

1-0679

66

•9486

96

•9749

126

10C63

156

1-0376

186

1-0690

67

•9447

97

•9760

127

1-0073

157

1-0387

187

1-0700

68

•9457

98

•9770

128

1-0084

158

1-0397

188

1-0711

69

•9467

99

•9780

129

10094

159

1-0408

189

1-0721

70

•9477

100

9791

130

1-0105

160

1-0418

190

10732

71

•9488

101

•9801

J31

1-0115

161

1-0429

191

1-0742

72

•9498

102

•9812

132

1-0125

162

1-0439

192

1-0753

73

■9509

103

•9822

133

1-0136

163

1-0449

193

1-0763

74

•9519

104

•9833

134

1-0146

164

1-0460

194

1-0773

75

•9530

105

•9843

135

1-0157

165

1-0470

195

1-0784

76

•9540

106

•9854

136

1-0167

166

1-0481

196

1-0794

77

•9551

107

•9864

137

1-0178

167

1-0491

197

1-0804

78

•9561

108

•9875

138

1-0188

168

1-0502

198

1-0815

79

•9571

109

•9885

139

1-0199

169

1-0512

199

1-0826

80

•9582

110

•9895

140

1-0209

170

1-0522

200

1-0836

New Tables for Finding Heights by the Barometer. 77

Small Corrections, depending on Decrease of Gravity at the Upper Station,
Height of the Barometer at the Loioer Station, and the Latitude.

A

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

Decrease of Gravity

+ 2-5

5-2

7-4

10-8

13-7

16-7

19-9

B.

24°

+ 0-6

1-2

1-8

2-4

3-0

3-6

4-2

Height of Baro-

25°

+ 0-5

1-0

1-5

2-0

2-8

2-9

3-4

meter at Lower -

26°

+ 0-4

0-8

1-2

1-6

2-0

2-3

2-7

Station

27°

+ 0-3

0-6

0-9

1-2

1-4

1-7

2-0

28°

+ 0-2

0-4

0-6

0-8

0-9

1-1

1-3

L.

20°

+ 1-3

2-6

3-9

5-2

6-5

7-8

9-1

25°

+ 1-0

1-9

2-9

3-9

4-9

5-8

6-8

Latitude

30°

+ 0-6

1-2

1-8

2-4

3-0

3-6

4-2

35"

+ 0-2

0-3

0-5

0-7

0-9

11

1-2

40"

-0-3

-0-5

-0-8

-1-1

-1-3

-1-6

-1-9

45"

-0-7

-1-5

-2-2

-2-9

-3-6

-4-4

-51

A. — n (F' — F)-|- small corrections.

Rule. — Take out the values of F corresponding to the heights of the baro-
meter at the upper and lower stations ; take their difference, Mhich in case
one of them is negative will be their numerical sum, multiply the difference
by the vaUie of n corresponding to the sum of the temperatures of the air at
each station ; the product A will be very nearly the height in feet of one
station above the other. To this value, apply the small corrections for a
final result. If the barometer be a mercurial one, a further correction of
2 J feet will have to be subtracted for each degree of excess of the temperature
of the mercury at the lower station over that of the upper.

Example. — On May 8, 1889, an aneroid barometer, at the meteorological
station near the summit of Mount Macedon, indicated 27 '03 in., the tempera-
ture of the air being 59° ; the same barometer, a few hours after, read at
the Melbourne Railway Station 30-23 in., the temperature of the air being
62*. Find the difference of height : —

27-03 in. F= 2987-8
30-23 in. =-119-6

Diff.

3107-4
100-1 = n for 121°

3107-4
3 1

3110-5
Small corrections + 8-2

Difference of height . . 3118-7

Art. IX. — Notes on the Barometric Measurement of Heights.
By Professor Kernot, M.A., C.E.

[Read June 13, 1889.]

I propose at the present time to submit to the Society a
few remarks on the above subject, in connection with the
very full and interesting paper given by the Vice-President
last month. In that paper the avithor expressed considerable
doubt as to the accuracy of certain statements that had from
time to time been made with reference to the high degree of
precision with which differences of level can be obtained by
means of ordinary aneroids, in the hands of observers whose
time is limited, and who are not provided with the costly
appliances to be found at a great national observatory. In
this view he is certainly not singular, as several of the most
experienced and skilful surveyors of my acquaintance have
repeatedly made in my hearing very disparaging statements
as to these instruments and their performances. Thus, it
will be seen that there has been considerable difference of
opinion. Some experienced and reliable surveyors speaking
of the instrument as being capable of giving differences of
level in average cases within five feet, or even less, of the
truth ; while others regard an error of 100 feet as not only
possible, but even probable, under ordinary circumstances.
To determine which of these two views is correct, is a
matter of great importance from an engineering point of
view. If the relative levels of points ten or twenty miles
distant can be determined with a probable error of not more
than ten, or even twenty feet, the location of roads, railways,
and schemes of water supply will be greatly facilitated, as a
few hours' work of a solitary observer with the aneroid will
often serve, instead of several days' labour of a fully-equipped
survey party.

I do not, of course, propose to dispense with accurate
levelling in the final or detailed survey of the adopted line.
It is in the preliminary investigation and comparison of
various possible alternative routes that extreme accuracy is

On the Barometric Measurements of Heights. 79

not needed, while the speed and small cost of aneroid work
are so advantageous.

Having taken, on several occasions, the optimistic view in
this matter, I felt it desirable to submit some results justif)^-
ing this opinion. The instruments with which the results I
propose to quote were obtained, are the following : —

1. A small compensated aneroid supplied by Kilpatrick
and Co., about fifteen years ago. It is a good instrument of
its kind, and when tested at the Observatory under the air
pump, showed great sensitiveness, the hand responding
promptly to the smallest change of pressure. At the same
time, I do not suppose it is better than many others that
have been exposed for sale by Melbourne opticians.

2. A large open-faced aneroid, not compensated, with a
five-inch dial, supplied by the same firm about twenty years
ago. This was an exceedingly cheap instrument, but happens
to be unusually sensitive, responding to a variation of pres-
sure represented by o^oth inch of mercury. This instrument
I used many years ago in laying out contour lines on the
Geelong waterworks, and found the lines so laid out, when
subsequently tested by levelling, to be almost always within
three feet of the right level. I should add that I was aided
by accurate level marks about fifty feet lower down the
slope.

3. A new Watkin aneroid, supplied to the University by
Kilpatrick and Co., jewelled and compensated, and having a
scale so open that a movement of the index corresponding
^o Tijoot'h inch of mercury is visible. This instrument is
marked No. 161 on the dial.

4. An aneroid barograph marked Kilpatrick and Co.,
Melbourne, and purchased last year. This instrument keeps
a constant record of the pressure of the atmosphere, and as
far as I have tested it has worked satisfactorily.

The first experiment that I wish to describe was made
about twelve years ago. Four readings were taken with
instrument No. 1, on the crest of the dam of the Pipehead
reservoir, Geelono; Water Works. These readinos were
taken at intervals of three or four hours, and were compared
with simultaneous readings on the mercurial barogTaph at
the Government Observatory, corrections for temperature
and for instrumental errors being applied. The true
difference of level by levelling was 760 feet, and the
distance about forty miles, the intervening country being
nearly level and generally devoid of trees. The four

80 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

determinations by barometer were all too low, the best
being four feet out, the worst eight feet, and the average
six feet in error — Laplace's table being used in the
calculation.

A second experiment at the same time, consisted in
comparing three points within half a mile of the Pipehead
dam, and within 1 00 feet of its level with the dam itself.
The level ot two of these points was given within two feet
of the truth by a single observation, while the third which
was not so well observed, owing to night coming on, was
five feet in error.

A third experiment which has been frequently performed
with the surveying class at the Universit}^ consists in
taking the height of the gallery on the tower of Ormond
College. This is 130 feet from the ground, and has been
many times measured by instruments 1 and 2. The result
has always been slightly below the truth, usually about
125 feet. I do not remember it ever having been below
120 or above 130.

On the 1st inst., having Mr. White's lemarks in view,
and having for other purposes to pay a visit to a place
called Riverview^, near the Yarra Glen Railway Station, I
determined to make a careful test of the three barometers,
and compare the result when fully worked out and all
proper corrections applied, with the known difference of
level by actual levelling. I therefore set the barogra]:)h
going at the University, and carefully reading the three
instruments at the Princes Bridge Railway Station, took
them to River view, and read them as other engagements
permitted, eight times in forty-eight hours. Thus I obtained
twenty-four readings, which, when compared with the Princes
Bridge readings, corrected by reference to the barograph and
worked out by Laplace's table with instrumental and tem-
perature corrections, gave the following results : —

Aneroid No. 1.

Aneroid No. 2.

Aneroid No

228

222

283-7

228

240-5

222-0

238

259

256-1

228

240-5

236-7

238

231-2

230-8

249

231-2

221-7

228

212-8

213-1

249

222

2'22-4

Mean 235-7 232-4 229-6

AJm

ujnq>i0(p/g \

UJBLIDJ!l/\l<'^'

pOQMDUI^\

q:
J-

UJ

Q:
o

K
o

UJ

CO

f2
»j
:d
£0

q:

UJ

h

UJ

o

S

^

UJ

UJ

Q
Uj

0

CO

Uj

^

<J

03

V.

1

•J

0

■^^

3:
Co

^

yfjsq/oojooi/\/'^

9J9pA/n

'/^7 i

E

■D

■C

Proc.R.S. Vtato

ruv

Railway Levels.
Watkin Aneroid.
Larae Aneroid .
Small Aneroid .

Vertical Scale

80 Feet to I Inch

15

0)i the Bai'oinetrlc Measurement of HelgJUs. 81

The true difference of level is 237 feet,* and the distance in
a strait line twenty-foui" miles, the intervening country being
rangy and timbered. The worst result by instrument No. 1,
is 12 feet in error, the best 1 foot, and the mean 1"3 feet ;
by No. 2, the worst is 24;'2 in error, the best So, and the
mean ^G ; by No. 3, the worst is 191 in error, the best '3,
and the mean 7'^. The mean of the three means is 44 in
error.

I also read the instruments at the various stations
between Melbourne and Lilydale, and plotted the section of
the Inie from the observations so made. The diagram
submitted shows the result. I do not regard this as a f;xir
test, as the readings were hurried, and the instruments had
not time to settle. Still the result, especially with No. 3,
the Watkin, is fairly consistent and good enough to be of
very considerable practical utility.

1 think the above experiments will serve as far as they
go, to show that barometer work, carried out with fairly
good instruments carefully used, and with all proper
corrections applied, may be relied upon to give differences
of level with greater accuracy than is often supposed, and
with sufficient accuracy to be of very great service in
preliminary investigati(jns connected with engineering
works of various descriptions.

Art. X. — A Neiu System of Photo-Lithography.
By G. W. Pekry, Esq.

[Read June 18, 18&y.]

I have since been informed that this level is not quite accurate.

G

Art. XI. — Liquid Kiiio.
By J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., F.C.S.,

Curator of the Technological Museum, Sydney.

Communicated by Baron Ferdinand von Mueller,
K.C.M.G., F.R.S., Szc.

[Read Thursday, July 11, 1889.]

Angophora intermedia (D.C.), the narrow-leaved apple-
tree is a tallish tree, which extends from Victoria to
Queensland, and is the only species of the genus which is
found in the southern colony. In the following respect, it
is perhaps unique amongst Australian trees. Frequently,
when an incision is made into the bark, and more particularly
when the knobby excrescences sometimes found on this tree
are cut, there exudes a watery liquid which occasionally is
almost as clear and as colourless as water, and at other times
of an orange-brown or reddish-brown colour, and of the con-
sistency of a thin extract, or even as thick as treacle. This
is doubtless the substance which was sent from New South
Wales to the Paris Exhibition of 18G7, labelled "apple-tree
juice," with the statement that it is used as a varnish ; but
this is not correct, as the liquid is aqueous. It is used by
fishermen for tanning their nets. Mr. Kirton informed
Baron von Mueller that a single tree will yield as much as
two gallons of liquid, which is generally called " liquid kino."
This is a modest computation, for the tree which yielded the
Bangley Creek sample (infra) yielded from eight to ten
gallons. The quantity is, in any case, by no means small,
and is dependent on a variety of circumstances.

Two samples of this "liquid kino" having recently been
forwarded to the Technological Museum, the author has had
an opportunity of examining it.

i. From Bangley Creek, Cambewarra, N.S.W., of a clear
reddish-brown colour, and in order to give precision to the
tint, it is very like raw linseed oil, Strasburg turpentine,
or dark balsam of Copaiba, but redder than any of tliem.

Liquid Kino. 83

It has a specific gravity of 1"00S at GO°F., and an acidulous
smell (owing to the presence of acetic acid), accompanied by
an odour not so pleasant, and reminding one somewhat of
spent tan liquors. It deposits a quantity of sediment of a
buff colour, consisting almost entirely of catechin. It
contains tannic acid "772 per cent., " non-tannin " 'oOS per
cent. (Lowenthal's process.) The water amounts to no less
than 98-3 per cent. The catechin was not estimated in this
sample.

2. This was obtained from Cambewarra, but from a
different locality. It is darker in colour than the preceding
sample, being of a rich ruby colour. Like No. 1, it deposits
a small quantity of sediment (catechin). This liquid kino
had a specific gravity of 1'022 at GOT., when received in
April 1888.

The followino- results were obtained in December to
January 1889: — Tannic acid 3'048 per cent, (of the liquid
kino, without evaporating), "non-tannin " 1*27 per cent, (a
portion of liquid kino, kept in agitation so as to obtain a
fair proportion of sediment, was added to water to make up
the strength of one grain of liquid kino to the liti-e), water
9(i"7 per cent, (after filtration from deposited catechin). Tlie
catechin and a little phlobaphene filtered off", were found to
be in the ])roportion of •495 per cent, of the original liquid
kino. Ether agitated with the filtrate took up 15 per cent.,
of which one-third was estimated to be catechin, and the
rest resin.

Mr. Kirton has recorded liquid kino from the lUawarra
district of New South Wales, but since there appears to be
no reason why it should be found in one colony more than
another, it will doubtless also be obtainable in Victoria,
most likely on application to fishermen.

Art. XII. — The Calculimetre.
By James J. Fenton, F.S.S.

[Eead July 11, 1889.]

The Calculimetre is a civcvilar measure of French make
for performing approximate arithmetical and trigonometrical
calculations. It consists of a flat disc of metal about the
size of a watch, which can easily be attached to a chain and
carried in a watch pocket. On one face, there are the two
principal scales — one movable, the other fixed — for per-
forming the ordinary rules of multiplication, division, and
proportion; also a third scale for finding the squares and
square roots of numbers. On the reverse face may be
instantly found, by means of a movable arm, the logarithms
of numbers, and the sines and tangents (the latter being
under 45°) of angles.

This instrument is, of course, based on the principle
of Gunter's line, i.e., a scale divided logarithmetically,
but marked with the natural numbers only, and has the
advantage over the ordinary carpenter's and other similar
slide-rules of convenience and portabilit}^, and a readier
application to arithmetical calculations, besides having the
additional scales for trigonometrical calculations. The
arithmetical scales are about the same length as in the
ordinary slide-rule, and, with good observation, results
with the first three figures of a result can often be closely
ascertained.

Some time ago, I brought before the notice of this Society,
Fuller's Calculating Slide-rule,^ which will readily give
accurate results to the fourth and sometimes to the fifth
figure. In that ingenious instrument, however, the scale is
of great length, being no less than 41 ^^ feet, it being
drawn in a spiral form round a cylinder ; whilst in the
more portable calculimetre the scale is only 64 inches in
length, and of course cannot give the more extended
results which may be obtained with the invaluable rule of
Professor Fuller. But in cases where rough approximations

* Vide paper read 10th September, 1885. Two of these iustruments have
been in constant use in the office of the Government Statist for a long time
past, and have proved most invaluable for statistical computations.

The Calculimetre. 85

are required by architects, engineers, surveyors, analytical
chemists, actuaries and statisticians, mechanics, mathe-
maticians, students and others, the circular rule now
exhibited u'ill doubtless prove of valuable assistance.

A considerable amount of time and labour is constantly
being wasted in the present day, by making long calculations
out of all proportion to the accuracy of the data involved.
Take surveyors' calculations for example. A good ordinary
— say a 6-inch — theodolite is divided to twenty minutes of
a degree (20'), in which case the lines would be only about
/^th of an inch apart. It is quite within the bounds of
possibility, therefore, that a rough observation might] be
liable to an error of 10', which would be equivalent to an
error in the sine, varying (in the case of angles under 70°)
from "001 to 'OOo, according to the mao-nitude of the anfyle.
The error would be thus in the third place, and what can
be the use of employing tables of sines calculated to six or
seven places when the observation is, in the case supposed,
not correct to even three. By means of the vernier,
in like manner the same instrument may, by careful
observation, be read to say within one minute of a degree
(]') ; then the error in the sine of the angle would vary
from 0001 to -0003, which involves an error in the fourth
place, and so on, according to the accuracy of the
observation, and the precision of the particular instru-
ment used.

I think it may be laid down as a general rule in arith-
metical operations that a computer is justified in accepting
as correct only as many figures (digits) in the product or the
quotient, as there are reliable figures in either of the factors,
or in either the divisor or dividend, by which such product or
quotient respectively was obtained. For example, supposing
it was required to find a death-rate at a particular age, i.e.,
deaths divided by population, assvnning the deaths to be
. fairly correct, and the population to be uncertain beyond
(say) the third figure, any death-rate based on such figures
would be incorrect beyond the third figure. It is the same
in the case of products, the number of reliable figures in the
result being solely dependent on the number of reliable
figures in the most uncertain of its factors.

In using logarithms, likewise, a similar general rule might
be applied, i.e., to use logarithms to as many places only* as

* In special cases one place more might be used, so as to ensm-e of the last
figure but one being as accurate as possible.

86 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

correspond to the number of correct digits in the numerical
data involved. For example, it would be useless labour to
use the log. sines of angles observed with an error of one
minute of a degree to six or seven figures of decimals, when
a table of four figure logarithms would answer equally well.

When these things are well understood and appreciated,
the more extended tables of logarithms will Vie used less and
less, and slide-rules will come into more general use.

For results to the second and third figure, the small
circular slide-rule is best adapted; and for results to the
fourth figure, the spiral slide rule is most invaluable ; but
for results beyond the fourth, we must still resort to
mathematical tables or the arithmometre.

The great advantage of slide-rules over logarithmic tables
are obvious. To find a product by logarithms, no less than
seven operations* are necessary, and then there is the liabil-
ity to eri-or as well as loss oi' time in transcribing the
logarithms, after finding the differences, and in adding them.
With the slide-rule, only the natural numbers are dealt with,
and it is merely necessary to bring the indices to the factors
and the results may read oft' immediately by inspection,

I should mention, that I described in my paper on Fuller's
Calculating Slide Rule, a circular rule somewhat similar to
the calculimetre, called the Cercle a calcid.f The cercle a
calcul more nearly resembles a watch, the calculations being
performed by two hands — the one movable, and the other
fixed. The cercle a calcul is in some respects the better
instrument, but it is about three times the cost of the other,
which is only about ten or twelve francs.

* Multiplying a x b; (1) find a in log. book ; (2) then log. a and transcribe ;
(3) find b; (4) then lug. b and transcribe; (5) find sum; (6) find same in log.
book ; and (7) find colog. a b.

i A similar instrument made in England is known by the name of
" Boucher's Pocket Calculator."

Art. XIII. — 0)1 Finding the Longitude from Lunar

Distances.

By E. J. White, F.R.A.S.

[Read Thursday, October 10, 1889.]

About a fortnight ago the newspapers contained an
account of the sufferings of the crew of the ship Garston,
which had been wrecked, owing it is stated to a fault of the
chronometer. On reading this, I was led to reflect on the
methods at present in use for finding the position of a ship
at sea. The latitude is obtained in so simple and so direct a
manner that no notice will be taken of this operation,
beyond remarking that the principal desideratum is a night
instrument, to allow of altitudes of the stars being observed
at other times than twilight, at which time only can the
ordinary sextant be relied on for this purpose. The
longitude problem is more complex, it resolves itself into
two questions — finding the local time, and that of the first
meridian, which to English speaking people, and indeed to
most others now, is that of Greenwich. The observation
for finding the local time is as simple as that for latitude,
but the calculation is a little more complex, and it is
dependent on the latitude, less so, however, when the body
observed is east or west than in any other position. The
finding of the Greenwich time is a more serious matter ;
it exercised the minds of men for many centuries, and
large rewards were offered by the British Parliament to
stimulate investigation. As far as navigation is concerned,
the methods have been reduced to two — timekeepers, and
moon observ\ations, generally known as chronometers, and
lunar distances. The chronometer method is so simple that
it has now nearly superseded the other (I was informed by
a naval officer a little time ago that he had never seen a
lunar distance taken for finding the place of the ship, but
only for the instruction of the naval cadets) ; but in my
opinion, it is criminal to rely upon it for long voyages when
less than three chronometei's are carried, for such delicate
machines are always capricious, and even the slight rusting

88 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

of the balance spring would render it quite untrustworthy.
The observation and reduction of lunar distances has been
a favourite pastime with me for fort}^ years, and from the
experience thus obtained, I have formed such a high
estimate of the method, that I have viewed with sorrow its
gradual disuse. Many reasons have been given for this
state of affairs — one is, that seamen have not time for the
necessary calculations, but with Thomson's tables, which
are quite accurate enough for navigation, the time required
for a reduction is only ten minutes. Another, and this I
consider the true reason, is that the results could not be
trusted. In the consideration of this it may be stated that
about thirty years ago the lunar tables were so inaccurate
that an error of twent^^-two miles of longitude would
sometimes be due to the Nautical Almanac alone. In 18G2,
Hansen's tables were first used in this work ; these gave the
place of the moon very accurately for some years, but
commenced to diverge a little time ago, to counteract
which, the Nautical Almanac applies Newcomb's empirical
cori'ection to the places of the moon used in computing
the lunar distances, and the outstanding error is now very
small indeed. Besides the errors of the Nautical Almanac,
the)-e are those of the sextant, which owing to excessive
competition and lowering of price, are larger than formerly.
It is quite surprising how rai-ely one meets with a really
good sextant nowadaj's. Those made by the celebrated
Troughton at the beginning of this century are still
unsurpassed. I took the following excerpt from the
catalogue of a manufacturer who exhibited at our last
exhibition : — " We guarantee any of our best sextants to
have a small margin of error (under 3', and generally under
]' of arc)." As the index error is easily and always
ascertained by the observer, I suppose the error referred to
is independent of this, principally excentric and division
error, which is so troublesome to measure that it is generally
neglected by seamen ; and how would these erj'ors affect a
longitude determined from a lunar distance ? by about
thirty times their amounts — 90' and 70' of arc respectively.
I once had brought under my notice a modern sextant,
where the excentric error amounted to 9'. If such a one
had been used in a lunar distance, the error of longitude
would have been about four degrees and a half. In other
cases, sextants originally very good, have been ruined by
incompetent repairers, or bungling treatment by their

Finding the Longitude from Lunar Distances. 89'

owners. Those who wish to test the lunar method should
practise at a place whose longitude is well known. Tiie
index error should be carefully found at each observation.
The same dark glass or glasses should be always used for
the sun, the grading of the brightness being obtained by the
U]3 and down motion of the telescope, and the contacts
should be alternately made on and off The errors of the
resulting longitudes can then be tabulated or graphically
described, whence a table of corrections for the different
parts of the arc can be made. Some observatories contain
special apparatus for testing sextants, but an ordinary
observer would have more confidence in the former method.
To those who wish to study the general theory of the
sextant, I would recommend " Simms on the Sextant and
its Applications," published by Troughton and Simms, of
London, as the best work on the subject in our language.
It is not, however, an easy book to read, and the notation is
cumbrous and uninviting. For an example of finding the
errors of a sextant from astronomical observations, the best
work is the " Treatise on Practical Astronomy, as applied to
Geology and Navigation," by Professor Doolittle, of the
Lehigh University. The work was carried out by Professor
Boss, the present director of the Dudley Observatorj^ and
the various steps of the process are given with the minutest
detail. The greatest correction found was 38 seconds of arc,
which shows that the instrument was a very good one, for
Simms states in the work before referred to, that there are
few sextants in which the error which varies with th.e
reading does not amount at its maximum to 40 seconds of
arc. In many it exceeds I minute, and instances are to be
met with where it amounts to -5 minutes.

For reducing a lunar observation, or clearing the distance
as it is technicall}' called, man}^ methods have been devised,
indeed, no other astronomical ])roblem has shown such a
fecundit}' of results, but their principles may be broadly
divided into two — one the absolute solution of the two
astronomical triangles ))resented by the problem, the other the
differential variations of the parts of these triangles. The
former of these is now seldom used, owing to the amount of
work and care necessary ; it iS; however, the only safe one to
u.se when the observed distance is very small. The shape in
which this computation is carried out, is generally some
slight modification of Borda's formula, published near the
end of the last centurv. The large tables of Mendoza Rios

90 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

^are also adapted to tins method. At sea, the reductions are
generally made on the differential principle, mostly by the
aid of Thomson's tables, which give in a convenient shape,
the result of an immense amount of labour, as the author
stated that he solved more than (S0,000 lunar distances in
their construction ; but for hydrographic and land observa-
tions, they are not sufficiently precise. In these cases, the
rigid formula v/as, until lately, generally applied. Aljout
thirty years ago, however, Chauvenet, in his great work on
•Special and Practical Astrononi}', gave a new investigation
and tables for its application, by means of which tiie vvliole
of the corrections can be taken into account, and the result
obtained with nearly the accuracj^ of the laborious method
of Bessel, who, as Chauvenet remarks, is the unly one who
has given a theoretically exact solution of tlie problem.

From the many hundreds o+" lunar observations I have
taken in Australia, T select ray observations of the last three
years, as I wish to show the degree of dependence on them
in the present state of the Nautical Almanac. They were
■all observed at my quarters, a little to the south-west of the
Observatory. The insti'ument was a pillar sextant, Trough-
ton No. 1139, it was made at the beginning of this century,
•and has been in my possession nearly forty years, during
the whole of which time the index error, which is measured
at each observation, has barely varied half a minute of arc,
and the greatest excentric error is about twenty seconds.
The objects observed, have been in every instance the sun
and moon, which, from their slower relative motion, are
theoretically less suitable than the moon and a star ; but I
find the results to be actually better, owing to the delicate
•contacts that can be made with two discs, and the advantage
of daylight in noting the time and reading off the arc.
Only one coloured glass has been used in all the observa-
tions, the equality of brightness of the two images having
been obtained by altering the distance of the telescope from
the plane of the instrument. No special selection of time
has been made for observing, indeed from the fact that I
keep my sextant at home, most of the observations have
been made before 8 a.m. oi- after 5 p.m., when one of the
•objects is usually rather low, whereas on board ship the
most favourable times could always be chosen. The baro-
meter and thermometer liave been read immediately after
-each observation for the proper correction of the refractions,
iind the reductions have been made by means of Chauvenet's

Finding the Longitude from Lunar Distances. 91

tables. The corrections for excentricity have not been applied ;
the results, therefore, are those given by a good sextant used
in the ordinary way, with careful reduction. The local time
has been taken from a chronometer watch, compared with
the mean time clock of the Observatory. On a few
occasions, it was taken from a clock beating seconds, whose
error was determined in the same manner, and in only
one instance is there a doubt about this element. The
clock was used in the observation of October 14, 1888 — it
will be noted as the most discrepant but one of the series —
it was reduced soon after it was observed and the discrepancy
remarked, and on examining the clock, I found that in that
part of the dial where the minutes were read, the zeros of
the second and minute hands did not correspond, and I have
reason to believe that a mistake of a minute was made in
the local time; as I have, however, a great dislike to cooking
observations, I have not changed the original entry of the
observation. As the altitudes are in ever}^ case computed, a
mistake in the mean time would affect them also.

Date.

Approximatk
observed

C

Resulting
Longitude.

Errors

TRUE OBS.

Remarks.

Distance.

1

1887.

1

d.

h.

0

'

h. ra.

s. 1 sec.

Aug. 27,

5

107

52

E

9 40

49

— 55

Good.

Sept. 10,

21

85

55

W

39

43

-H 11

Cloudy.

Oct. 8,

19

105

3

W

39

24

-\- 30

Very good.

Nov. 19,

23

62

43

E

40

29

— 35

Good.

Dec, 6,

19

105

40

W

40

8

— 14

Cloudy.

8,

19

79

48

W

39

52

-h 2

Good.

„ 9,

19

66

28

w

40

9

— 15

Good.

„ 10,

19

53

5

w

39

48

H- C

Good.

1888.

Jan. 21,

7

91

22

E

39

23

+ 31

Cloudy.

„ 22,

3

101

19

E

39

68

— 4

Good.

„ 24,

6

124

17

E

40

19

— 25

Good.

Feb. 4,

20

88

9

W

39

45

+ 9

Good.

„ 15,

6

37

21

E

39

44

-\- 10

Moon faint.

„ 17,

6

59

28

E

39

18

-i- 36

Good.

„ 18,

4

69

59

E

38

58

— 4

Good.

„ 20,

6

92

29

E

39

55

— 1

Sun clouded.

» 21,

6

103

34

E

40

28

— 34

Good.

June 2,

23

72

39

W

39

55

— 1

Cloudv.

Sept. 29,

20

71

52

W

39

12

4- 42

Good."

Oct. 14,

4

115

26

E

40

58

— 64

Good. Minute of local
time doubtful.

Pec. 22,

19

130

5

W

39

16

+ 38

Good.

„ 24,

19

106

39

W

39

33

-1-21

Very good.

„ 27,

19

68

8

W

40

20

— 26

Good.

02 Proceedings of the Roydl Society of Victoria.

Approximate

Date.

OBSERVED

c

Resulting

Errors

Remarks.

Distance.

Longitude.

TRUE OBS.

1889.

Jan. 11,

6

115

15

E

40

45

— 51

Moon faint.

„ 21,

19

125

9

W

40

26

— 32

Very good.

22,

19

112

28

W

39

55

— 1

Very good.

',', 25',

19

73

19

w

40

22

— 28

Cloudy. Moon faint.

„ 25,

22

72

19

w

40

16

— 22

Moon faint.

,, 26,

20

59

81

w

40

37

— 43

Good.

,, 27,

19

46

8

w

41

80

— 96

Cloudy. Very un-
satisfactory.

Feb. 19,

21

129

38

w

39

49

-h 5

Hazv. Moon faint.

„ 20,

21

116

44

w

39

59

— 5

Good.

„ 22,

21

90

24

w

40

3

— 9

Very good.

Mar. 6.

5

51

50

E

38

46

-\- 8

Moon faint.

)i 7,

6

63

6

E

39

40

H- 14

Sun clouded.

„ 10,

5

95

35

E

39

55

— 1

Very good.

„ 11,

5

106

43

E

40

82

— 38

Very good.

,, 12,

5

117

47

E

40

36

— 42

Good.

„ 13,

5

129

8

E

40

9

— 15

Good.

Aug. 3,

3

72

51

E

39

17

-1- 37

Good.

4,

1

84

28

E

39

58

— 4

Good.

Oct. 2,

5

92

49

E

39

17

-1- 37

Very good.

The mean of the whole 42 observations is 9 h. 39 m. 59 s.,
which only exceeds the adopted longitude, as determined by-
telegraph, by 4-8 s. The mean of the 21 with the moon east
is 9 h. 39 m. 59 s., of the remaining 21, with the moon west,
is 9 h. 40 m. The probable error of a single observation is
found from the residual errors to be J: 21 s., or a little more
than 5 miles of longitude.

The result is, in my opinion, very satisfactory, for much
larger errors than these have been found in the longitudes
of places which have been determined with the large
instruments of astronomical establishments. In one instance,
that of the Lisbon Observatory, an error of nearly nine
seconds of time was discovered a few years ago, when the
longitude was measured by means of the electric telegraph.
As observations can be taken at sea with nearly the same
ease as on shore, except perhaps in the case of steamers,
where the smoke and vibrations are very annoying, the
results should be equally good, if the same care is taken in
the reduction ; but where Thomson's and similar tables are
used, the probable error would be rather larger.

In conclusion, I may express the hope that this paper
may contribute towards rescuing this once favourite method
of tindino- the lono;itude from the nes^lect into which it has

Pseudogastrula Stage in Calcareous Sponges. 93

undeservedly fallen, and that it ma}^ lead to a stricter
supervision of the instruments employed in nautical
astronomy. I believe that all gun barrels have to be
submitted to a Government test, but if one burst, little harm
would be done, except to the user. In the case of sextants
and chronometers no supervision is exercised in their
manufacture, and the selection is left to individual caprice,
yet a faulty one may cause the loss of much property and
many lives.

Art. XIV. — On the Pseiidogastrida Stage in the Develop-
ment of Calcareous Sponges.

By Arthur Dendy, M. Sc, F.L.S.

Fellow of Queen's College, University of Melbourne.

(With Plate lA.)

[Read November li, 1889.]

Thanks to the researches principally of MetschnikofT,
Schulze and Barrois, we are now in possession of a
tolerably full and accurate account of the development of
the Sycou type of calcareous sponges, as represented by the
genus Sycandra. It is in the hope of contributing a small
addition to our knowledge in this department of embryology
that the present paper is written.

Before going on to describe my own ol:>servations, it will
be advisable to give a brief account of the now generally
accepted views concerning the history of the development
of Sycandra — such, for example, as is to be found in
Balfour's " Treatise on Comparative Embryology."

The ovum is a naked, amoeboid, nucleated mass of
protoplasm, which, after fertilization, undergoes the early
stages of its development within the tissues of the mother
sponge. The ovum first divides vertically into two and
then into four segments. The next two divisions are also

O-i Proceedings of the Royal Societij of Victoria.

vertical, and result in tlie formation of altogether eight
pyramidal segments, arranged in a single layer, with a small
cavity in the centre, the embryo at this stage being cushion-
shaped. Each segment now divides horizontally, so that we
have an embryo composed of two layers of eight cells each.
Segmentation goes on until the embryo has the form of
a hollow sphere — the Blastosphere — whose wall is composed
of a single layer of cells, eight of which, situate at one pole
of the sphere, are distinguished from the remainder by their
granular appearance. These eight cells increase to about
thirty-two in number, and become pushed in or invaginated,
still, however, remaining as a single layer, so as almost to
obliterate the cavity of the blastosphere (segmentation
cavity). The remaining cells of tlie blastosphere become
much elongated and ciliated. The embryo is still enclosed
within the parental tissues. To this stage — characterized
by the invagination of the granular cells — the name
Fseudogastrula has been given ; according to Balfour, no
importance can be attached to it. The embryo now soon
leaves the parent, and by the time this takes place the
granular cells have inci'eased in bulk and become completely
everted again, still remaining as a single layer.

The free swimming embryo (or larva), known as an AonpJd-
blastula, is oval or egg-shaped, and transversely divided
into two halves — a front half, composed of a layer of very
numerous, elongated, ciliated cells, and a hinder half
composed of the layer of granular cells, now thirty-two in
number. Some fifteen or sixteen of the granular cells, viz.,
those which toucli the ciliated cells, form a special ring.
Balfour states that " during the later periods of the amphi-
blastula stage a cavity appears in the granular cells dividing
tbem into two layers." This statement appears to be based
upon Metschnikoff's observations, to which I shall have to
refer presently.

After swimming about for some time, the ciliated half of
the larva becomes invaginated into the granular half,
obliterating the segmentation cavity and giving rise to the
Gastrula stage. " The two layers of the gastrula," says
Balfour, " may now be spoken ol as epiblast and hy])oblast."
The gastrula next becomes attached to some object b}- its
mouth, the attachment being effected by the granular
(epiblast) cells of the special ring alreadj^ referred to.
"Between the epiblast cells and the hypoblast cells which line
the gastrula cavity there arises a hyaline structureless

Pseiulogadrida Stage in Calcareous Sponges. 95

layer, which is more closely attached to the epiblast than to
"the h3^poblast, and is probably derived from the former.
There wonld seem according to MetschnikofF's
observations to be a number of mesoblast cells interposed
between the two primary layers, which he derives from the
inner part of the mass of granular cells." *

The principal changes which take place in the develop-
ment of the tixed larva into the j'oung sponge are the
development of spicules in the mesoblast, the perforation of
the double wall of the gastrula by the osculum and pores,
and the conversion of the hypoblast cells into the collared
cells so characteristic of sponges.

Such, then, is the generally accepted history of the
development of Sycandra, given as briefly as possible.
Perhaps the most remarkable feature in its whole course is
the Pseudogastrula. Although Balfour states that no
importance can be attached to this phase of the life-history,
it is obvious that a stage of such constant occurrence
amongst the Sycons, and found also, according to Keller,-]- in
the Leucons, cannot be entirely meaningless. Sollas, indeed,
has made a speculative attempt to explain it on purely
theoretical grounds. "We may conjecture," says he, "that
the larva which becomes a sponge now, by invagination of
the ciliated layer, is a descendent of a form which used to
Ijecome a coral by the invagination of the other layer, that
is, that a form on the way to become a coelenterate, took
the wrong turn for once, and so ended in a cul-de-sac, and
became a sponge. Thus the abnormal kind of invagination
in Sycandra may be an instance of what is termed ' reversion
to an ancestral type ;' on the other hand it may simply
indicate the balancing play of forces on the young organism,
so that it looks as if it could not make up its mind, and was
undecided as to whether to turn the flagellated layer inside
and become a sponge, or outside, and become a coelenterate.
Between these alternative possibilities, we cannot decide." |
All this is mere hypothesis, and I venture to hope that the
correct explanation of the Pseudogastrula stage may be
found in the following observations.

• Balfour, loc. cit.

+ " Uutersuch. iiber die Anat. uud Entw. einiger Spongien des Mittel-
meeres." Unfortanately, I am unable at present to obtain access to this
work. I cite it upon the authority of Met?chuikoff.

+ "The Structui-e and Life-History of a Sponge." Proceedings of the
Bristol Naturalists' Society., Vol. 3, 1880.

96 Proceedwgs of the Royal Socidi/ of Victoria.

The sponge which formed the subject of my own investiga-
tions, is the remarkable form originally named by Carter
TeicJtonella lahyTintkica. I propose shortly to publish a
full account in another place of the anatomy of this sponge ;
meanwhile it is necessary to state that it does not belong to
the genus TeicJtonella at all, but is a true Sycon — a fact,
indeed, which Mr. Carter himself recognises in one of his
later papers,* wherein he suggests that its generic name
might be changed from TeicJionella to Grantia. The
sponge consists of a stalked cup, with a thin and very much
folded wall. The flagellated chambers penetrate the walls of
the cup in a direction at right angles to the two surfaces and
open on the inner surface into the widely expanded cavity,
corresponding to the gastral cavity of a typical Sj'con ; the
osculum being enormously large and bounded by the folded
margin of the cup.

I do not wish here to discuss the generic nomenclature of
this sponge, which question I reserve for consideration in
my forthcoming paper ; but as it certainly cannot be called
TeichoneUa, the type species of which I find to be a typical
Leucon, I will, piovisionally at any rate, adopt jVJr. Carter's
suggestion and call it Gitiutia lahyvinthica.

In a fine specimen of Grantia lahyvinthica, di-edged by
Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson at Easter 1888, whilst I was
myself with him, I met with a very large number of
embryos. These were found both in the maternal tissues and
also lying free in the flagellated chambers. While still within
the maternal tissues the embryo lies in a cavity, which is
but little larger than itself and lined by a very distinct
single layer of flattened endothelial cells {vide Fig. 1).
This capsule always lies in the thin layer of mesoderm
between the wall of a flagellated chamber and the layer of
spicules which surrounds it. Hence the capsule is bounded on
the outside by the soft and yielding wall of the flagellated
chauiber, and on the inside by a layer of rigid spicules.
As the embr5^o increases in size the capsule in which it lies
becomes correspondingly enlarged, and owing to the manner
in which it is bounded this enlargement must take place
towards the flagellated chamber. Thus the side of the
capsule next to the layer of s])icules becomes flattened, while
the opposite side bulges out into the flagellated chamber
and forms a kind of blister, over which the delicate wall

* " Annalf? and Magazine of Natural History," July 1886, p. 38.

Pseudogastrula Stage in Calcareoits Sponges. 97

of the chamber becomes tightly stretched. These relations
are of great importance in considering the development of
the embryo, and they appear to be perfectly constant.
Judging from the figures of Schulze, Barrois, and Metschni-
koff, the embryo of Sycandra appears to be very similarly
situated.

The youngest embryos in Grantia lahyrinthica are
always found near the margin of the sponge-cup, not far from
the last formed flagellated chamber. Figure 1 represents
the earliest stage found. The embryo here represented may
be considered as in a late blastosphere stage, closely
resembling the similar stage in Sycandra raplianus. The
layer of elongated columnar cells is strongly arched, so
as to form almost a hemisphere and lift up the wall of the
flagellated chamber in tlie form of a blister as above described
(owing to the direction in which the section happened to be
taken this is not very well shown in the figure). The
ovoid granular cells still form a single layer, or very nearly
so, but show signs of proliferation already. This laj^er
is flattened, and it is easy to see from the figure that the
flattening is caused by the presence of the layer of rigid
spicules beneath them. In this and in all the numerous
other embryos which I have examined in the maternal
tissues the ovoid granular cells are turned towards the layer
of spicules, and the columnar cells towards the flagellated
chamber. According to Schulze,* prior to this stage in
Sycandra raphanus the layer of granular cells is always
turned towards the flagellated chamber, but after this stage
he finds the embryo in very different positions in the cap-
sule, "gewohnlich sogar mit dem hellen convexen Zellenlager
dem Kadialtubus zugewandt," Judging from this change
in position, Schulze considers that from now onwards the
columnar cells are ciliated. In my sections, made from spirit
material, I have naturally enough not observed any cilia.
. Even in this early stage of development the segmentation
cavity is no longer quite emptj^, but contains a quantity of
very delicate, finely granular, gelatinous-looking tissue
(Fig. 1 rnes.), in which a number of small, deeply staining
nuclei are very distinctly visibk. This tissue appears to be
of constant occurrence, and is probably the commencement
of the mesoblast, or mesoderm of the adult. It is quite
uncertain from which layer it is derived, but the similarity
of the nuclei to those of the columnar cells, and the fact that

* " Zeitschrift fiir wissensch. Zoologie," Vol. xxv. (Supplement), pp. 271, 272.

H

08 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

some of the latter nuclei — as shown in Figures 1, 2 and 4 —
are found out of the row, and apparently approaching the
segmentation cavity, seems to indicate that it may possibly
be derived from the layer of columnar cells. On the other
hand, the granular cells, as I have already said, ai'e already
showing signs of proliferation, and may possibly have given
rise to the tissue in question.

As development goes on the granular cells proliferate
aapidly, especially towards the middle of the layer, where
they become smaller and more numerous than at the
periphery. As they go on increasing they occupy more
and more space, and hence, as they cannot project outwards,
on account of the I'igid layer of spicules beneath them, they
become invaginated, and give rise to the Fseudogastrukc
(Figs. 2, 4). The Pseudogastrula, then, is due to a mechanical
invagination of the layer of granular cells, caused by their
active growth and the peculiar situation of the embryo.
These cells do not now, however, form a single layer, as is
usually supposed, but a layer several or many cells thick.
Such is certainly the case in Grantia lahyrinthica, and,
judging from the observations of MetschnikofF, to which I
shall refer more in detail later on, I think it will probably
be found to be the case also in Sycandra rajjlianus. The
advantage of thin serial sections in the determination of such
a point is obvious, and probably this method of investigation
will lead to similar results in the case of the latter species.

At about this period of its life history the embryo leaves
the maternal tissues, and escapes into a flagellated chamber,
by rupture of the outer wall of the capsule (Fig. 3). This
rupture of the capsule takes place in a ring, ai'ound the base
of the blister which the embryo causes on the wall of the
flagellated chamber. It involves, of course, not only the
wall of the capsule, but also the wall of the flagellated
chamber, which by this time has become tightly stretched
and the collared cells composing it apparently flattened out.
The outer part of the endothelial lining of the capsule and
the portion of the wall of the flagellated chamber immediately
overlying it appear to come away with the embryo when
the latter breaks loose, forming a more or less structureless
membrane, closely adherent to the layer of columnar cells
(Fig. 4 s.m.) After the escape of the embryo the remains
of the capsule appear on the wall of the flagellated chamber
as a shallow recess lined by flattened endothelial cells
(Fig. 3 e.c.)

Pseudogastrula Stage in Calcareous Sponges. 99

By this time the granular cells have increased so much in
bulk, and became so far invaginated as to reduce the
segmentation cavity to a mere slit, in which, however, the
primitive mesoblastic tissue is still recognisable (Fig. -i.)

The next distinct stage is represented in Fig. 5. The
embryo is now solid and almost spherical. The columnar
■cells have elongated and their inner ends reach nearly to
the centre of the embryo. The segmentation cavity is
perhaps represented by a dark area in the centre. The
granular cells form a hemispherical mass, which is the
posterior half of the embryo. This mass has become
difterentiated into two distinct parts — (1) an external single
layer of clearer, more or less cubical, nucleated cells ; and (2)
an internal mass of highly granular, larger, nucleated cells,
which are ovoid or more or less polygonal from mutual pressure.

In the latest stage which I have seen (still within a
flagellated chamber), the embryo has become somewhat
pointed at the anterior extremity, and the boundaries between
the internal granular cells are no longer distinctly visible.
Fig. 6 is a diagram of this stage, representing the free
swimming embryo as it leaves the parent sponge on its
way to seek a place of fixation. As already stated, I have
not myself seen the cilia, but there cannot be the slightest
doubt, after the observations of so many authors on the
living organism, of their existence.

Certain observations of Metschnikoff on Sycandra form a
strong confirmation of my views as to the development of
the Sycon type of calcisponge. This author* states that in
the older larvte, the posterior part, devoid of cilia, does not
remain so simple as in the earlier stages. A cavity is
developed in it which divides it into two layers. Sometimes
also he found and figures {loc. cit. Fig. 11) a larva which
closely agrees with that represented in my Fig. 5, in which
the posterior half consists of an outer layer of epithelial cells
and an inner mass of rounded cells closely packed. This
internal mass he derives from the inner of the two layers
into which the granular cells are first of all divided. Exactly
how the original division of the granular cells took place is
not made clear. Metschnikoff appears to have observed the
fact that there is a division only after the pseudogastrula
stage has been passed through. I suspect that the true
course of events is very much the same as I have described

* " Zeitschrift fiir wissensch. Zoologie," Vol. 32, p. 368 et seq.

H 2

100 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

for Grantia labyrmtJdca. Concerning the inner mass of
granular cells, Metschnikoff continues, " Diesen Zellenhaufen
kann man als Mesoderm cleuten, wie es solche Larven
bevveisen, wo in demselben sich melirere Nadeln vortinden
(Fig. 13). Icli will nicht behaupten, dass die von mir
beschriebenen Stadien durchaus normale sind ; ich glaube
vielmehr, dass sie uns eine sehr verfriibte Bildung des
Mesoderms, resp. der Nadeln reprasentiren, welchei* V^organg
aber mit dem normalen qualitativ ganz ahnlicb verliiuft.
Wenigstens babe ich audi an vollkommen regelmassio; und
normal ausgebildeten Stadien eine, wenn audi bei weitem
nicht so stark ausgebildete Mesodermanlage wahrgenommen."

Metschnikoff, then, has certainly seen in Sycandra
something closely resembling what I have found in Grantia
lahyrintltica, and it is highly probable that the develop-
ment of the two forms is almost, if not quite, identical.
Metschnikoff 's interpretation of the appearance of the
internal mass of granular cells as an unusually or
abnormally early development of the mesoderm is probably
due to the fact that in older larvse he finds this mass to be
no longer visible. This fact, however, is easily explained
according to my view of the case, which is as follows : —

The embryo already at a very early stage lies within a
cavity lined by a special layer of endothelial cells. As it
develops it increases greatly in size, and obviously receives
nutriment from the motiier sponge, probably thi'ougli the
medium of the endothelial cells.* Balfour -|- has already
expressed the opinion that the granular cells of the free
swimming embryo are nutritive in function, and this I hold
to be correct, though I do not suppose that they take in any
food while the embryo is swimming about. I maintain
that the granular cells absorb nutriment from the maternal
tissues, increase in size, proliferate rapidly, become mechani-
cally invaginated as before explained, and when they have
done absorbing nutriment become arranged in a hemispherical
mass of large ovoid cells, highly charged with food granules,
and an investing epithelial layer (Fig. 5). The embiyo is
now ready to lead an independent existence, and the
internal mass of granular cells is, I believe, a supply of food
which enables it to wander for a long distance before becoming

* Compare my account of the embryos of Stelospougos flabelliformis. —
Quart. Jour. Micro. ScL, December 1888.

t " Morj^hology and Systematic Position of the Spongida."— Quarf. JoMr.
Micro. ScL, vol. xix., 1870 ; also, " Comparative Embryology," vol. i., p. 122,

Proc R.S. Vldorici PLale 1^

Col-

•

y 4r

•col

t •

f??*^^'^^

^^>?^*^''\>iii>

3^
Fig 2.

end

Fig. 4.

t i I

<,. '4

end

* r-Jf

Fiq.5.

end

f'

ect"

Arthur Dendy. del

Sjcon Sponqe Embryos

Rg.6

Troedel & C Lilh

Pseudogastrula Stage in Calcareous Sponges. 101

fixed. By degrees this food is absorbed and used np, then
the invagination of the ciliated cells takes place, and the
embryo becomes attached. Hence, in the gastrula stage, the
internal granular mass of cells is no longer visible.

Thus I tliink that the internal granular mass of cells is to
be looked upon as food-yolk, and that it has little or
nothing to do with the formation of the mesoderm. The
latter, as I have alreadj'' shown, appears to be present before
the mass of food-yolk is formed, and though hidden by it
later on (Figs. 5 and 6), is doubtless still there, and from
this tissue the spicules observed by Metschnikoff probably
arose.

My investigations were carried on by means of serial
sections of the mother sponge, stained with borax carmine
and embedded in paraffin.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1a.

The following explanation of the lettering applies to all the figures : —

col. — Collared cells lining the flagellated chambers of the mother sponge.

e. — Embryo.

e.c. — Capsule containing the embryo and lined by flattened endothelial cells.

■ect. — Ectoderm.

e?id. — Columnar cells of the embryo, which will form the endoderm of
the adult.

f.t/. — Mass of granular food-yolk-coutainiug cells derived from the invagin-
ation and proliferation of the granular cells of younger stages.

gr. — Granular cells of embryo.

i.e. — Inhalant canal of mother sponge.

mes. — Commencement of mesoderm of embryo.

0. — Opening of a flagellated chamber into the gastral cavity of the mDther
sponge.

r.c. — Flagellated chamber of the mother sponge.

s.m. — Structm-eless membrane, formed of the outer part of the embryo capsule
and the remains of the collared cells lining the flagellated chamber
of the mother sponge.

S2). — Spicule of the mother sponge.

Figure 1. — Section of embryo in late blastosphere stage, lying within the

embryo capsule in the maternal tissues, between a layer of spicules

and a flagellated chamber.
Figure 2.- -Section of embryo at the commencement of the pseudogastrula

stage, represented apart from the maternal tissues by which it is

surrounded.
Figure 3. — Portion of section of the mother sponge, showing an embryo

breaking loose from the embryo-containing cavity into a flagellated

chamber. (The spicules are represented in blue).
Figure 4. — Section of embryo in late pseudogastrula stage, with the

structureless membrane which adheres to it on its escape from the

maternal tissues.
Figure 5. — Section of a solid embryo found in a flagellated chamber of the

mother sponge.
Figure 6. — Section of the free-swimming, ciliated embryo (diagrammatic).

Art. XV. — The Pineal Eye of Mordacia mordax.

With Woodcut.

By Professoe W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A.

[Read June 13, 1889.]

In 1 883,* Ahlborn published an account of the structure of
the Pineal gland in the lamprey Petromyzon ; the discovery
and investigation of the structure of the Pineal eye in
Lacertilia some three years later, led Beardf to investigate-
the nature of the Pineal gland in Cyclostomata, and his full
results published in 1888 showed that, as in lizards, the
distal part of the gland was, in certain Cyclostomata, trans-
formed into an eye-like structure, though one not so highly
developed as in the former group.

His work was done upon Petromyzon and the larval form
Ammocoetes, and upon Myxine. In these three lie founds
though not constantly, that pigment was deposited around
the cells forming the vesicle of the epiphysis.

He was unable to secure a s])ecimen of the Australian
form Mordacia, and I am indebted to the kindness of
Professor McCoy for placing at my disposal a specimen of
the latter genus, upon an investigation of which this note
is liased. Tlie specimen was obtained in Victoria, and
Professor McCoy tells me that he has identified this with
the Tasmanian form.

Ahlljorn had already described in detail the relationship
of the epiphysis to the brain and its union with the left
ganglion habenul^, and the division of its distal or vesicular
portion into two parts— an upper larger, and a lower smaller
vesicle. It was, in fact, simply Ahlborn's misfortune in not
meeting with a specimen in which dark pigment was
developed which prevented him from first discovering, by

* " Untersuchuugen iiber das Gehirn von Petromyzonten." — Zcitschr. filr
Wiys. Zool, Bd. xxxix.. Heft. 2, 1883.

t "The Parietal Eye of the Cyclostome Fishes:'— Q.J.M.S., 1888; alsa
Nature, July 14, 1887^

The Pineal Eye of Mordacia mordax.

103

actual investigation, the true nature of the epi])hysis,
though both he and Rabl Ruckhard had independently
arrived at the conclusion that the Pineal eye was to be
regarded as the rudiment of an unpaired eye.

Pineal Eye

OP

MORDACIA Mordax

DESCRIPTION OF WOOD CUT.

Median Longitudinal Vertical Section through a part of the Head
OP Mordacia mordax i:^ the Region of the Pineal Eye.

Ct. — Connective tissue.

JSp. — Epidermis.

L. — Lens part of the eye.

M. — Muscles.

Pig. — Pigment immediately beneath epidermis.

F. — Retina.

V. — Vesicle of eye filled with fluid during life.

104 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The brain of the specimen examined hj myself was not,
unfortunately^ in a good state of preservation, not having
been intended especially for histological work. Externally
there was when preserved in spirit no indication of the
presence of a Pineal eye. In a specimen of Petromyzon
which has lain for some time in turpentine so as to render
the tissues somewhat transparent, there is a strongly
marked white spot indicating the epiphysis lying beneath,
but in Mordacia no such indication was visible.

Longitudinal vertical sections, however, revealed the fact
that the larger vesicle is attached by a stalk to the dorsal
surface of the brain, and that in its walls an abundant
deposit of pigment of a dark brown colour is developed.

The vesicle is of large size, and is flattened out against
the roof of the brain case, and it maj- perhaps be due to the
state of preservation of the brain in the particular specimen
examined, but I could find no trace of the lower of the two
vesicles normally present in Cyclostomata.

The eye stretches forward much compressed dorso-
ventrally, and overlaps tlie cerebral hemispheres, its
jiosterior end being continuous with the optic stalk, and
being somewhat swollen out. Its walls are composed
of long rod-like cells embedded in brown pigment, and
facing into the cavity of the vesicle. These cells are longest
at the posterior end, where the stalk joins the vesicle,
i-esembliiig thus the eye in many Lacertilia, and the whole
structure is very similar to that figured l)y Beard as present
in Petromyzon* The rod- cells appear to be in connection
at their outer ends with nuclei, though these could not ]:)e
detected with absolute certainty, owing to the incomplete
liistological state of the brain. My experience of other
Pineal eyes makes me have little doubt, however, that they
are present.

Of a true lens, that is of a cellular structure which could
serve to focus rays of light entering the eye, it must be
confessed, that neither here nor in the specimens figured by
Beard, can one be said to be present. The vesicle wall is
complete, and anteriorly consists simply of a comparatively
thin layer, in which no pigment is deposited, and through
which rays could easily pass to impinge upon the retina
beneath. The layer appears to be of equal thickness all the
way across, and there is no median swelling out, such as is

* Op. cit. PI. VI., Fig. 1.

The Pineal Eye of Mordacia mordax. 105

so constantly seen in the Lacertilia, nor in the specimen
examined could the outlines of cells be in any way dis-
tinguished owing, again, doul3tless, to the bad ^ state of
preservation.

The cavity of the vesicle, as in Ahlborn's and Beard's
specimens, is apparently filled with fluid which coagulates
when preserved in spirit.

In two points, with regard to the eye, Mordacia
differs from Fetromyzon as described by Beard : —

First, although the pigment is very well developed the
e3'e is not placed in a deep depression of the skull, the
latter passing quite evenly above the epiphysis. Beard
points out the curious fact that in Fetromyzon, when the
pigment is well developed, the depression is deep; when
absent, the depression is almost or entirely absent.

Secondly, the pigment in the skin (pig.) passes straight
over the eye which would render it difficult and, when added
to the layer of muscle and skeleton above the epiphysis,
practically impossible for rays of light to reach the structure.
In Petromyzon, Beard states that the pigment in the skin
is absent above the eye.

There can be little doubt that here, as I believe, in all
other animals in which it is now found, the Pineal eye
must, as an organ for the perception of ra3^s of light, be
regarded as rudimentary and functionless.

Art. XVI. — Description of New or Little Knoivn Polyzoa.

Paet XIII.

By P. H. MacGillivray, M.A., M.R.C.S., F.L.S.

(With Plates IV and V.)
[Read November 14, 1889.]

NOTAMIA GRACILIS, McG.

Zooecia very long and slender, aperture occupying almost
the whole of the anterior surface, rounded or quadrate
above, and with the superior margin projecting slightly
forwards ; a pedunculate, capitate avicularium on one or
both sides, from the upper part of the posterior tube.

In a paper read before the Society in November 1885, I
briefly described a species as Galwellia gracilis, from one or
two very imperfect fragments, believing it to be a species
indicated, but not described, by Mr. Maplestone. This
identification is, however, somewhat doubtful, as I have on
several occasions had specimens sent to me named G. gracilis,
which proved to be merely rather slender forms of the well
known C. hicovnis. After my brief and necessarily
imperfect description was published, I received from Mr.
Whitelego-e some fracrments on an alofa from Port Jackson,
as well as specimens mounted in balsam. These have
enabled me to make out its real structure, and to confirm
Mr. Whitelegge's opinion, that it belongs to the genus
Notamia.

Notainia gracilis is at once distinguished from the only
other species, the European N. bursaria, b}- its much
smaller size, the slenderness of the zooecia, the rounded or
somewhat quadrate form of the upper part of the aperture
and its projection forwards, and the more slender attach-
ment of the avicular-ia to the posterior tube, which also is
not enlarged to the same extent above.

Stirparia exilis, n. sp., PI. IV.

Zoarium very small, fiabellate, branches dichotomously
divided. Zooecia alternate, elongated, upper edge straight,

Description of New or Little Known Polyzoa. 107

with the outer angle turned forwards ; aperture large ; a
single, long, hollow, articulated spine from the outer angle,
and one or two from immediately behind the upper edge.
The first cell of the zoarium with a large number (six or
sev^en) of spines, and the succeeding two with three or four.
•No avicularia.

A very small species, about an eight of an inch high,
growing on sponge. The stem consists of a few lengthened
internodes, with intervening round ball-like joints.

The ap]:)ropriate name was suggested by Mr. Wilson.

Port Phillip Heads, Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson ; Port
Jackson (a young specimen), Mr. Whitelegge.

BlFLUSTRA SERICEA, n. sp., PL V, Fig. 1.

Zoarium encrusting. Zooecia oval or elliptical, with raised
finely crenulated borders, within which the aperture is
entii'ely membranous. A single sessile avieularium, with a
broad triangular mandible, situated on a space above each
zooecium or ocecium. Ooecia rounded, with a small, inversely
clavate ridge.

Allied to B. Lacroixii and Membranipora cyclops, Busk,
but I believe distinct from both.

Port Phillip Heads, a single specimen.

BlFLUSTRA UNCINATA, n. sp., PL Y, Fig. 2.

Zoarium adnate, hemescharine or bilaminate. Zooecia
large, arranged alternately in linear series, separated hj
raised margins, aperture elliptical, partly filled in, especially
below, by a narrow smooth extension of the raised margins,
the edge being smooth or very faintly denticulate ; on each
side above is a short, stout, pointed, and somewhat uncinate
process, from the thickened margin.

Allied to B. delicatula and perfragilis, from which it is
distinguished by the stout uncinate processes.

Port Phillip Heads, Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson.

SCHIZOPORELLA IMPAR, n. sp., PL V, Fig. 3.

Zooecia elongated, irregularly arranged, separated by
distinct raised lines, surface covered with small hollow
granulations ; mouth semicircular, or slightly contracted
below ; lower lip straight, with a distinct, rather wide,
sinus ; peristome above becoming thickened, i^rojecting, and

108 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

bevelled internally. A transverse avicularium, with large
rounded mandible, usually on a considerable mound-like
elevation, immediately below and to one side of the mouth.
Western Port, Eev. Mr. Porter.

SCHIZOPORELLA SPECIOSA, n. sp., PL V, Fig. -i.

Zoarium encrusting. Zocecia very irregular in shape and
arrangement, indistinctly separated by very narrow raised
lines ; surface rough, with hollow granulations ; mouth
arched above, iiigher than broad, a distinct, widely open,
shallow sinus iu the lower lip. A transverse elliptical
avicularium to one side of the oral sinus. Scattered large
vicarious avicularia, with very large thin mandibles. Ocecia
reniform, witli thickened rim, and several white-bordered
pores, or granulations, on the convex surface.

With age, the zooecia become highly calcified, the oral
apertures, however, remaining on the surface ; the peristome
at the sides is much thickened and produced ; the rim of the
Goecia is thickened, and the pores very marked ; the surface
of the zocecia, also, has numerous pores, or areolations. The
edges of the vicarious avicularia are thickened and calcareous,
the mandibles remaining thin and membranous.

Allied to Scliizoporella Maplestoiiei, a variety of which
has been described by Mr. Hincks from Western Australia
as 8. lucida, from which it differs in the suboral sinus being
wide and open above, as well as in the peculiar vicarious
avicularia.

Port Phillip Heads, Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson ; Western
Port, Rev. Mr. Porter.

SCHIZOPORELLA NODULTFERA, n. sp., PI. V, Fig. 5.

Zooecia somewhat quadrate, separated by narrow raised
lines ; surface (young) granular and perforated, when more
fully developed with large shining calcareous nodosities ;
oral aperture large, nearly quadrate above ; lower lip straight,
with a wide rather deep sinus. A broadly elliptical avicu-
larium, with large mandible, usually situated transversely
below the mouth, on one side. Ocecia subimmersed, with a
thickened border, flattened in front, and usually with seveml
large white-bordered pores.

In this very striking species, the young zooecia have the
surface granular and nodular, with perforations Ijetween the
nodules ; the oral aperture is very large, with a wide sinus

Description of Neiv or Little Knoivii Polyzoa. 109

in the lower lip. In older zooecia, the peristome becomes
raised, and very large porcellanons nodules become developed.
Between the zooecial nodules are numerous large pores. Tiie
Goecia are immersed, flattened in front, with two or three
large white-bordered pores ; the border thickened, and with
several large nodules. The suboral avicularium, which is
present in the large majority of zooecia, is also a marked
feature. The space below the mouth, containing the avicu-
larium, is usually destitute of nodules. The size and
prominence of the nodules make the oval aperture seem
very deep, and give the specimen a very peculiar appearance.
Western Port, Rev. Mr. Porter.

SCHIZOPOEELLA PORTERI, n. sp., PI. Y, Fig. 6.

Zooecia confused, indistinct ; surface smooth and polished ;
oral aperture rounded above, with a well detiued wide sinus
in the straight lower lip. Below the sinus, a small avicu-
larium with vertical rounded mandible, on the upper edge
of an elevation of the cell. Numerous scattered avicularia
between the zocecia, with triangular mandiljles, on mound-
like elevations. Ooecia subimmersed, a nearly circular
portion in front remaining membranous.

The scattered avicularia, and confused arrangement and
size of the zooecia, give a superficial resemblance to some
specimems of Rhyncliopora hispinosa, from which, however,
the structure of tlie mouth is quite difterent. The incom-
plete calcification of the ooecia is very peculiar, and seems to
be constant.

Western Port, Rev. Mr. Porter.

MUCRONELLA MENTALIS, n. sp., PI. Y, Fig. 7.

Zooecia elongated, alternate, in regular lines, separated by
deep grooves ; a row of deep rounded areolations or pores
along the margins ; surface granular ; mouth arched above,
lower lip projecting as a rounded process, bulging below the
mouth ; six articulated spines on the upper margin. Ooecia
rounded, granular, subimmersed in the cell above.

Port Phillip Heads.

Lagenipoea simplex, n. sp., PI. Y, Fig. 8.

Zooecia much enlarged below, contracted at the mouth,
with the produced peristome either circular at the orifice

1]{) Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

or bilabiate ; surface smooth, gloss}'^, with a few minute
shining granuhitions.

Differs from L. tuherculata in the absence of pores or
tubercles.

Western Port, a single specimen, Rev. Mr. Poiter.

Amathia plumosa, n. sp.

Zoarium large, tufted. Primary branches cylindrical,
without zooecia. Secondary branches given off oppositely in
pairs, each secondary branch bifurcating, the branch before
bifurcation occupied, except at the basal portion, with a
cluster of about six pairs of cylindrical zooecia, and each
bifurcation having a similar or smaller group, each of these
bifurcations terminating on a pair of confervoid filaments,
which again divide at their extremities.

Port Phillip Heads, Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Fig.
Fig.
Fis.

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

Fig.
F

Plate IV.

1 . — Stirparia exilis, natural size.

la. — Portion magnified.

lb. — Stem and lower zooecia of the same.

Plate V.

1. — Biflustra sericea.
2. — Biflustra uncinata.
8. — Schizoporella impar.
4. — Schizoporella speciosa.
4a. — Young zooecium.
5. — Schizoporella nodulifera.
5a. — Mouth of zooecia.
6. — Schizoporella porteri.
6a. — Young zooecium.
7. — Mucronella mentalis.
8. — Lagenipora simplex.

Art. XVII. — On the Illumination of Public Clocks.

By Sidney W. Gibbons, F.C.S.

[Bead December 12, 1889.]

Proc. R.S.y'LctonLcL. PLcUe 4.

Plate 5 .

1

lb.

.)-'

M

/

^^4 wi mm „ .

■>^. v\

r,^ ^

W/l

la.

(S^

&'ie

9

rf

7.

6a.

f-,W

)

i

^/ 6

1

HM=G del &. J, Ripper lilh

Art. XVIII. — Notes from the Biological Lahoratory of the
Melbourne University.

(With Plate VI.)
[Read December 12, 1889.]

(1) On the Occurrence of a Partially Double Chick Embryo.
By A. H. S. Lucas, MA., B.Sc.

Formerly, abnormal growths of plants and animals excited
interest as being curious marvels, monstrosities, so-called
liisvbs naturce. Now-a-days, tbey are studied in the hope of
discovering in them extraordinary, and perhaps therefore
especially instructive, manifestations of ordinary laws of
growth.

The younger such abnormal forms are, the more light are
they likely to throw uj^on the difficult problems, latterly so
much discussed, concerning the physical causes of heredity
and variation.

The chick will probably, owing to the ease with which
material for research can be procured and manipulated,
always furnish the standard type of development amongst
the higher vertebrates. It seems well then to record
occurrences of healthy chick embryos which depart in a
marked manner from the ordinar}^ lines of growth, especially
as such embryos appear to be somewhat rarely met with.

The particular embryo under consideration had been
incubated about twenty-seven hours, and presents most of
the features characteristic of this time. The blood-vessels are
definitely forming in the vascular area. The vitelline folds
are clearly indicated. The central nervous system, and the
mesoblastic somites, have their usual appearance at this
stage.

The embryo is, however, partially double. In front, it
forks to form two very distinct heads, of which one is larger

112 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

than the other. Both are fully developed up to date ; the
unseefmented brain beino; carried over the front of the head
fold producing the mitriform appearance. The (optical) right
neural fold of the right head is continued back along the
common trunk, and so the left neural fold of the left head.
The adjacent neural folds can only be traced to the level of
the point of divergence of the fork, and seem to meet as
they thin out. They are quite wanting in the trunk.

There are eight rows of mesoblastic somites with definite
outlines, and traces of others can be discerned. The outer
row on each side is normal, and close to the corresponding
neural fold. The two inner rows have fused to form com-
pound median somites, which have double the width of the
single outer ones. The hinder part of the primitive streak is
double, the two divisions running outwards at right angles
to the main axis of the embryo. The vascular area and the
primitive heart seem to be quite simple. The specimen was
mounted as a whole, and I am unable to distinguish the
hypoblastic structures.

The double form may have been produced in two ways.
The product of a single germinal vesicle may have undergone
a certain amount of longitudinal dehiscence, or the products
of two germinal vesicles may have partially fused in the
growth side b}^ side, on a yolk originally common to both,
or formed by union of the two yolks. The process,
whichever it has been, has affected all the three germinal
layers at the two extremities, where the separation of the
two embryos is complete. In the region of the somites, the
somatopleure is distinctly divided into two equal longi-
tudinal halves, which have remained in juxtaposition ; the
splanchnopleure does not show any signs of fission.

I do not think that there is any evidence upon which we
can decide in which of the two ways the doubling has been
brought about, but it is plain that the cause must have been
deep-seated, and must be looked for in far earlier stages.

(2) On the Formation of a Double Embryo in the Hen's-egg.

By Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A.

Whilst working in the Biological Laboratory of the Mel-
bourne University, one, amongst a large number of hens'
eggs incubated, was found to present the curious feature of
having two clearly -formed embryos developed within the
limits of the one blastoderm. As this is by no means
of common occurrence, and as the embryos were quite
distinct, and developed to a considerable extent, it has been
thought worth while to figure them (PI. VI, fig. 2). Wolff,
Reichert, Thompson, and others have previously shown that
this may take place, and a figure showing two chick embryos
distinct from one another, is given by the latter investi-
gator.* In this case two embryos, of a very early stage,
each showing what is probably meant for the primitive
groove, are seen lying side by side, with their anterior ends
close together. They are not sufficiently developed to show
traces as yet of mesoblastic somites or nervous system. The
anterior ends of the two are closely approximated, whilst the
posterior ends diverge from one another. In the embryos
figured by myself, the blastodermic area is somewhat elon-
gated in the direction corresponding to that of the short axis
of the egg ; the area pellucida and the area opaca are clearly
distinguishable from each other and the latter is covered
with a complete network of blood-vessels, limited externally
by the sinus terminalis. The two embryos are so placed
that their anterior ends lie side by side in the middle of the
area pellucida, whilst their posterior ends are directed towards
the two opposite ends of the area. The two embryos are
precisely similar to one another. Each has reached the stage
at which the nervous system has the form of a tube, the
anterior end of which is becoming swollen out to form the
vesicles of the brain, though these are not as yet clearly
differentiated. At the posterior end of the body the neural
canal is still widely open, and encloses the remnant of the
primitive streak and groove. The head-fold has lifted the

* I am indebted to Professor Allen, M.D., of the Melbourne University, for
the opportunity of seeing this. It is to be found in " Todd's CyclopEedia of
Anatomy and Physiology,'' under the article " Teratology."

I

114 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

liead up above the blastoderm, but the latter is not yet
enclosed by the amnion. In the middle region of the body
seven pairs of mesoblastic somites are present.*

The vessels passing across the area pellucida to the
embryos are not yet clearly visible, and the sinus terminalis
is perfectly complete, no such structures as the one or two
large vessels being present, which in the normal embryo
leturn the blood to the body from the sinus at the anterior
end.

Apparently, every stage may be met with between an
embryo which shows reduplication of one portion of the
body and the condition in which, as described above, two
perfect embryos are formed within the area of the same
blastoderm. One of these stages is represented in the
adjoining drawing (Fig. 1), by Mr. Lucas, of an abnormal
embryo, showing a clearly double formation at the head end
and an indication also of doubleness at the posterior
extremity, where the primitive streak divides into two
halves, running out right and left of the median line.
Occasionally an embryo is met with showing only this
double nature of the primitive streak posteriorly.

Regarding simply the case in which the two embryos are
complete and separate from one another, there are perhaps
three ways in which it might possibly be supposed that the
result has been brought about. First, as in the case of
Lumbricus trapezoides division of the, at first single and
normal, embryo may have taken place after a certain stage
of development has been reached. It is difficult to imagine
how this could have been produced ; had it been so, the yelk
and the area pellucida and opaca would have shown some
trace of division. Secondly, it might be supposed that the
two embryos were due to the existence of two distinct
nuclei, enclosed abnormally within the protoplasmic material
constituting one ovum. In contrast to the usual method
of formation of the germinal cells in Craniata out of a
number of nucleated cells, which first become aggregated

* For teaching irarposes, I have found it convenient to reUuquish the old
form of nomenclature according to which chick embryos were designated by
the number of hours of incubation — a most unsatisfactory method, since
different eggs incubated for the same length of time will often yield embryos
of various stages of development. I have instead adopted the method
followed by Balfour in dealing with elasmobranch embryos, and according to
which the stages of development are indicated by the letters of the alphabet.
An account of these stages, with illustrative figures, is now in course of
publication. The embryos here referred to are at the commencement of the
stage which will be designated G.

Proc. R.S. VLclortcL. Plate. 6.

%/

\

nS, Lucas & WB Spencer, del .

Troedei & C? Lith

Formation of Double Embryo in Hen'n-egg. 115

into "nests" having the form of masses of })rotoplasm
containing nuclei, the " nests " becoming subsequently
constricted off into distinct cells, it might be supposed that
two nuclei became enclosed in a common mass of
protoplasm. In this case, even supposing that each nucleus
became united with a spermatozoon, we should expect to
find two distinct blastoderms formed, an occurrence which
has not as yet been noted.

Thirdly, and most probably, it may be sup]50sed that the
very first division of the nucleus was abnormal. The nucleus
may have become divided into two halves, which were quali-
tatively and quantitatively precisely similar, and not, as we
may suppose to be the case in normal division, slightly
different from each other. Probably, in the normal develop-
ment of at all events the higher form of life, from the very
first division of the nucleus and protoplasm, parts are produced
which differ minutely from each other, and neither of which,
if placed in suitable circumstances, could give rise to a perfect
animal. Abnormally, we may su])pose that division takes
j)lace in such a way that the two half nuclei are exactly
similar to each other, when further develojnnent may, under
suitable conditions {e.g., a sufficient mass of nuclear material
remaining in each half, and a sufficient supply of nutrient
material), result in the formation of two similar and fully-
formed embryos.

This suo-o'estion will also serve to account for the cases of
incomplete division of the embryo, as in the one figured by
Mr. Lucas. In these cases, abnormal segmentation, resulting
in the production of two halves precisely similar to each
other, only takes place at a later stage, and so only affects
certain cells (and their nuclei), which will give rise to certain
organs of the body. Hence, we get a duplicature of such
structures ; or, if abnormal division again follow, a still further
multiplication of them. The further back in segmentation,
tliat is the earlier this abnormal division takes place, the
larger is the part of the body affected, until, if the division
affect the segmentation nucleus of the ovum, the result is two
complete and separate embr3"os.

I 2

Art. XVIII. — Address at the Inauguration of the Litera-
ture and Art Section of the Royal Society.

By Arthur S. Way, M.A.

President of the Sectior.

In his recently published "Letters on Literature," Mr.
Andrew Lang, with a touch of that fine superciliousness,
that fashionable air which your critic affects now, observes :
— " Can anything speak more clearly of the decadence of the
art of poetry than the birth of so many poetical ' societies ? '
. . . They all demonstrate that people have not the
courage to study verse in solitude, and for their proper
pleasure ; men and women need confederates in this
adventure." " Demonstrate, " do they ? Because, forsooth,
it is inconceivable that they may be the outcome of real
earnest interest and devoted study, which bears fruit in
desire for communion with kindred minds, for the give and
take of thought and criticism, that so the golden sands of
the stream of song may yield up the more treasure. And
does the birth of a microscopical society " demonstrate "
that men will not investigate alone, or the birth of a
musical society that they cannot sing and play in the
privacy of home ? Is it too flattering to human nature to
imagine that people may wish to meet to interchange ideas
upon what interests them deeply ; that it is not mere
hypocrisy which brings strangers together, to be thenceforth
made friends by the strong bond of common intellectual
pursuits and tastes ? Is this feature of our time something
strange and wholly new ? Not so, but it is a genuine
rational endeavour to supply that which our fathers enjoyed,
but which altered social conditions have made unattainable,
under the same form, in these days. The nights at the
"Mermaid" are fled beyond recall; nor will men gather
any more, as once they gathered, round " glorious John "
enthroned at Will's ; nor will such discourse of gods be
again heard, as when the coffee houses knew Johnson and

Address on Literature and Arts. 117

(ioldsmith and Burke. Yet we are not, therefore, behind
our fathers in love of intellectual culture, and it is a
pitiful cynicism which can see in literary societies only
a sham enthusiasm, an attempt to galvanise into a sem-
blance of life the taste and interest that have long been
dead. Rather is it matter for surprise, that for years past
there has been in Melbourne no society having for its object
the study of literature and art. There have been Browning
and Shelley societies ; there is — to the astonishment and
confusion of the critics who croaked at its birth — a
Shakspeare Society, flourishing in vigour still ; there are
also divers associations of skilled votaries of music and art —
these, however, are almost professional in their character ;
but for those who can pretend to no special gifts or
training, there is no place and little interest in these. And
meanwhile the world's inspired work goes on ; its poets sing
as seldom they have sung in times past ; its romancers
weave their wonder-webs ; its musicians, now as in Shak-
speare's day, " hale men's souls out of their bodies ;" its
painters kindle the light that never was on sea or land ; and
of all this each of us sees and hears and notes a little, in
fragments, overlooking much, and missing the significance of
more, forming half judgments, and receiving fast-fading
impressions. In casual meeting with friends who are like-
souled, he may compare thoughts, and find how much of the
past and the present a solitary reader is in danger of missing,
and may taste how good a thing it is to interchange ideas,
and to tell and hear of pilgrimages into the fairyland of
mind, and to discourse together of work that will endure, of
names that will be enshrined, of ever-living presences that
will be enthroned long after the sand-ripples of politics have
been a myriad times washed out and re-moulded by the
tides of time, and the babble of society gossip is become
as the withered leaves that fluttered to the ground in
forgotten autumns.

To substitute for such casual communication of thought
some system of mutual help and guidance, to gather and
focus the literary interest of a great city, to make something
nobler than a coterie, something more unselfish than a clique,
was the aim of those who proposed to quicken into life this
literature and art section of the Boyal Society of Victoria.
There is something peculiarly British in the instinct for the
old paths, which prompted them, not to burst upon the
world with a new society of imposing title, but to avvaken a

118 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

long dormant potentiality of the good old Royal Society.
Few of the two score members who have attended — or of
the ten score who have stayed away from — the meetings of
this respectable body, have bethought them that beneath its
ample wing there was room for any nestlings but such as
chirped abstrusely of biology, chemistry, physics, and all
that stern sisterhood of science, who are not to be wooed
save with tireless toil of research, with concentration of
knitted brows, and libations of midniglit oil. At meeting
after meeting we sat and listened while our betters threaded
labyrinths of tlieory, and shot out waggon loads of facts,
lightly gliding through mazy calculations, or glibly "chatter-
ing stony names." We hearkened diligently with much heed,
if haply we might gather for ourselves a few crumbs from so
plenteous, and so indigestible, a feast. And still we gazed,
and still the wonder grew, as other Anakim rose, and
discussed and criticised off-hand these miracles of abstruse-
ness, put what seemed to be pertinent questions, and with
Burleigh-nods received answers which, for us, " made the
case darker, which was dark enough without." But not
even the genial aspect of our president, as he sat wearing all
that vveigTit of learning lightly like a flower, could embolden
us to rise and reveal our abysmal ignorance by question,
much less by criticism. We were in our own sight as grass-
hoppers, and so we were in their sight. There was
something depressing in being thus, as it were, mere
cumberers of the ground, the one excuse for the impertinence
of whose existence lay in the hope that our annual subscrip-
tions helped to plume the wings of science for soaring far
above our ken. Then some one spoke his open-sesame at a
long-sealed door, and behold, we also had a mission !

And now that oui' vocation is revealed to us, we perceive
that we can never be at a loss for lack of material whereon
to work. For, passing by for the present music and art, as
being as yet but doubtfully represented amongst us, the
whole range of literature lies before us as our field of study.
Homer is not too remote, nor Browning too near. Nor
poetry only, but fiction, with — shall we say, including ? —
history and biography ; the long result of time in scholar-
ship and criticism ; the thoughts that shake mankind in
theology and philosophy. The mine is inexhaustible ; how
we shall work it, we see as 3'et but dimly. We ma}^ remark
at the outset, that the main object of our co-operation must
be to furnisli incentives and aids to readino; and reflection.

Address on Literature and Arts. 119

It may be accepted as an axiom, that no amount of criticism
or discussion of a book, if it is worth reading, can serve as a
substitute for reading it, and if it is not worth reading, it is
not worth talking about. Unless, therefore, the papers that
will be read at our meetings, and the discussions that will
follow, stimulate us as individuals to extend our acquaintance
with literature by personal study, the work of this section
will be but a casting of seed by the wayside, for nothing is
more evanescent than knowledge picked up from mere talk
about a subject, nothing more fleeting than the interest so
excited, if it be not followed up by earnest, fruitful research.

This outcome of our work must, of course, depend almost
entirely upon membei's individually, but it is well that they
should understand that one for whom our meetings constitute,
not the salt, but the food of his literary life, is not only
surrendering the substance for the shadow, but is thwarting
the very object for which we co-operate. For it must be
recognised, that the work of a literary society does not stand
on the same footing as that of a scientific society. The latter
is, to a considerable extent at least, concerned with original
discovery ; and every minutest observation, every lifting of a
corner ot nature's veil, may prove one more fresh addition to
the mass of details, the accumulation of which by a host of
patient investigators is providing the heritage of posterity,
the hope and prophecy of science, the solution of the riddle
of the earth. And in no country can the work of the
biologist, for example, be more important than in Australia
now, while yet so many ancient and unique types remain
which are doomed to disappear before the advancing tide of
settlement. The searcher into nature may be said to be
working against time ; eveiy moment may be precious, as
bringing an opportunity irretrievable if lost ; every find may
be pure gold, as he rescues vanishing links and gathers up
failing clues, for lack of which the men of future days would
grope in darkness and twist ropes of sand. He heaps up
riches, and if he knows not who shall gather them, at least
he knows that they surely will be gathered, and that the
harvest will be many times the richer for every grain saved
now.

But we of this section of the society are not so much
wealth-heapers, as wealth-users. We look to rescue no waifs
from antiquity ; we shall not unearth treasures of archseolog}" ;
the voices that call out of the past will scarcely reach us first,
nor will it be ours to place new leaves on Clio's brow. It

120 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

may well be that our tribute to the world of scholarship and
criticism will be insignificant, nor do Ave flatter ourselves
that the thinkers of far-off lands will ever learn to wait till
we have spoken. But we need not, therefore, underrate the
importance of our actual work. If self-culture only were
the end and aim of our association, there would be ample
justification for this section's existence ; for as no man liveth
to himself, whatsoever be our gains in freshness and depth
of thought, in wealth of widened culture, and clearness of
intellectual vision, we win for others also. From the
quickening of a man's mental powers, a magnetic influence
thrills those with whom he mingles, nor does he, in rising,
wholly leave his fellows behind. But this indirect and
insensible influence is not the limit of our hopes ; we trust,
even in this our day of small beginnings, to render more
direct service to the community, and to take a more active
part in meeting the needs of our generation. It is no new
observation, that to the life and thought of this Colony the
poet's words are peculiarly applicable, "The world is too
much with us, late and soon getting and spending we lay
waste our powei-s." We claim no right to make this a
reproach to our fellow citizens, nor to look upon them as
from a pedestal of superiority. The rush of the tide of
commerce, rising almost too fast for our financial argosies to
ride its crest, the imperious stress of business, the merciless
strain of competition, the bewildering swiftness with which
vistas of opportunit}^ open on every hand, the eager energy
of a young community pressing in the first flush of its vigour
ever on to new conquests, the thrilling consciousness that
we are here laying the foundations of an empire, and doing
a mighty work for ages unborn — all this makes it seem less
strange or sad, that men should fancy that these interests
claim all their thoughts and powers ; that when art and
literature are beckoning, they should tliink that they do well
to reply, like the sternly earnest builder of old time, " I am
doing a great work, so that I cannot come down. Why should
the work cease whilst I leave it and come down to you?"
It is not obvious to all, but only by ex]Derience do men learn
that the pursuit of culture is no hindrance, but a secret
help in the race for worldly success, that wealth of intellect
makes material wealth more valuable when won, widening
the range of its application, and creating taste and refine-
ment in place of vulgar profusion and senseless display. We
cannot too steadfastly believe, nor too earnestly proclaim,

Address on Literature and Arts. 121

that the pursuit of gain, the struggle for existence, must not
be all-absoi'bing, lest, when the goal is attained, we find that
the hard- won rest is a joyless old age, an aimless ennui of
weary years. It is a physiological fact, that the bodily
powers will be the sooner worn out by toil if the intellect
meanwhile is rusting out, if its faculties are not stimulated
and exalted by what is at the same time a rest and a
refreshment, which " will keep a bower quiet for us, and a
sleep full of sweet dreams and health and quiet breathing."
We hope, therefore, to attract into our society some world-
weary toilers, who, as they accompany us on our pilgrimages
into regions of thought and imagination, may find a charm
and peace as of green pastures and still waters.

Oar primary object being to arouse and foster an intelligent
and appreciativ^e interest in the best literature of the present
and the past, we have bound ourselves beforehand to no
stereotyped method of procedure. A series of papers, each
followed by such impromptu discussion as their subject-
matter and treatment may provoke, is a very common
feature of such meetings as ours ; but if it becomes the rule,
it has this disadvantage, that, as few will undertake the
trouble of preparing such papers, in process of time the work
falls into the hands of a small section of the society, the rest
becoming mere listeners, who, for want of previous acquaint-
ance with the subject-matter of a given essay, are generally
unprepared even to take part in a discussion of it. Hence
we must endeavour to contrive that sometimes papers shall
grow out of previous common readings and discussions. It
may be arranged, for instance, that on a given evening shall
be introduced to the society the latest work of some great
author. It is not too much to expect that the reading and
conversation of that meeting will secure for the next a
number of short papers on his style, on the growth of liis
genius, his place in literature, his influence, his "school,"
and so forth. Again, we might have an occasional meeting
at which each member would be pledged to appear, armed
with a short criticism, or notice, though it be but half-a-
dozen lines, of a work recently read by him. We shall
shall thus furnish each other with suggestions and guidance
for reading, and be also cultivating a discriminating, critical
spirit in our reading. Bacon's aphorism will ever be true,
that " writing maketh an exact man," and if we from time
to time practise formulating our impressions, and recording
our judgments of our reading, we shall be cultivating that

J 22 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

clearness and precision of thouglit, that faculty of sifting the
bran from the flour, without which a reader may degenerate
into a mere skimmer of books, and may wholly forget our
philosopher's counsel, " to weigh and consider." We shall
not only endeavour to keep abreast of the world's literary
work in older lands, but shall study with peculiar interest
the beginnings of Australian literature ; we shall endeavour
to rescue from oblivion noteworthy work done in the past ;
and though we will not undertake the invidious office of
sitting in judgment on the present, it is possible that, by
kindly criticism and helpful counsel, we may be of some
service to those beginners who would fain be of the brother-
hood of the pen. There are more of these aspirants than is
commonly supposed ; they have written to individuals
amongst us now and then. There is something pathetic in
their hard surroundincjs, in the ig-norance which comes of
dearth of opportunities, in the depression which lack of
appreciation engenders. Something pathetic, too, in the
groundless complacence which is born of uncritical praise, or
of that good-natured commendation, which is but cruel
kindness. Remembering how fallible mortal judgments are,
and how little promise early attempts have sometimes given
of the great achievements which have built an everlasting
name, one shrinks from the single-handed responsibility of,
on the one hand, damping the nascent enthusiasm of the
muse; or on the other, of encouraging a youth "to pen a
stanza, when he should engross." Not as a tribunal but as a
board of advice, the Royal Society may, as the years go by,
render some little service to the literary fledglings of young
Australia. It may happen that, as with the Melbourne
Shakspeare Society, so with ourselves, some of our con-
tributions will expand into lectures, and we may thus
become the means of spreading over wider areas a knowledge
of, and interest in, high-class literature. Doubtless, as we
go on, other methods of work and other opportunities of
usefulness will open out before us, but I have said enough
to show that we have a goodly held to reap, a harvest the
ingathering of which will enrich not ourselves alone.

We do not, as I have already said, propose to limit
oui'selves to the study of the literature of our own day, or of
the English-speaking race. The centuries behind us like a
fruitful land repose, and not in Britain only rise the shrines
of the Muses. In proceeding, therefore, to a brief survey of
the present aspect of English literature, I would not be

1

Address on Literature and Arts. 12S

understood as pressing this upon your attention to the
exclusion of all else, but as constrained by limitations of
time and space to deal with but a little corner of a vast
area, and as wishino; to indicate, from the abundance of this,
what measureless wealth lies bej^ond.

The first tiling that strikes us in connection with what we
may call the Victorian era of literature, is its marvellous
activity, the multitude of workers, and the rapidity of
production. We have often heard how England became, in
the days of Elizabeth, a nest of singing birds ; the same
might be said, perhaps with even more truth, of our own
Queen's reign. The revival which began with Cowper, and
which received a Titanic impulse from Scott and Byron,
from Wordsworth, Shelley, and Keats, is unexhausted yet.
The oldest poets' songs still breathe and burn with the fire
of youth, and a throng of others are yet in full voice. There
is, however, one peculiar and ominous feature. Speaking
generall}^, no work of any of these, produced during the last
ten or twelve years, has been an advance on their previous
work, and in some instances there has been a decided falling
off This is not only the case with those to whom fulness
of years might be expected to bring some decay of strength,
but with those who should now be in the full maturity of
their powers. In these latter, we observe a tendency to
work more and more artificial, where diction and ex]:)ression
and technical effect are more than ideas ; a tendency to
imitative work, reproductions of old styles, to the neglect of
originality. The execution is certainly wonderfully perfect,
not a slip or a false note anywhere ; but the lines make you
think of engine-turned jewellery. As you read one page,
you know what to expect on the next. There are no
surprises, and when you pause from reading two or thi'ee
score pages of this machine-made poetry, and try to recall
one thought that has lifted you out of yourself, one hint
that has lured you into dreamland, one touch that has
" oped the sacred source of sympathetic tears," and find only
a certain tired wonderment, as of one who has sat through
an evening of conjuring tricks, then it dawns upon you that
the wonder is nowise wonderful, nor the perfection of work
perfect work. The poet has but to take care of the sound ;
there is so little sense that it can easily take care of itself
Years ago the sculptor fashioned divine marble and death-
less bronze ; delicate cameos and dainty gems engross him
now, and seldom has gem or cameo borne such fairy

124 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

tracery ; but alas for us, and alas for him, if bronze and
marble shall know him no more. Is it the beo:inninof of the
end ? Are the voices but singing on, when the spontaneity,
the heart-throbs, have gone out of the song, and the wings
of genius have flagged 1 or is it but a pause of midsummer
twilight, the falling of shadow that shall quickly be
scattered by a new dawn ? Who shall say ? Ever and
anon a brief outburst reveals that this singer and that can
still put forth the old soaring power, the old fire, and we
wonder whether it is weakness or wilfulness which makes
these nobler notes so short and so far between. This
interval wliich we seem to have reached suggests this as a
favourable time for a review of the present aspect of English
poetry as represented by our chief living singers.

The roll of the leading poets of to-day is one tlu'ong of
splendid memories, it means to us thirty years of unsurpassed
achievement, years resonant with melod}^, and rich with
romance, thrilling with liigh-wrought passion, and rapt in
noble visions and deep heart-searchings ; years in which
poets' dreams were as the dreams of seers, and their speech
like the crying of prophets. Noble themes and earnestness
of utterance were the key-notes of those years, and it is just
because these characteristics can never seem to be lost beyond
recall, but to be resumable at the choice of the poet who has
yet the power to sing, that we hope on against hope, that
each next volume may herald the flowing of the tide once
more.

From the time when Tennyson stormed the hearts of men
with " In Memoriam," and wrought the world to "sj'mpathy
with hopes and fears it heeded not," his muse has always
trod the mountain heio-hts, as thouo-h conscious of a crreat
mission, of ])owers consecrated to the help of brother men.
We have stood with him beside the tomb, and seen the
angel of consolation reach a hand through time to catch the
far off" interest of tears ; we have watched with him the sun of
a noble purpose set in a stormy sea, and have learnt that
defeat is not failure, nor any striving against evil vain.
With him we have found love in huts where poor men lie ;
we have from him learnt sympathy with the egotism of
man's passion, with the fever of woman's unrest, with the
despair of unfaith, and the night of hopeless anguish ; little
children that lie on beds of pain are nearer to our hearts
through him ; and England is stronger to-day for the battle
songs that remind us that we are of kin to heroes.

Address on Literature and Arts. 125

He has been pre-eminently the poet of his own country,
and of his own time. A reader who came upon Browning,
Morris, or even Swinburne for the first time in the garb of a
foreign tongue, might be long at a loss to refer them to
their country or even their period, but Tennyson breathes
England all through. He accepts as fit themes for poetry
the speculations of latter-day philosophies, the onward march
of science, the turmoil of political questions, the pressure of
social problems ; at the touch of his magic wand they reveal
their mystery and their beauty, their solemn import and
their deep pathos, the entangling of human hearts and lives
with them ; the faith that grapples with them, a bold and
tireless wrestler ; the hope that broods over them, an angel
meditating a ppean song ; the charity that suffereth long and
beareth all things. We feel that he has given us his best
through the golden years of the past, and we know that he
will give us his best to the end. Now that the snows of four-
score years crown him, it will not be strange if we miss some
of the old fire, the old glow of fancy, and strong free sweep
of execution ; yet, because he is Tennyson, we look forward
with glad expectation to the new poem, which they tell us
will come from that old man eloquent to us with Christmas
over the seas.

Browning, too, " keeps the great pace neck by neck," with
him that is but three years his senior, for he also has another
Argosy well-nigh ready for the launching. It is characteristic
of Browning, that we cannot tell whether a great treat or a
great disappointment awaits us. His power we do not
dovibt ; it is not nine years since his "Dramatic Idyls"
recalled the finest work of " Men and Women," and
" Dramatic L3'rics." And if since then we have groaned in
spirit over " Jocoseria," " Ferishtah's Fancies," and " Parley-
ings with People of Importance," it has been not because of
2inj signs of weakness, but rather of wilful strength in their
author. Here is a poet whose genius is a rich gold mine.
Many a great ingot of the pure metal has he brought forth,
and yet — is it indolence, is it impatience, or is it scorn of his
readers that leads him continually to cast at their feet, or
rather hurl at their heads, rough masses of the native quartz,
starred and veined with brightness it is true, but hard and
refractory even to despair, bidding them do their own
crushing and separating if they care for gold ?

The Romans of old gave the name of "the mules of
Marius " to those loyal legionaries who patiently submitted

126 Proceedings q/ the Royal Society of Victoria.

to the grim captain's iron discipline, and so have these days
beheld the mules of Browning, for whom no load is too
merciless, no path too rugged for their patient plodding.
They receive with humble gratitude his periodical bounties,
and stolidly proceed to put them through the mill of inter-
pretation and analysis, more than rewarded if they can
proclaim that they have found a meaning. The Browning
societies are a very doubtful l)lessing to their poet, for
their tendency is to disguise the fact that to the world
generally he is to a large extent unreadable, and, if he
regards them at all, to confirm him in a course which may
sorely thin his wreath of immortality. If it be objected
that each poet has a right to his own style, and is under no
obligation to stoop to a popular level, it may be answered,
first, that there is no " stooping " implied in I'eturning to
the style of what even his votaries acknowledge as his
noblest work, and which has a depth and clearness like
Shakspeare's ; secondly, that a great poet, dowered with a
gift whereby he may raise and purify and inspire men's souls,
whose song may be strength to the weak, comfort to the
sorrowing, companionship to the lonely, and a spur to high
endeavour — such an one owes to his fellows a free and
generous recognition of the principle that " none of us liveth
to himself" There is no poet whose disregard of it could be
a greater loss to the world, for since Browning's special gift
lies in the analysis and presentment of character, and since
he has an inborn affinity for what is noble and true and
strong, and since he holds with an unfaltering grasp tliose
vital ti'uths which deeyjly concern all men, and since in a
day when the sensuous, the revolting, the unmoral assert
their claim to the thrones of Valhalla, he is ever a witness
for what is pure and lovely and of good report, it is of the
highest moment that every stroke should tell, that the
trumpet should give no uncertain sound, that the prophet
should not speak in riddles nor babble in an unknown tongue.
To attempt to arrange in order of merit, like so many
boys at a school, the great writers of any period, would be
both futile and misleading ; for, on examining their work,
we find that their genius is at bottom dissimilar. It has an
affinity for different subjects, and even should these be
based on identical events or phenomena, it at once cancels
the apparent identity by taking a different point of view, b}'
selecting different features as most important, by a different
moral attitude to the subject, and by singing the song to

Address on Literature and Aris. 127

different music. No one author ever exhausts the possibili-
ties of noble treatment of a theme. Browning may go to the
heart of it if he will, but there is that in it which it is not for
him to win, and which may through another become to us
a precious possession for ever. From the same mine whence
he has dug diamonds, Tennyson will bring forth sapphires,
Swinburne rubies, and Morris emeralds. There is no classi-
fying ; each sings his mighty song, and for each there is
a several multitude of listeners whose spirits are most
attuned to his, who take his best and let his worst pass,
knowing that it is not truly and essentially of him. If we
think that a subject appeals to Tennj^son through its
connection with human sympathy, the hopes and fears and
strivings of men ; to Browning through the scope it gives for
mental analysis and the search for fundamental truth, we
might imagine that it appears to Swinburne not as plastic
material at all, but as a living thing, that it touches him
with an electric shock, flashing on him a sudden vision of
mystery and terrible beauty, sweeping around him a tempest
of passion, in which motives and their working may be
vaguely defined, and the sequences of thought be blended
and confused. While other poets enter into and possess
their subject, he seems rather to be caught up and possessed
by it. Hence he comes nearer to the old conception of the
poet, who, as Plato puts it, " creates his work not by
wisdom, but by a certain might of nature and frenzy of
inspiration, like soothsayers and prophets." It can be no
prosaic age which has born and fostered this Pindar of
passion-song, this singer of the heart's storm and the spirit's
rapture, those rare moods of exaltation when we are like
unto them that dream, when we tread on ether and think
by lightning gleams. It was fitting that in command of his
instrument, the rhythmical resources of language, in mere
word-music, he should be wholly without a rival. He has
revealed capacities for melody in our tongue that were
unsuspected before. Over his strings our stubborn English
floats softly as Italian, and trips daintily as lyric French,
and swells with an oceanic surge and thunder that we had
despaired ever to win from Greek. Ever since, flve-and-
twenty years ago, he shook our pulses with the thrilling-
sweetness of that hunting chorus in "Atalanta in Calydon" —
" When the hounds of Spring are on Winter's traces,

And the mother of months in meadow or plain
Fills the shadows and windy places

With lisp of leaves and ripple of rain " —

128 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

his harp has never been hushed, has never given forth a
tuneless note. In swift succession followed the lawless
beauty of " Poems and Ballads," immature in thought, and
nowise meet virginihus puerisque, but in execution perfect ;
the mingled trumpet-blast and organ-roll of "Songs before
Sunrise," and the other poems inspired by the same theme.
Scarcely a year has passed since then without fruit of his
exhaustless fancy, his wonderful versatility. Powerful
dramas, some of them of most portentous length, rhapsodies
of the sea, romance of Arthurian legend, echoes from the
lutes of old France, revivals of old Border ballad song,
marvellous achievements in forms of verse once exotic, but
now made English ; the apotheosis of the baby, the Armada's
triumph p^an — he has proved his strong pinions in all, and
has shown that he has soaring imagination, vigour of
expression, and staying power enough for the grandest
theme. A little cloyed with sweetness, a little surfeited
with melody, a little weary of high-pitched passion, a little
impatient of endless roundels and ballades and invocations
to his latest idol, the babe, we would fain see him rise from
sporting amid flowers and toying with antiques to crown
with a worthy wreath the head of that dear England whom
he has often hailed with song since eighteen years ago he
cried —

" 0 thou, clothed round with raiment of white waves,
Thy brave brows hghtening through the grey wet air,

Thou lulled with sea-sound of a thousand caves,
And lit with sea-shine to thine inland lair,

Whose freedom clothed the naked souls of slaves,
And stripped the muffled souls of tyrants bare."

Surely there is inspiration enough in her heroic past, " the
centuries of her glorious graves," in the Titan-tasks of her
present ; will her noble story not quicken, will the love of
her not uplift, a great poet to do for her what Homer did for
Hellas, what Virgil did for Kome ?

When, twenty years ago, the tale of the " Earthly
Paradise" followed on that strong sweet poem, the classic
romance of " Jason," men became aware that the star of
Chaucer was re-risen, that such a poet story-teller had come
as England had not known for 500 years. William Morris
took the old-time legends of Greece and Italy, of the
Orient and the Northland, and married them to immortal
verse — verse flowing clear and limpid as an unpolluted
river, musical as a mountain stream. His strings were

Address on Literature and Arts. 129

never shaken by a wind of passion, nor his song perplexed

with strange doubts and obstinate questionings —

" Glad, but not flushed with gladness,
Since joys go by ;
Sad, but not bent with sadness,
Since sorrows die."

His muse, with far-away eyes, and heart unheedful of the
life of to-day, seemed like a ftiiry godmother crooning bjr a
prince's cradle the songs of Eltiand, with effortless even flow
of murmuring melody —

" Like of a hidden brook
In the leafy month of June
That to the sleeping woods at night
Singeth a quiet tune."

But "that strain we heard was of a higher mood," when,
with a fresh keen wind from the Northland, with blast of
war-horns and clash of sword and shield, "The Story of
Sigurd " came as a revelation of strength and earnestness, of
vigour and fire, of which he had given but half-tokens
before. The swinging gallop of its sonorous lines, the
unbroken maintenance of the " grand style " throughout,
the heroic cast of thought, the wealth of incident, the energy
of its magnificent battle-scenes, marked it as the most
Homeric poem in the range of English literature. It was
its author's high-water mark ; he has since then been more
and more spreading his powers over many interests, and his
latest work of this year, " The House of the Wolfings," is
rather like an ancient saga than a poem. In stately
rhythmical prose, broken at intervals by speeches in the
"Sigurd" metre, it tells the tale of the gallant stand made
by our forefathers beyond the Rhine against the legions of
the empire. Morris may yet give us much beautiful work,
fascinating and perfect in its kind, but he has not taught us
to credit him with the manifold possibilities of Tennyson,
Browning, and Swinburne.

A very noteworthy characteristic of the poetry of the
hour is profusion. The days are gone by when bards
climbed Parnassus with slow and cautious step, giving good
lieed to their foothold, when Goldsmith thought ten years
not too much for the production of the few poems
and dramas which the world cannot forget, when Gray
bought his eternity with the reading of one little hour.
Now they go up the Aonian Mount by leaps and bounds,
and reap the laurels with a bill-hook. There must be
natural richness in the soil which (to change a familiar

K

130 Proceedinr/s of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

metaphor) every time it is Imriiedly tickled with a pen,
laughs into such stintless harvests. Poppies and tares among
the wheat, of course. No matter for that ; posterity, which
has plenty of time, may sort them out. And no one shivers
with a premonition of doom, doubting what manner of
sorting that will be when men gather the bundles for the
burning. If Browning is profuse through crowded abun-
dance of ideas, Swinburne through affluence of fancy and
lordship over language, and Morris through wealth of
material and facility of utterance, we might say that Robert
Buchanan is so because he is in earnest about everything
but writing good poetry ; Edwin Arnold because he thinks
that the "Light of Asia" has cast a glamour over men's eyes
that Avill last his time, "and look a rosy warmth from marge
to marge" of his exotic gardens ; and Lewis Morris because
he thinks — or shall we dare to say because he doesn't think ?
Buchanan as a singing voice has been silent for some
seven years, but between his twentieth and his fortieth year
he poured forth verse enough to float — or swamp — three
reputations. With no reserve or self-restraint, opening his
heart to all the world, troubled by no misgivings as to his
capacity to adorn any class of subject, he has roamed from
classical studies to Scottish idyls, from " Phil Blood's Leap "
to mystic transcendentalism. In " Idyls of Inverburn " and
"North Coast" he struck his richest vein, full of perfect
pastoral beauty and tender human sympathy, the ])athos
and the dignity of poverty and suffering. In " White Rose
and Red," he essayed an Indian idyl, and in " Saint Abe "
a Mormon romance of the Bret Harte type, with a success
the spuriousness of which it takes an American eye to detect.
But what Me2:»histopheles at his elbow ])rompted him to
poetise Scotch metaphysics in " The Book of Orm," or to out-
Shelley Shelley in " Napoleon Fallen"? There is no poet to
whom the paradox is more applicable, " If he had written
less, he would have written more." Akin to him in
sincerity of conviction and in early promise was Jean
Ingelow, whose voice rose like the sonof of a lark from
daisied meadows, just as the nightingale notes of Mrs.
Browning were for ever hushed. Her lyrical idyls were full
of the music of sunny brooks and vocal English hedgerows.
Among the cottage homes of England, her voice rang very
sweet and true. There was surely variety and human
interest enough in these for a life's work. She has not
enhanced her fame by recent more ambitious efforts.

Address on Literature and Arts. 131

" The Light of Asia " was a great success, as it deserved
to be. The riclyiess and sublimity of Oriental poetry,
without its vagueness and diffuseness, were there embodied
in verse tliat was perfect of its kind, that was to Tennyson's
as the floating grace of Aphrodite to the imperial tread of
Pallas. It was, in the words of an almost forgotten poet,
" a poem round and perfect as a star." There were even
people to whom it came as a new gospel, and Buddhism
became the cult of some Bostonian enthusiasts.

But the "Song of Songs" and "Pearls of the Faith" are
far below it. They are fragmentary, without sustained
interest, they are cabinets of "specimens," or albums of
" beauties," they bristle with unpronounceable names, and
recondite allusions ; they do not read as if the thought
of a far-off age and country had been passed through the
crucible of a poetic mind aglow with inspiration. The
fascination of their forerunner drew you on and on, till,
when you reached the end, you wished the poem longer ;
you must be a proselyte indeed if these charm in like
manner. It would seem that Sir Edwin must keep touch
with Eastern fancy and imagery, or he is lost ; for never did
a poet who had once achieved a name, blunder into a more
melancholy waste of commonplace, a flatter Batavian
landscape of prosy rhyme, than he, in the volume with
which last year he attempted to vindicate his claim to a
l^lace among singers of English song. If, as some have
conjectured, it was a bid for the reversion of the laureate-
ship, it must have been based on the theory that the office
would be disposed of by Dutch auction. There is a fortunate
resumption of the Oriental sumptuousness of fancy, now
blended with the pathos of sorrowing love, in the just-
published "In My Lady's Praise," an acrostic poem which
takes up successively the precious stones whose initial
letters spell the name of his dead wife.

It has been the misfortune of more than one of our promi-
nent poets to be betrayed by success in one field into failure
in another. Tennyson's mastery in development of character
and human sympathy led him to tempt the gods in writing
acting dramas. Edwin Arnold's success in piloting splendid
argosies from the East, a rich storehouse of romance and
mystery, entrapped him into producing original ]3oetry out
of his own head, which no one had suspected of being so
forlornly bare. Lewis Morris achieved popularity, even to
the 23rd edition — as he is at pains to inform us — by the art

K 2

132 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

of re-telling old-time stories with picturesque fancy and in
easy -flowing verse, an echo of Tennyson's ; but the stroke
of Nemesis fell heavily upon his head — albeit somewhat
callous — when the great vision of life, the mystery of its
passion and its pain, stirred him to soar into the clouds in a
grandiloquent " Ode of Life," only to find, when at his
highest, Tupper still a little above him. The public ear had
become attuned to Tennysonian melodies and Tennysonian
meditativeness when the "Songs of Two Worlds" and the
" Epic of Hades " appeared, and (in advertisement phrase)
" supplied a felt want." For here were poems, tender and
graceful, to comprehend which entailed no intellectual strain,
and which could be read without a mental effort — and the
public likes to do its reading without thinking ; poems not
too deep and nowise dry, wdiere wealth of sunny fancy
disguised poverty of high imagination, and plenty of whip
consoled Pegasus for being stinted of the divine hre. Had
Morris maintained this level he would at least have been a
charming poet, pleasant to read, in whose ]jages strictly
moderate expectations would not be disappointed ; but he
fell below himself into mere book-making, and became often
weak and washy, in "Songs of Britain," "Gwen," and
above — or rather below — all, " The Ode of Life."

The grove of the muses is full of singing birds, and ringing
with sweet, pure notes on every side, but they are mostly
imitative, echoes, or variations upon the strains of our
mightier singers. The only distinctive class as yet unnoticed,
is that of what we may call the " drawingroom poets " — the
writers of society verse. These are of the lineage of Suckling,
Lovelace, and Waller ; they have caught up the lyre that
fell from the hands of Praed. Their work, in its perfection,
is marked by elegance of finish, by lightness of touch, and
by rapier play of wit ; an art concealing art most cunningly.
Seriousness, of course, is alien from their whole atmosphere.
They seem, as it were, born out of due time, and to belong of
right to the days when patrician beaux fluttered and flaunted
with diamond snuff-box and priceless ruffles through the
glittering salons of Queen Anne. They have captured and
haled at their chariot- wheels the forms of old French Court
verse, marvels of daintiness and difficulty, the ballade, the
villanelle, the roundel, the triolet, and all their fliiry company.
Of these graceful triflers, who are so numerous as to constitute
a salient feature of what is, perhaps, our transition period,
Austin Dobson, Edmund Gosse, and Andrew Lang, are

Address on Literature and Arts. 133

foremost. " Proverbs in Porcelain," " Ballades in Blue China,"
and " Rhymes a la Mode," are titles which aptly indicate
the nature of their contents. It may be doubted, liowever,
Avh ether there is not something suicidal in collecting such
trifles in book form. To come upon occasionally and
unexpectedly, and amongst graver reading, they are
charming ; but marshalled side by side, like linnets
ravished from their native copses, and crowded in a cage,
they quickly pail upon you. It is a banquet wholly of
syllabubs, and you soon feel very hungry, and there comes to
you, like a wicked whisper, that epigram of the old satirist,
which seems to have a cruel applicability to the author —

" As skilful divers to the bottom fall
Faster than those who cauuot swim at all ;
So in this way of writing without thinking,
Thou hast a strange alacrity in sinking."

Andrew Lang, in the work already quoted, says, " Now we
dwell in an age of democracy, and poetry wins but a feigned
respect, more out of courtesy and for old friendship's sake
than for liking. Though so many v/rite verse, as in Juvenal's
time, I doubt if many read it. ' None but minstrels list of
sonneting.' " Just so ; the public is quickly sated with
rhyming for rhyming's sake. But when what is both good
poetry and good reading appears, it counts its readers by
thousands ; l:)ut while poets write to please themselves,
to practise their hand in quaint measures, to catch far-off
■echoes from old lyres, to reproduce the outward shell of a
past century's thought, while they give us the barren
blossom of an airy fancy, the devices of a fine-strung ear, but
do not dig deep into their own hearts, nor speak as those
who are stirred with strong emotion, or lifted by miglity
inspiration to utter things irrepressible, they need not
wonder, they should not complain, if the world cares as
little for their trifling as they for the world's needs.

I have thus briefly touched upon one department of the
literature of our day, and that only in connection with living
poets, of whom we may expect more, and for whom there is
yet hope. I had intended to glance at fiction, 1 liography,
history, the drama, and so on ; but these must needs wait a
more convenient season, and, perchance, a more experienced
critic. I do not flatter myself that my audience will accept
all my conclusions without demur. In poetry, which is
pre-eminently a matter of taste, each reader will find his
own affinities, and will know what best appeals to him.

" 'Tis with our jutlgments as our watches, none
Go just alike, yet each believes his own."

Art. XX. — Report of the Port Phillip Biological Surveij
Committee, 1889.

Members of Committee :— W. M. Bale, F.R.M.S. ; Rev. A.
W. Gresswell, M.A.; A Denrly, M.Sc, F.L.S.; R H. MacGilli-
vray, M.R.C.S.; Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. ; C. A.
Topp, M.A., F.L.S. ; J. Bracebridge Wilson, I^T.A. ; A. H. 8.
Lucas, M.A, B.Sc, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer.

Your Committee lias continued its operations during the
year. The grant of twenty-five pounds was devoted to the
purchase of sj)irit and jars, which were sent to Mr. Wilson
to assist him in his work near the Heads.

At the close of the season, Mr. Wilson forwarded his
collections, which are very valuable, to the Biological
Laboratory of the University for distribution to the
specialists.

Certain of the specimens thus obtained, as also others
collected previously, have been sent to the specialists for
determination and report. Others are packed and ready
to be sent, and your Committee would ask for a further
grant of ten })0unds to defray the expenses of transmission.

Reports have been received from Professor W. Hatchett
Jackson, of Oxford, on the Pycnogonida ; from Dr. S. J.
Hickson, on the Alcyonaria and Zoantharia ; and from
Mr. Lucas on the Fishes, These will be ready to appear in
the ordinary course of publication. In all these groups, new
species have been determined and described.

Mr. Bendy has devoted much time and care to the study,
of our sponges, and we may expect from him a very full and
valuable account of the taxonomy and anatomy of this
difficult group.

Mr. Wilson has established a small Biological Laboratory
and Aquarium at Sorrento, and opportunity will thus be
afforded of studying some of the marine foims more
satisfactory in the living state.

A. H. S. LUCAS,

Hon. Sec. and Treas.
December 1889.

Report of Pt. Phillip Biological Survey Committee. 135

(1) Preliminary Report on the Crinoids obtained in the
Port Phillip) Biological Survey.

By P. H. Carpenter, D.Sc, F.R.S.

In the Summer Season of 18S7-8, a number of Crinoids
were dredged in the outer stations of Port Phillip, and from
outside the Heads, all of them by Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson.

Twenty-nine specimens were forwarded to Dr. P. H.
Carpenter, F.R.S., who has obligingly sent us early
information, notwithstanding his pre-occupation with other
work.

Dr. Carpenter considers that five species of Comatulse are
represented, viz : —

Antedon loiimila, Bell. 14 specimens.

A. ivilsoni, Bell. 4 specimens.

A. macronema, Mllll. sp. 2 specimens.

A. sp. nov. (prob.) 5 specimens.

Actiiiometra tricJioptera (Vail.) Mllll. sp. 4 specimens.

A. 'pumila was described by Prof F. Jeffrey Bell, in the
Alert Report, from Port Jackson. By some confusion, when
he received, later on, Port Phillip specimens from Mr. Wilson,
similar to those sent to Dr. Carpenter, he described them as
new, under the title of A. incommoda. In a recent letter
to Mr. Wilson, Prof Bell writes : — " I am sorry to say that
Antedon incommoda is a synonym of A. 'puniila from Port
Jackson. There will be a note on the subject in the next
Annals." (A.M.N.H., March 1889).

Dr. Carpenter adds, that the originals, both of A. piimila
and A. icilsoni, and also of Actinometra trichoptera, were
sent to Prof Bell by Mr. Wilson. They were not known
from Port Phillip before Mr. Wilson's dredgings.

The novelties of our consignment to Dr. Carpenter are, the
liTst record of Antedon macronema from Port Phillip, and
the occurrence of a form, which " I believe to be a new
species ; but it may turn out to be only a strongly marked
variety of ^. pumila."

Dr. Carpenter adds, "I have a large number of undescribed
species in hand from vai'ious localities and collections ; and
as soon as I have finished the Report on the BlaJre Comatula3
for Agassiz, I shall tackle them for the Linmean Societ}- ;
and I shall take the opportunity then of properly figuring
your A. ivilsoni, and also A. pumila.

136 Proceedings of the Roycd Society of Victoria.

" 1 wish very much that you could get me some hirvre of
A . raacronema. I want very much to study the development
of the calyx, which is very Jurassic in its general characters."

The communication with Dr. Carpenter was made by
Mr. Dendy, on behalf of the Committee.

(2) Preliminary Report on a Collection of Alcyonaria and
Zoantharia f'vorii Port PJtillip.

By S. J. HrcKSON, M.A., D.Sc.

In preparing this report of a small collection of Alcyo-
narians, sent to me by Professor Spencer, of Melbourne, on
behalf of the Port Phillip Biological Survey Committee of the
Koyal Society of Victoria, I have met with greater difficulty
than I expected. The numerous genera and species of
Stoloniferous Alcyonaria, which have been named, are so
imperfectly described and figured that it is almost impossible
to identify specimens without seeing the type specimens.
The greatest possible confusion exists as to the characters
which se]3arate the different genera and species, and con-
sequently it is frequently found that similar specimens,
probably belonging to one and the same species, are described
by different authorities under different specific and generic
names.

In the course of the last few months, I have carefully gone
through the literature of the subject, and I propose shortly
to communicate to the Zoological Society a paper dealing
with the classification of the group.

Very few specimens of the genera Alcyonium and Ammo-
thea have as yet been received in this country from Australian
waters, and it might have been thought desirable to consider
the two specimens (20 and 21) sent to me to be new species.
I hope to be able to justify the course I have taken, in
referring them to the species mentioned in the report.

The same difficulty is met with in considering the position
of the Zoantharian genera, Palythoa and Epizoanthus, as
mentioned above in the case of the Stoloniferous Alcyonaria.
I believe there is not sufficient ground for the maintenance
of many of the species which have recently been described.

(1)* Virgularia lowenii (Kolliker). "Anat. System, bescbreibiuig
der Alcyonaria," p. 182 et se<i.
This specimen closely corresponds with the description of the
species given by Kolliker.

* The numbers refer to those on the specimens sent to Dr. Hickson.

Report of Pt. Pliillip Biological Survey Committee. 137

(2) Telesto smithi (Gray). "Annals and Mag. of jSTatural History "

(4)iii, p. 21.
There are considerable quantities of tliis species in the national

collection at South Kensington.
Specimens collected by H.M.S. Alert, Arafura Sea, 32-36 fthms;

Port Holle, Queensland, 12-20 fthms.

(3) Clavularia austrcdiensis (sp. nov.)

Specimen growing on the test of an ascidian.

Stolon thin ; membranous plate-like, dividing into separate

ribbon-like pieces at the edges.
Polypes 2mm. long, 1mm. diameter in average size; separated

from one another by very slight intervals.
Colour, brownish-yellow, due in large part to a considerable

deposit of fine yellow sand.
Spicules very few, or absent.
Vide general remarks at the beginning of the report.

(4) Virgidaria lotvenii (?)

I believe this specimen to be a young form of V. loioenii,
see (1).

(5) Mojysea dichotoma (Lamx.) " Hist, polyp, flexibles," p. 467 ;

Isis dichotoma, "Linn. Syst. Nat.," Ed. x, p. 799, vide
Challenger Reports Ixiv, p. 41.
The specimen agrees with the specimens obtained by H.M.S.
Challenger at Port Jackson, 35 fthms.

(6) Telesto smitld, vide (2).

(7) Clavularia raviosa (sp. nov.)

Specimen growing on a much ramified Alga.

Stolon composed of a number of branched tubular strands, upon

which stand at intervals of about 3mm. the polypes.
Polypes partially retracted (the calyx being withdrawn into the

body of the polype) ; funnel-shaped (narrow at the base,

broad at the extremity) ; in the retracted condition 3mra.

long by 1| diameter at the extremity.
Spicules numerous both in polyp walls and stolon, "1 to •1.5mm.

long, double clubs and spindles bearing numerous ])romi-

nent wart-like projections.
Colour, pale, dirty yellow.

(8) Epizoanthus parasiticus (Verrill). "Memoirs Boston Soc,"

Vol. i, p. 34.

Vide Challenger Report vi, p. 116, by Hertwig; and Supple-
ment to Report on Actiniaria, by Hertwig and Erdman,
published in 1888.

Vide remarks on the species of Zoantharia at the beginning of
the report.

138 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(9) Primnnelhi anstralasice (Gray). "Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist." (2),

Vol. V, p. 510 ; Wright, Challenger Reports Ixiv, p. 88.
Specimens collected by the Challenger at Port Jackson, 30 to

35 fthms ; Twofold Bay, 150 fthras.
Specimens collected by H. M.S. Alert, now in British Museum,

in Magellan Sti'aits, sandy bottom, 30 fthms, apparently

belong to this species.

(10) Epizoanthiis jycbTasiticus, see (8).

(11) Clavularia aiistraliensis (sp. nov.)
Specimen growing on a sponge.

Stolon, thin, membranous, plate-like, becoming divided at the
edges into narrow ribbons.

Polypes crowded together in the central regions of the colony,
scattered and separated by considerable intervals at the
edge ; partially retracted. The average length is 3mm.,
and the average breadth 15mm., but they vary very con-
siderably in size.

Spicules numerous in the polypes, few and scattered in the
peripheral portions of the stolon ; -2 to •3mm. long ;.
spindles with very prominent wart-like projections.

Colour, brownish-white.

(12) Epizoanthiis parasiticus, see (8).

(13) Mopsea clichoioma (I)

A small fragment only of a Mopsea which apparently belongs
to this species.

(14) Telesto smtthi.

I can form no grounds for separating this specimen from
T. smithi. It should be noted that some authors use,
and with justice it appears to me, the stolon or root of
the Telestos as one character useful for classification.
None of the specimens submitted to me have this.

(15) Gerardia (sp.)

As a volume of the Challenger Reports, dealing with the large
and interesting collection of the Antipatharia obtained by the
expedition, is shortly expected, I have postponed the identification
of this valuable specimen. It does not appear to differ very
markedly, however, from G. lamarclci.

(16) Sijmpodium verrilli (Percival Wright and Studer). Challenger

Reports Ixiv, p. 271.
The specimen sent me is growing on a piece of Alga, and

agrees fairly closely with the description of the species

mentioned above.
^\\e polypes are all completely retracted, a wart-like prominence^

marked by an eight-rayed star, indicating their position.

Report of PL PldlUp Biological Survey Committee. 139

These prominences are from 1 to 2mm. in diameter, rather

smaller than those of the Challenger specimens, which are

2 to 4mm. in diameter.
The spicules, which are very varied in shape and size, are in

general appearance similar to those figured by Studer

(I.e. PL xlii, tig. 12).
The locality of the Challenger s])ecimens is given as Station

320, lat. 37^ 14' S., long. 53^ 52' W. ; 600 fthms.

(17) Clavularia australiensis (sp. nov. v. supra.) This specimen is

growing on a piece of sponge.
Stolon thin and membranous, in some j^laces forming sympo-

dial plates, in others narrow ribbons. Numerous spicules

in the older part of the stolon.
Polypes averaging +mm. in diameter; all of them considerably

retracted, leaving 2:)rojections on the stolon 1 to l'5mm.

in height. They stand on an average 2mm. apart from

one another.
Spicules as in (11), only more numerous.
Colour, brownish-white.

(18) Clavularia australiensis. A very small specimen, apparently

belonging to this species.

(19) Palythoa anguicoma (?) A very small specimen apparently

belonging to this species.

(20) Ammothea thyrscides. Klunzinger " Die Korallthiere des

Rothen Meeres," p. 30, Part I.
This s|)ecimen agrees fairly well with the description given by
Klunzinger.

(21) Alcyonium tuherculosum. Milne Edwards and Haime, Quoy

and Gaimard, Voyage de I'Astrolabe Zooph., PI. 23, fig. 4.

(22) Clavularia australiensis. Specimen growing on a Lamelli-

branch shell.

(23) Palythoa anguicoma.

(24) Clavularia australiensis (sp. nov.) Specimen growing on a

broken piece of Mytilus (?) shell.
Stolon formed of thin membranous strands, in some places

uniting together to form plates.
Polypes all completely expanded, 4 to 5mm. long.
Colour, white.
Spicules — I can find no spicules in this specimen.

(25) Missing.

(26) Palythoa anguicoma.

140 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(27) Sarcophyll am ausirale (Kolliker). "Anat. System, besclirei-
bung der Alcyonaria," p. 121.
The specimen sent me agrees in many of its anatomical details
closely with K(3lliker's species. The details in which it
differs from it are such as might Ije expected in a young
specimen. Kdlliker's specimens varied from 196 to
262mm. ; this specimen is only 115mm. in length.
Kolliker's specimens possessed 32 to 47 leaves on each
side; this specimen has only 28. The leaves of Klil-
liker's specimens bear four or five rows of polypes ; the
leaves of this specimen bear only two. In Kolliker's
specimens there were numerous small calcareous needles
in the leaves, and a few small needles in the stalk ; in
this specimen, I cannot find any spicules at all.
From the consideration of all these and other facts, I thought
it better to refer this specimen to the species mentioned,
than to consider it a new species, and give it a new name.
It is very desirable to obtain more specimens of this
pennatulid from the same locality. The only specimens
hitherto obtained come from New Holland and Australia
(sic.)

{28) Clavidaria flava (sp. nov.)

Colony parasitic on old bivalve shell.

>'Stolon thin and ribbon-like, much branched, bearing a few
polypes at intervals of 4mm. and upwards.

Poli/pes partially retracted ; the calyx and tentacles are with-
drawn into the lower part of the tubular body. Length
in the retracted condition, 4 to 6mm.; diameter 1 to Hmm.

Colour, bright orange.

Sincules orange-coloured, very numerous in both stolon and
polypes ; spindles club and double club-shaped, covered
with numerous wart-like processes -1 to -ISmm. long.

{29) Primnoellaflagelluvi{V) (Studer). "Monatsbericht d. k. preuss
Akad d. wiss., Berlin, 1878," p. 644; Wright, Challenger
Reports, p. 85, PI. xvii, 1.1a.
The very small specimen I received apparently belongs to this
species, but it was too small and imperfect to identify
with any degree of certainty.

MEETINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY.

1889.

[N.B. — The remarks and speeches in the discussions are
taken down verbatim by a shorthand writer, and
afterwards written out at length with a tyi:>ewriter,
for reference and reproduction, if required ; and
therefore, more is seklom given herein than an
indication of their general drift. If any person
should wish to refer to the verbatim report, he can
apply to the Secretary to the Society, who will give
him an opportunity of perusing and copying it, or if
he resides at a distance, so much as he requires will,
upon payment of the cost of reproducing it, be
forwarded to his address.]

ANNUAL MEETING.

Tkiivsday, March lith.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The President referred to the decease of Sir "William
Stawelh who, he said, was one of the original founders of
the Society, under the name of the Philosophical Institute.
It was instituted in or about the year 1857, and a list of
members followed the rules, which were dated January
1857. The first name on the list was that of Sir Henry
Barkly, who was then Governor of Victoria, and who took a
great interest in al] scientific matters. The next name was
that of Sir William A'Beckett. Then there were the names
of the late Sir Redmond Barry and others. Sir William
Stawell was for a long time prior to his death a Trustee oi
the pro])erty of the Royal Society. He was also connected
with many other bodies. He was a visitor to the Observa-
tory from a ver}^ early period, and took an active interest
in all scientific matters. Of late j^ears he had not been able
to attend the meetings of the Society. A debt of gratitude

142 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

•\vas due to Sir William Stawell for being one of the founders
of the Society. He would also be remembered at the
University, where for some time he filled the position of
Chancellor, and where the Stawell Scholarship was founded
by him. He had passed away in the fulness of his years,
and he would be missed in the scientific as well as in the
political and judicial world.

Annual Report.

The Council of the Royal Society herewith ]3resents to
the Members of the Society the usual Annual Report for the
year 1888. The following were the papers read during the
Session : —

On the 8th of March, 1888, Dr. H. C. Wigg read the first
" On the Proposed Introduction of New Diseases into Aus-
tralia."

On the 1 2th of April, Mr. Robert Abbott's paper on " The
Maintenance of Energy," was read hj one of the Honorary
Secretaries; and Mr. Newton E. Jennings' paper on "Irriga-
tion and Water Supply in the Australian Colonies," was read
by the President.

On the 10th of May, Mr, Thomas Wakelin's paper, entitled
"An Experiment to show how the Earth is made to Gravitate
Towards the Sun," was read by one of the Hon. Secretaries.
Mr. A. Dendy read one " On the Anatomy of an Arenaceous
Polyzoon;" and Professor Spencer read some "Notes on the
Presence of a Fluke in the Egg of the Common Fowl."

On the 1-itli of June, Professor Spencer read a paper " On
the Presence of a Pentastomum parasitic in the Lung of
Hoplocephalus superbus." Mr. A. Dendy contributed " A
List of all the Species of Sponges described by Mr. T. J.
Carter, F.R.S., together with tlie latter's more important
references to the Species described by other Authors ; " and
Professor Spencer read another " On the Presence of a Rare
Cestode Amphiptyches in Callorynchus antarcticus."

On the 12th of July, Mr. T. S. Hall's paper "On Two New
Fossil Sponges from Sandhurst," was ])resented by Mr. Dendy,
and read by one of the Hon. Secretaries. Mr. Dendy gave "A
Preliminary Account of tlie Anatomy and Development of
Stelospongus fiabellifoimis." The Piesident next described
the Hawkesbury Railway Bridge, then in course of construc-
tion in New Soutlj Wales.

Proceedings of the Roydl Society of Victoria. 143

On the 13th of September (the August Meeting having
been suffered to lapse on account of the i\rembers being
engrossed by preparations for the approaching Inaugural
Meeting in Sydney of the Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science), Professor Masson read a paper by
himself and Mr. J. B. Kirkland, " On Polyhaloid Salts of
Organic Bases." Mr. Ellery, F.R.S., described a New
Watkin's Aneroid Barometer.

On the 1 1 th of October, the President gave a brief account
of "The Rise and Pro2:ress of Steam Navigation," and
exhibited William Symington's Original Model Steamboat,
which had been furnished for the occasion by the Rev.
Duncan Fraser. Mr. F. A. Campbell read a paper " On the
Active Volcano on Tana, New Hebrides."

On the loth of November, Mr. A. Dendy read a note "On
some Actinian Larva; parasitic on a Medusa from Port
Phillip ; " and the Rev. D. Macdonald's third paper " On
the Oceanic Languages Semitic," was read by one of the
Hon. Secretaries.

On the 13th of December, Professor Masson read a
paper by himself and Mr. Kirkland, on " The Preparation
of Alkyl-sulphine and Alkyl-phosphonium Salts ; " and Mr.
James Stirling, F.G.S., read one on " The Physiography of
the Western Portion of the County of Croajingolong."

Your Council has to record the remarkably successful
initial meeting in Sydney of the Australasian Association for
the Advancement of Science in August last, and to remind
the Members of this Society that the next meeting is to be
held in Melbourne towards the end of the year, and it is
hoped that no efforts will be spared to make the second
gathering at least equal to the first.

Your Council has also to congratulate the Society on the
change made in the form of the publications of the Society,
a new Series of Transactions having been commenced with
Professor Spencer's paper on " Megascolides australis " as
the first number. This paper has been issued on the pattern
of the Transactions of the Royal Society of Loudon, and
expense has not been spared to make it worthy of its proto-
type. The other papers will be published in the same form
as preceding issues, but with the title of Proceedings, the
term of Transactions beino- reserved for those demanding
more elaborate treatment and style of illustration. It is

1-il Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

anticipated that ample materials will be furnished by the
Port Phillip Biological Survey Committee, which is pro-
secuting its labours in a manner that promises to justify the
expectation. A second grant of £50 has been made in aid
of the Committee.

Your Committee regrets that, in view of the increased
expenditure involved in this cliange, an a])plication which
was made to the Government fcr an increase to the j^early
grant in aid, was too late in the year to be of any avail, and
it ventures to urge upon the Society and the next Council
the necessity of renewing the appeal to the Government
immediately, as the cost of continuing such publications is
quite beyond the present means of the Society.

Your Council considered it both due and advantageous to
the Society to recommend the appointment of several dis-
tinguished scientific men in different countries as Honorary
Members of the Society, and on the ] 5th of November, six
gentlemen were duly elected by the Ordinary Meeting.

Your Council strongly recommends its successor to
institute an early revision of the list of societies with which
this Society exchanges publications.

Appended will be found the names of nineteen new Mem-
bers and Associates, which have been added to the list during
the year : — Ordinary Members — Mr. Richard Bastow, Mr. S.
C. Candler, Mr. J. M. Coane, Mr. E. J. F. Love, M.A., Dr. Alex.
Morrison, and Mr. W. H. Nimmo. Country Members — Mr.
A. W. Dixie, Mr. James Ivey, Mr. Newton E. Jennings, C.E. ;
and Mr. Henry Shaw. Associates — Mr. Wm. Swan and Mr.
James Wilson. Honorary Members — The Hon. J. W. Agnew,
M.D., M.E.C., Hobart ; Dr. Bancroft, Brisbane, Queensland ;
the Hon. John Forrest, C.M.G., West Australia ; Sir James
Hector, K.C.M.G., F.Pt.S., Wellington, New Zealand ; the
Hon. W. McLeay, M.L.C., F.R.S., Sydney ; Mr. H. C. Russell,
F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Sydney.

Jonkeer Daniel Ploos van Amstel (having gone to Europe),
Mr. F. H. Baker, Mr. F. R. Godfrey, have resigned their
membership of the Societ}', and one Associate (Mr. C. G. Y.
Williams) has done the same. The following Members have
been lost to the Society by death, viz., Professor H. M.
Andrew, M.A., and Mr. Germain Nicholson, J.P.

Your Council, in revising the Members' list, has found cause
for omitting the names of some persons who were defaulters

Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria. 145

of long standing. The list now shows eighteen Life Members
one hundred and seventeen Ordinary or Town Members,
thirty-eight Country Members, seven Corresponding Mem-
bers, twelve Honorary Members, and sixty-nine Associates.
Total, two hundred and sixty-one.

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas resigned his seat on the Council in May
last, on account of the pressure of other engagements, and
his place was filled by the election of Mr. C. A. Topp, M.A.,
LL.B., F.L.S., on the 14th of June.

Mr. Barnard also resigned the office of Hon. Secretarj', and
was succeeded by Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A., who
was elected Hon. Secretary at the Ordinary Meeting in
November.

Dr. J. J. Wild's period of engagement as Assistant Secretary
having expired, it was considered advisable to appoint a
person less engaged in other directions, and Mr. Loton
Cattlin, the present Clerk and Sub-Librarian, was accord-
ingly engaged, and by his exertions the Library has at last
been made effectively accessible to Members, the catalogue
having been completed by him so far as to show where, on
the shelves, any volume is to be found. He will next
undertake the compilation of an alphabetical index, under
proper heads of subjects, and names of Societies. The Sub-
Librarian, by present arrangement, attends on Mondays,
Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays, from -i to
6 o'clock p.m., and is prepared to give information and
assistance to Members desiring to consult the Library.

The Hon. Librarian reports that the following additions
to the Library have been received during the year, the
increase in number being apparently due to the greater
regularity in acknowledging the receipt of publications : —
From England 188 parts, Scotland 23, Ireland 11, Germany
109, Austria IG, Switzerland 2, France 7, Spain and Portugal
14, Italy 56, Holland and Belgium 85, Denmark, Sweden and
Norway 10, Russia and Roumania 12, India and Mauritius

12, China and Japan 8, Canada 5, United States 87, Mexico
44, Argentine Republic 4, Australasia, Victoria 147, New
South Wales 27, South Australia 2, Tasmania 3, Queensland

13, New Zealand 8. Total publications received, 843.

In connection with the Treasurer's Balance Sheet and
Statement of Accounts which are appended, the Hon.
Treasurer desires to impress upon the Members of the

L

l-iG Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Society that the financial position of the Society has only
been maintained by the exercise of ligid economy, rendered
imperative by the extra expenditure which has been under-
taken, but as yet scarcely been actually commenced, in the
Biological Survey of Port Phillip, and the proposed publica-
tion of the results in a more costly form. Not only have no
bookbinding or repairs been executed, though much required,
but the urgent want of increased slielving in the Library
remains unsatisfied, and some considerable accounts remain
unpaid, as appears in the statement of liabilities. On tlie
other hand, the amount of subscriptions received has been
abnormally augmented for the year by the collection of
arrears. Although, theiefore, the present balance to the
credit of the Society compares favourably with the last, the
future contemplated expenditure will be much greater, and
to carry it into effect successfully, an increased income must
be provided.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 147

IC

C5

o

i-H

-* o

o

IM

O

!>.

CO

CO O

o

r-(

1-1

l-(

CO

o

1-1

ro CO

•^

U5

O

01

.-(

C5 'Jtl

Ml

i-l

.-H

iH

i-l

I-l

I-l

yl

00

lO

00

o o

00

00

CO

C5

o

1-1 C<1

»H

t^

ca

t^

CO

!>•

r-l

C5

CO

(M

iH

t-

■^

.

.

, ,

=*<

>1

u

>

S-l

"

s

•

" •

02

^

CO

.

c3

.

O 00

'Eb

QO

o

^ l-(

o

>i

i=

^H CO

CJ jH

a

s

a
3

3

C3 ro

o

a

c3

a

Ch o
to -te

o

3

CM

a ';-,

c3 _2

^
^

to

g

1 ^"

o

"oj

CO -Jj

1 ^

<

g

o

O

a

fcO

CO

3

o §

CO

o

73

cS

1

o
02

V}

_g

1 g s

X c3 cs

H rt O

c3 ^
CQ CO

'o

to

a

h-l

.a

a cj

to fl
^-i CO

H P5

>.

„

.

,

- -

„

.

.

„

„

- ,

1X1

o

O O

CO o

CO

(N

o

r-l

C5

O (M

o ^

N

00

■^

tH

1— 1 I-l

1-1

1-1

C5

O CO

00 lO

O

eo

,—1

t-

O (M

t~ <M

Cl

CO

tH

i-(

CO

t-

=*J

^

;

o

o

o

«o

O

o

o

o

o

»H

o

C5

1-1

.

o

o

(M

CO

o

r-i

•

LO

la

O

101

I-l

CD

=rt

00

C5

\

00
00

C5
00

00

00

00
00

1— 1

00

t>-

00

^

00

00

00

■

to

00

00

00

•

a

l-H

1-1

.2

*

u

rd

1

•&

CO

"Sh

o

1

_Ch

13

CO

s

fl

03

_

'

a
o

2

O

CO

1

to

a

to

s

O

o

fl

a

o
U,

a

g

it

a

e3

o

U

g

a

1

-

a

Ph

s

<»

c3

a
-3

r

Ph

o

H

CO

a

u

"es

CS

U

f->

i-t

"o

CO

^

>

pq

;h

to

h^

o

<

a

^

"3
pq

o

a

M

p^

a
1— 1

o

«>

p.

^

»

^

^

H

"

**

"

"

"

"

^ p3 W
a

c3 a

r- CG
5

pq

L 2

148 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Q

m

m

W

m:

o o
o o

o

f^ I— I

o o
o o

f^ ^

^

H
H

<1

Cm
O

H

H
<
H
CO

^

o o o

o o o

O »rt o

»0 CM O

o o

o o

o o

I— I

o -^

o c-i

O CJ
to iH

•|^ 05 a»

-^

r;

00

C5

.&*

^

oo

00

f^

00

00

1— (

iH

o

"S

c3

m

r.

"*

60

>,

o

_fl

s

., 1

<D

Q

^

/^

c3

■5

13

>i

m

a

03

a>

fl

3

o

pq

o

pq

::

:;

;

s

s a

CO y

(In O

o o

O 00

o ai
i-i

O O CO o c~
o o o o o

o o o

o o o

lO (M 10

CO I— I

rj qj

0 a s .13

^ -^ 'S
rcj a 5 "^

o a

a Ph

■TS

c3

r/5

■43

03

P3

!-i

c3

g

^

Ph

h-l

PL,

^

3

_o

0

o

-

a

I-:) W

Proceedings of the Royal Society oj Victoria, lid

On the motion of Mr. Ellery, seconded by Mr. Blackett,
it was resolved that the Report and Balance Sheet be taken
as read, and be adopted.

Elections.

The retiring Office-bearers and Members of Council were
re-elected.

Amendment of Rules.

Mr. RiTSDEN said it would be remembered that in Decem-
ber he gave notice of motion regarding; certain amendments
necessar}^ in the laws, which were about to be re-printed.

The amendments proposed by Mr. Rusden were then
considered, and adopted with one or two verbal alterations
(see Rules pp. 171).

Mr. MacDonald moved that the Rules as amended that
evening be printed and adopted as the Rules of the Society.

Mr. Ellery seconded this motion, which was carried.

On the motion of Mr. Ellery, the Meeting resolved itself
into an Ordinary Meeting.

ORDINARY MEETING.

The reading; of the minutes was deferred till the next
meeting.

Mr. White moved the suspension of the standing orders, to
enable the election of Mr. Cameron, of Orbost, to be proceeded
with.

Mr. Cameron was then elected as a Member.

Mr. J. M. Coane signed the Register, and was introduced
to the Meeting.

The following short addresses were then read : —

(1) " On Recent Progress in Astronomv," bv Mr. R. L.

J. Ellery, F.R.S., C.M.G.

(2) "On Recent Progress in Geology," by Mr. G. S.

Griffiths, F.G.S.

(3) " On Hygiene," by Dr. Jamieson.

The Meeting then adjourned to Thursday, March 21.

150 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Tlmrsday, March 2\st.
The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.
Short addresses were read : —

(1) "On Recent Progress in Mechanical Science," by

Professor Kernot, M.A., C.E.

(2) " On Recent Progress in Literature and Fine Arts,"^

by Dr. J. E. Neild.

(3) " On Recent Progress in Biology," by Mr. A. H. S.

Lucas, M.A, B.Sc.

Thursday, April Mth.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the Annual and last Ordinary Meeting
and adjournment thereof, were read and confirmed.

The President announced that the Hon. Dr. Agnew, of
Hobart, who was recently elected an Honorary Member of
the Society w^as present that evening. He trusted that
Dr. Agnew might frequently be able to attend the meetings
of the Society, and expressed the hope that other scientific
gentlemen from the adjoining colonies, would honour them
occasionally with their presence.

Mr. Edward Davies was nominated as an Associate.

Dr. Neild, the Hon. Librarian, announced that fifty-five
publications had been received since last Meeting.

The Hon. Dr. J. W. Agnew, of Hobart (Honorary
Member), and the Rev. A. W. Cresswell and Mr. Gabriel
(Associates), were introduced, and signed the Book.

The following papers were read : —

(1) " On a New Species of Bicellaria," by J. Brace-

bridge Wilson, M.A.

(2) " On some New Species of Marine Mollusca," by

J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A.

(o) " The Crinoids obtained in the Port Phillip Bio-
logical Survey," by one of the Hon, Secretaries.

(4) " Systematic Census of Indigenous Fish, hitherto
described, from Victorian Waters," by A. H. S.
Lucas, M.A, B.Sc.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 151

(o) "Additions to the Fish Fauna of Victoria," by
A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.

(6) " On the Occurrence of Krausia lamarckiana at

Williamstown," by A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.

(7) "The Old Red Sandstone Rocks and Fossils of the

Mansfield District," by Mr. George Sweet.

Mr. Stirling hoped that Mr. Sweet would carry on his
researches to the eastward. To the south of the area
described by Mr. Sweet, there was an outcrop of bluish or
greyish lava, which was probably Upper Silurian.

Mr. G. S. Griffiths said that, up to the present time, the
Devonian Rocks which occupied the region about sixty
miles southward of the locality of Mr. Sweet's discoveries,
and also the region eastward, . were considered to belong
to the Upper Devonian, but no fossils with the exception of
a few vegetable remains had been discovered there.

Mr. Sweet said he had not examined the rocks to the
eastward, except some fifteen miles in that direction. The
same plants that were found in the Iguana Creek beds were
also found on the top of Hat Hill. The rocks he examined
were in an almost continuous line with the coal beds in
Gippsland. If Carboniferous rocks were to be found outside
of the GippsJand District, the two localities mentioned in
his paper would be the proper places to look for them.

Mr. Griffiths said that the locality examined by
Mr. Sweet was considered by Mr. Howitt as having at one
time been part of an old sea loch. Nearer to the sea were
to be found the remains of ancient volcanoes of vast
dimensions. When those volcanoes were in their prime, the
country stood at a greater elevation than now. It then
sank, until the sea overspread portions of it. The volcanoes
then sank and died out, and the mountain glens were
transformed into sea lochs. The conglomerates filled up
these lochs. There was then a re-elevation of the land, and
tremendous denudation, and another period of subsidence.
On the top of the conglomerates, beds of marl and limestone
were formed, and it was those beds that had been examined
by Mr. Sweet.

Mr. Lucas said that since the discovery of the Muddy
Creek beds, no series of fossils such as had been brought to
light by Mr. Sweet, had been obtained in the colony. It
would be desirable to know if, in Tasmania, fossil fish had

J 52 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

been obtained in the Carboniferous limestone. To his
knowledge, no such fossils had been found in Tasmania.

Mr. Sweet said one point which might be considered of
interest in that direction, was the presence of Lepidodendron
plants in the upper beds. The land plants first found in the
beds were very small, not larger than the thumb. The
larger plants seemed to indicate that they had not travelled
a great distance by water. Professor McCoy had not yet
had time to examine the fish thoroughly, but his first
impression appeared to be that they were marine forms.

Thursday, May 9tJt.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Mr. Guilfoyle was nominated as a Member, and Mr.
Hubbart as an Associate.

Mr. R. Barton and Mr. Edward Davies were el6cted
Members.

Dr. Neild announced that forty-nine new publications
had been added to the Library during the past month. It
was in contemplation to have additional shelves placed in
the Library.

The Vice-President (Mr. E. J. White, F.R.A.S.) read a
paper " On Barometric Measurement of Heights," in which
he presented some new tables for the barometric measure-
ment of heights, which was followed by a long discussion in
which the President and Messrs. J. M. Coane and Field took
part.

Thursday, June \2tJt.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the previous Meeting were read and
confirmed.

Mr. E. Davies was introduced by the President as an
Associate of the Society.

Mr. Guilfoyle, Director of the Botanical Gardens was
elected a Member, and Mr. J. R. Hubbart an Associate.

Mr. M 'Alpine was nominated as a Member of the Society.

New Section.
The President said : — I wish to draw the attention of
the Meeting to a circular signed by Mr. H. K. Rusden, one
of the Hon. Secretaries of the Society, which has been

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 153

issued in pursuance of the generally approved proposal in
Dr. Neild's address on " Literature and art." That proposal
was, that early steps should be taken under the 58rd Law
of the Society to form Section G, for the Promotion of
Literature and Art, including Architecture. I would
commend this movement to the attention of Members of
this Society. Our labours hitherto have almost been
entirely in the direction of Science, but a wider scope is open
to the Society, We are not restricted to Science as the only
direction in which our discussions and investigations can take.
Under Law 53, we are empowered to take up Literature
and Art. I hope this Section will be developed vigorously.
The only difficulty in this workaday world is to find time.
I hope that those who have not come forward strongly in
the Science direction will take up Literature and Art.

Association for the Advancement of Science.

The Chairman said : — I have also to draw attention to a
circular from the Australasian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, whose next meeting is to be held in
Melbourne, on the 7th January, 1890. I hope that the
meeting in Melbourne will be as successful as the last one
held in Sydney. I trust that Members will not forget this
event, and that they will take part in the discussions and
supply papers.

The Librarian read a list of books and periodicals,
eight3^-seven in all, which had been received since last
Meeting from different parts of the world. He said : — I
take the liberty of announcing that since last Meeting the
Council have accepted a tender for putting up more book
shelves in the Librarj^, a work whicli I think is highly
necessary. I hope that the shelves will be in position
before next Meeting. I would like to say that our Library,
although a miscellaneous one, is a very valuable one ; and it
has been decided by the Council, and I think properly, that
the books comprising the Library shall not go out of the
building in the future. A great many of them, I am sony
to say, have been lost owing to the practice of letting them
out. I do not think the Members will regard it as a
hardship, that in future they will have to consult the books
in the building. I will not say there is an absolute
immorality amongst the communit}^ but books have been
taken away and withheld, not perhaps for any dishonest

154 Proceedings of the Royol Society of Victoria.

purpose, but they stay away all the same. This is a great pity,
because we wish to keep our Library as complete as possible.

Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson, of Geelong, exhibited
several marine specimens secured by the S.S. Lady Loch
on her recent trawling expedition. Mr. Wilson said : —
" By the kind permission of the head of the Ports and Har-
bours Department, a few tins and collecting jars containing
spirit were placed on board the Lady Loch, when about to
proceed on a trawling expedition to the east of Cape Schanck.
Captain Livingstone most readily and courteously undertook
to secure the preservation of any objects likely to be of
interest to naturalists. The tins were forwarded to me on
June 12th, and a rapid examination of their contents has
been made. A few fish, chiefly allied to the sharks and rays,
have been handed to Mr. A. H. S. Lucas for examination and
report. Three or four species of crabs were taken, none of
which difier from those obtained in dredging near the Heads ;
one Antedon (not yet determined) ; Goniocidaris tuharia ;
Strongylocentrotits, the common form with purple spines ;
a fine gi'oup of Boltenia australiensis, and an interesting
compound ascidian ; a fairly good specimen of the fine
tlabellate orange-coloured Gorgonia ; some few sponges,
chiefly of the coai-se chalinoid form ; one, apparently a Sube-
rites, will require examination. A few of the commoner
Hydroids occur in the collection, and about thirty species of
Polyzoa, as given in the appended list."

llhahdozoum p.'ilsoni. A small

fragment on a shell.
CateniceUa lorica.
C. ventricosa.
C. urnula.
G. intermedia.
C. crihraria.
0. perforata.
C. daivsoni.
0. crystallina.
C. utricalus.
Cahoellia hicornis.
Scrupocella i ia cyclostoma .
S. obtecta.

Canda arachnoides.
Caherea rudis.
G. grandis.
Menipea crystallina.

CeUaria 7'iyide.
G. hirsuta.
G. divaricata.
Tubucellaria hirsuta.
Bicellaria tuba.
Flustra denticulata.
Garbasea pisciformis.
Graspedozoum roboratum.
Biflustra. perfragilis.
Adeona cellulosa.
Schizoporella schizosto ma.
Forma gracilis.
Bracebridgia pyriformis.
Retepora vionilifera.
Grisia edwardsiana.
Hornera foliacea.
Aviathia bicornis.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 155

The chair having been vacated by the President in ftivour
of the Vice-President, Mr. White.

Professor Kerxot read a paper on the "Barometric
Measurement of Heights," giving the results of measure-
ments taken on a recent trip.

Mr. Ellery said that the subject of the Barometric
Measurement of Height, was one in which all engineers
and surveyors must be interested. So for as his experience
went, a well made aneroid barometer was an extremely
useful instrument. Those who claim for the aneroid
barometer more perhaps than it deserves, must recollect that
they have not an easy thing to measure in weighing the
atmosphere. If people would only look at the w^eather
chart sent out from the Observatory every day, they would
come to the conclusion that this was true. Thus, in taking
a line with the mercurial barometer from the Observatory to
Gabo Island, it is found that in certain spots incorrect
readings are obtained. There are certain spots where there
is a depression in the atmosphere. Professor Kernot had
told them that he took readings from his barometer while
the train waited a few seconds at the different w^ayside
stations. Such readings were invariably incorrect. It
takes some time before the aneroid gets right after the
motion of the train. It must be read, to get correct
readings, some minutes after the train has stopped.
Another thing, in the small barometers, ten feet were
represented b}^ a hundredth part of an inch, and as such,
were not an easy thing to read. The greatest defect in
these aneroids lay in the want of knowledge of the
conditions of the atmosphere at the points of observation.
But even at best, the results to be gained w^ere merely
approximate.

Mr. Allex said that so for as his experience went, the
aneroid barometer was perfectly useless, except when the
weather was favourable. He had recently made experi-
ments with one of Watkin's best instruments, one of
Mason's No. 1, and another of Watkin's No. 2. He tried to
take the height of a mantelpiece from the tloor. The first
result w-as, that Mason's gave 13 feet; Watkin's No. 1,
7 feet ; and Watkin's No. 2, 3 feet. He next raised the
instrument, with the result that in Mason's tliere was no
difference ; Watkin's No. 1, no difference ; Watkin's No. 2,
2 feet.

156 Froceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

A long discussion ensued, in which Messrs. Coane, Allen,
'Campbell, White, Yates, and the President took part.

Professor Spencer read a paper " On the Pineal Eye of
Morclacia viordax."

Professor Kernot remarked tliat the pineal eye was one
of the most curious things ever discovered by anatomists.
The subject was an intensely interesting one. It would be
interesting to know how human beings came to lose the
pineal eye.

Mr. Ellery read a paper written by Mr. G. W. Perry
" On a New System of Photo-Lithography."

In reply to Mr. Ellery, Mr. Perry said he could not
speak just now as to the cost, but there was no doubt as to
the rapidity of the process. A transfer could be taken in
the morning, and prints secured in three or four hours.
The stone had to mature for thi'ee or four hours.

Thursday, July l\th.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Mr. Vicker}^, Mr. Barton, and Mr. Love signed the Roll,
•and were introduced to the Meeting.

Mr. Ingamells and Miss Helen H. Neild were nominated
as Members.

Regarding the nomination of Miss Helen H. Neild, the
President said that the proposal of a lady as a Member of
the Society, marked an era in its history. After careful
search tlirough the Laws, the Council could find nothing to
prevent a lady becoming a Member of the Society. He
believed the Society was foi-raed on the supposition that
ladies as well as gentlemen would become Members of it.
The ladies had not hitherto come forward to claim their
right, but it was not improbable that many others would
follow the example set by Miss Helen H. Neild. The parti-
cular circumstance that led to the nomination under notice,
was the establishment of Section G — Literature and Art. In
that Section, ladies would probably take a particular interest.

Mr. D. M Alpine was elected a Member of the Society.

Proceedliujs of the Royal Society of Victoria. 157

Mr. Ellery proposed, and Dr. Neild seconded, the nomi-
nation of Mr. Howitt to fill the vacancy on the Council,
caused by the resignation of Mr. Bage.

The motion was put, and carried unanimously'.

Section G.

The President brought under the notice of Members a
statement as to the formation of Section G — Literature and
Art, including Architecture. A circular was issued on the
otli of last month, requesting gentlemen interested in the
matter to attend a preliminary meeting. That meeting was
held in the Lower Hall on the 20th of last month, and the
Section was duly formed. Although the formation of Section
G was a new departure in the history of the Society, yet it
was one that had been contemplated by the founders of the
Society, and provided for under the Laws. Until Dr. Neild
in his excellent address at the beginning of the year liad
called attention to the matter, no one had taken it up. He
■hoped that the formation of the Section would add to the
success of the Society. The Inaugural Meeting would take
place on the 23rd of August.

Dr. Neild thanked the Members for the cordial way in
which they had received the report of the Meeting. Nothing
could be more cordial, nor more friendly, than the manner
in which the proposition had been received by the Council.
Outside the Society, the starting of Section G had occasioned
a great deal of satisfaction. Mr. Way, who was elected
Chairman of the Section, and who was very proud of the
honour allotted to him, had asked him to express his regret
at not being able to attend that evening, and to express his^
thanks for the honour done him.

Dr. Neild, the Hon. Librarian, reported that since last
meeting sixtj^-six new publications had been added to the
Library. Thanks were due to Mr. Cattlin, who had worked
hard to get it in order.

Mr. Dendy read a paper on " The Australian Sjjecies of
Peripatus."

After some remarks from Professor Spexcer, the latter
read a paper on "The Anatomy of Amphiptyches urna."

Mr. Lu.CAS said that as tlie fish, Callovhynchus antarcticus
in which the parasite lived, was carnivorous, it seemed not

158 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

unlikely that the parasite would take a different form in one
of the herrings on which the fish lived.

Dr. RALrH said that in the bladder of a fro^ would at
times be found a very beautiful Distome. It was twenty
years ago since he first saw it. It was above a quarter of an
inch in length, and beautifully transparent. The ova could
be seen through the integuments, and also the embryos
struggling in the bod}' of the parasite.

Mr. Dendy said that in the University laboratory they had
found ver}^ few specimens of the Distome in the frog. It was
i-emarkable that in the Australian frog, the worm had only
two suckers, while the English one had five.

Mr. Fenton read a paper on " The Calculimetre."

A long discussion ensued, in which the President and
Messrs. White, Love, and Marks took part.

Thursday, August 8th.
The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the preceding Meeting were read and con-
firmed.

Mr. Frank Cole was nominated as a Member; Rev. Lorimer
Fison, Rev. Dr. Bevan, Mr. Maloney, and Mr. W. W. Harris as
Associates.

The President stated that the first business meeting of
Section G would take place on Friday, the 23rd instant.

Dr. Neild then read the Libraiy report, which showed that
sixty-two publications had been added to the Library during
the past month.

The President called the attention of Members to a paper
which had reached them that evening, from the Hon.
Dr. Agnew. The paper had been read before the Australasian
Association in Sydney last year. The subject was "The last
of the Tasmanians." The last of the Tasmanians was an old
lady, Truganini. Her husband who, he thought, had departed
this life before her, was known as King Billy. Accompanying
the paper was a large photograph of the latter. He thought
the information contained in the paper was of great value
and interest, as bearing upon the last survivors of the race.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 159

The President then read a letter which had been received
from the Secretary of the Victorian Engineers' Association,
on the proposed amalgamation of scientific societies. He said
that this matter had been considered by the Council of the
Societ}^ Of course this Society was in a different position to
many other scientific bodies. Tliey had an excellent building
of their own, and did not leel the necessity for a local habita-
tion as some of the other societies did ; but at the same time,
the Council had not entirely refused to look into the matter,
and a committee had been appointed to meet with the
gentlemen interested, to hear what they had to say. A
question that had been agitated from time to time was,
whether the meeting house of the Society was a suitable one
as to position, or whether a better one could be found. As
the property was valuable, it might be made to provide funds
to enable them to have apartments or accommodation in some
more central position. However, the matter at present was
merely a suggestion, and he was not in a position to express
any opinion. A number of societies besides those mentioned
in the letter had been discussing the matter for some time
past. He thought it right to give the members of the Society
this information, but he thought the Royal Society would be
about the last of the societies to feel a strong pressure in
the direction of joining in the movement. Still, it might be
to their interest to join it, for the purpose of securing quai ters
in a more central position. He believed that, were the place
of their meetings within three minutes' walk of Flinders
Street station, they would be more largely attended. If any-
thing further were done in the matter, the Members would
be notified.

Mr. Dendy read a paper " On the Anatomy and Histology
of an Australian Land Planarium," which he illustrated by
means of charts and sketches on the blackboard,

A discussion ensued, in which the President, Professor
Spencer, Mr, Lloyd Marks, and Mr, Griffiths took part.

Mr. Rttsden read a paper communicated by Mr. J, H.
Maiden, F.L.S., F.C.S., Curator of tlie Technological Museum,
Sydney, on " Liquid Kino."

Dr. Neild said that Kino had been emjjloyed many years
ago very largely for many purposes where astringents were
required, but of late years it had not been used. He would
suggest that a quantity of Kino should be subjected to some
test, and that some should be tried in the hospitals.

IGO Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

In the ensuing discussion, the President, Mr. Lloj'd Marks,
and Mr. Howitt took part.

TJiursday, SexAember llth.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the preceding Meeting were read and con-
firmed.

^Mr. D. M 'Alpine signed the book, and was introduced to
the Meeting.

Mr. A. G. Melville, Rev. E. H. Sugden, Rev. W. Allen, Mr.
Fred. Tate, B.A. ; Mr. T. A. Sisley, Rev. John Reid, Professor
Morris, and Mr. Vidler were proposed as Members.

Mr. F. N. Ingamells, Mr. F. H. Cole, M.B. ; Rev. Dr. Bevan,
Miss Helen H. Weild, Dr. W. Maloney, Rev. L. Fison,
and Mr. W. W, Hariis were elected Members of the Society.

Dr. Neild, the Hon. Librarian, reported that eighty volumes
had been added to the Library since last Meeting, and that
the improvements for the accommodation for additional books
were being completed.

Mr. H. K. RuSDEN read a report by Mr. A. S. Way, Presi-
dent of Section G, of the progress of that Section.

The President congratulated the Members on the success
of the Section, which bade fair to become the most popular
of all.

The President exhibited and explained the action of a set
of Kinematic Models, belonging to the Engineering Class of
the University.

Baron von Mueller read a paper on " Records of Obser-
vations on Sir William MacGregor's Highland Plants from
New Guinea," and exhibited the plants which had been
forwarded to him from New Guinea by Sir Wm. MacGregor.
He said that Sir Wm. Macgregor, to his infinite credit, in
addition to performing his official duties, had, as a man of
Science, worked hard in New Guinea. It was not necessary
to enter into details of His Excellency's exploits, inasmuch
as the Queensland papers had noticed them rather fully,
and an excellent resume of his work had been published.
The tour of discovery undertaken by His Excellency, had
lieen one in which extraordinary difficulties had to be
encountered. Great efforts had to be made, and ingenuity

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. IGl

exercised, in obtaining the specimens from the abrupt crest
in which the Owen Stanley Range terminated. As that
Range rose to the height of 13,000 feet, there was at its
summit a thousand feet of Alpine country. Still higher
mountains covered perpetually with snow, had come into
view. There was in New Guinea what was called a
highland vegetation — Sir Wm. MacGregor termed it a
Sub-Alpine vegetation. It was at the commencement of a
new line of research, which he hoped Australia would carry
out. A series of years would have to be occupied before
the whole of the ranges, which were Alpine, could be
exhaustively explored. This was owing partly to the
difficulty of approaching them in their present state. The
presence of the natives and the extraordinary abruptness of
the ranges were the difficulties. It would require a man of
great energy and strength to overcome those difficulties, and
His Excellency the Governor of British New Guinea had
done good work in that direction. A number of the plants
obtained were to be found not only in the Snowy Mountains
in Victoria, but down to the Auckland Islands. The same
held good in regard to the Himalayas. There was therefore
an intermixture of the forms peculiar to the Himalaj^as
and the far South. Sir William MacGregor had discovered
that some of the plants found on a mountain in North
Borneo, also 13,000 feet high, were to be found also in
New Guinea.

A discussion ensued, in which the President, Mr. Stirling,
Dr. Wigg, Mr. G. S. Griffiths, and Baron von Mueller took
part.

Thursday, October 'lOth.
The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.
The minutes of the last Meeting were read and confirmed.

Miss H. H. Neild signed the book, and was introduced to
the Meeting.

Dr. Neild said : — Mr. President and Gentlemen, I thank
you for having elected my daughter as an Associate of this
Society. She is the first lady Member, and her election
marks an era in the existence of the Society, which has now
l)een established for thirty-six years. I have heard some
expressions of misgiving as to the propriety or expediency of

M

]G2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

introducing the female element into this Society. There is a
fear that it might destroy its severely scientific character. I
do not think the principal Members share those misgivings.
In the present day, women are coming to the front in every
direction, and 1 do not see why they should not, so long as
they do not go to the extreme lengths recommended by the
Women's Rights Association. So far as the intellectual
position of women is concerned, I do not see why she should
not take her position with us. I think we should welcome
the advent of ladies into the Society, and I do not think any
misfortune is likely to happen as the result, as we all know
the particular reason of this influx is on account of the
development of Section G — Literature and Art. 1 believe
most of the ladies who intend to become Associates are
attracted by that Section. As Mr. Way will inform you, we
have had in our Shakespeare Society some most gratifying
evidence of the advantage of includino- women among our
members. We have had several ladies who have read very
good papers, and they have from time to time taken part in
the discussions. I am sure the effect of their presence at our
meetings has been of a beneficial kind. I thank you veiy
much for the honour you have done my daughter.

The Phesident said the Council, at any rate, felt no mis-
givings as to the propriety of admitting ladies to the Society.
This was evidenced by the fact that they all signed Miss
Neild's nomination paper. It was hardly large enough to
contain the names of the members of the Council. I certainly
agree with Dr. Neild that there is not the slightest reason
why ladies should not be most useful members of the Society,
not only of the literary, but of the scientific sections.

The President submitted a long list of names of ladies
and gentlemen nominated for membership.

Dr. Neild, the Hon. Librarian, reported that fifty -four new
volumes had been added to the Library since the last meeting.

Mr. Way said : — I am not prepared with a written report
showing the progress of Section G. That is in the hands of
the Secretary, But I can report in a general way that our
second meeting was even more successful than the first. At
our first meeting we had about fifty members present, but at
our second meeting we had seventy. I am told that a large
number came to the door, and seeing the crowded state of
the room, went away in despair. The meeting, as far as I
could judge from the expressions of those who were present,

Froceedlngs of the Royal Society of Victoria. 163

seems to have been very successful, in the sense of being
interesting and instructive, as well as inspiring. The sub-
jects taken up had evidently in many persons created quite a
new interest. While our first meeting was confined rather
to the consideration of Literature, the second meeting was
confined almost entirely to Art. This is gratifying evidence
of how rapidly we are taking up the subjects which we
intend Section G should embrace. Owing to Dr. Wigg being
disappointed by a friend who should have provided him with
certain materials, he preferred to hold over his paper, and an
address was delivered by Mr. Archer, who s])oke from a very
full mind on Kuskin and Turner, It was a very interesting
discourse, and evidently awakened new interest and enthu-
siasm in the minds of those present. The address was
illustrated by a large number of Turner's drawings and
sketches, and the interest was so well kept up that the
meeting did not break up till half-past ten or thereabouts. I
think we have every reason to congratulate ourselves on the
progress made. We have no dearth of papers, as we have
three or four standing; over from last meeting, so I think the
Society may look forward to a career of considerable prosperity
and usefulness in this, its youngest Section.

Mr. E. F. J. Love read a paper " On a Proposed Gravity
Survey of Australia."

The President said that we certainly seemed to be in a
favourable position for making such observations, and if the
work could be done in a satisfactory manner for anything
like the sum of money named by Mr. Love, there would not
be much difiiculty in providing it. If the work were done
in the way proposed, a substantial and valuable addition to
our knowledge on this subject would be gained. Certainly,
if it could be done at anything like the cost suggested by
Mr. Love, then nothing should be allowed to hinder its being
done.

Mr. Ellery said there was no doubt that the matter was
of great scientific importance. Pendulums had been swung
in Melbourne and some other places, but he thought the best
work was done by Professor Neumeyer, who reported to this
Society some years ago. He had recently heard from him as
to the final results, which were for a long time in considerable
doubt. The use of the pendulum leaves a considerable mar-
gin of doubt, and if an undertaking of this kind were to be
made now, he would suggest that a very careful investigation

M 2

1G4 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

should be made into the results of pendulums now in
existence. At the last transit of Venus, a party of scientific
observers under Professor Harkness, brought out with them
their pendulums. They were swung here, and had been
swung before in several places along the Pacific line, but he
had never seen any results published of those observations.
He did not think it would be necessary in many places, at all
events, to take any trouble about the geographical position
or actual time. Nearly all the points could be got at the
established Observatories, so that it would be hardly neces-
sary for the observer to burden himself with transit
instruments or anything of that kind. He thought one or
two pendulums could be obtained from Kew on loan. We
could get the pendulum that Professor Neumeyer used from
the Hamburg Observatory. It follows, therefore, that the
expense of the undertaking would not exceed the actual
expense of the observer and his assistants. If once an
observer has become au fait in his observations, they can be
done very rapidly. The work done by Professor Neumeyer
occupied only two hours. American observers did it in two
hours. The supports of the pendulum are made so nicely
now, that they have only to be set to be swung.

Mr. White thought this a matter of great importance.
Strange to say, attention was drawn to this matter in the
early days of the colony. The first arrangement of pendu-
lums was made here by the Spaniards, then in Port Jackson
by the French Expedition in 1819. The results were not
very successful. It was done in Parramatta again in 1827,
more satisfactorily. The only measurements in Melbourne
that he knew of were those of Professor Neumeyer and
Captain Harkness. He had seen Captain Harkness four or
five years ago, and he mentioned that the results were not such
as to please him, and he had not published them. He thought
the ]5ersonal expense would be nmch larger than Mr. Love
anticipated, although the apparatus could be obtained ; and
he had no doubt the resources of the Observatory would be
at his disposal, and that if the matter were l)rought before
the different Governments, Victoria at all events would lend
assistance. He would like to have more observations made
upon the main land of Australia, than at the coast.

Professor Lyle said that this was a subject that had
interested all scientific men, from Newton's time downward.
They had worked at the probability of the shape of the earth.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 165

He thought it would be a very proper thing for the Society
to tr}^ and get some kind of expedition formed to make
observations, and see if they would corresjDond with the
results obtained by JMewton. Mr. Love suggested the possi-
bility of the earth not being spheroid, Ijut ellipsoid. He
doubted very much if the gravity determination would tell
us tiiat. About practical details, he thought the expense
should not exceed £300, and that sum should not interfere
with the carrying out of the project.

Mr. Ellery said that, havino; had some considerable
experience in former times in obtaining the sympathy ot
our neighbouring colonists in matters of this kind, he
thought we should now set to work to make some little
enquiry into the matter. When it was desired to carry out
the telegraphic determination of longitude, we adopted a
similar course. The neiofhbourino- colonies contributed their
quata, and there was no trouble so long as the Government
were satisfied that it was scientific work endorsed by
scientific people. If the Society made up its mind upon the
matter, we could communicate with the Home authorities as
to the possibility of getting reliable pendulums. So soon as
we considered the thing practical and desirable, we could
apply to the Premier of the colony for the necessary
assistance, and also ask the neighbouring colonies to join in
the expense.

The PRESIDENT said : — As to the expense, he could
corroborate what Mr. Ellery has said. He thought that
there would be no real difficulty in getting the compara-
tively small sum of money required for such a survey,
provided we could show that it was a real scientific work ;
and secondly, that what we propose, to do was not likely to
end in a fiasco. Of course no Premier or Treasurer liked to
give some hundreds of pounds and then afterwards find
nothing done, but provided there were reasonable jjrospects
of observations being made, with proper instruments and a
sufiicient amount of skill to ensure that the results would
be reasonably accurate and comparable with results
■elsewhei-e, they would not be against such a proposal.

Mr. Ellery undertook to write to England to learn what
pendulums could be obtained.

The President said that he regretted to have to make
the announcement to the Members of the death, since the

IGG Proceedings of the Royal Socletu of Victoria.

last meeting, of two gentlemen who had been prominent
fio-ures in times past in connection with Science in
Australia. Tlie Rev. Tenison Woods was well known for
his Geological investigations. He was a corresponding
Member of this Society, and his name was known in all
scientific circles throughout Australia. The other name he
would mention was that of Mr. R. Brougli Smyth, who was
Secretary to the Philosophical Society of Victoria. His
name appeared as Secretary in the earliest volume. It would
therefore appear that he was one of its founders. After a
few years, that Society changed its name to that of the
Philosophical Institute, and then became merged into the
Royal Society of Victoria. Mr. Smyth published a large
number of Geological maps, and also a very large and
complete book on the Aborigines of Victoria, of which we
had a copy in this Library. Mr. Smyth recently occupied
the position of Director of the School of Mines at Sandhurst.
He died at the comparatively early age of 59.

Mr. E. J. White F.R.A.S., read a paper " On Results of
Longitude from Lunar Observations."

Mr. Ellery said that, if lunar observations were more
frequently made, the loss of ships would not be so great.
There had not been so great an advance in the manufacture
of sextants as of chronometers, but the sextant was the most
valuable stand by.

The President said it was matter for regret that the
Society could not do something to remedy the state of
affairs on ships described by Mr. Ellery. If a lunar
observation required even so much as ten hours solid work,
it would certainly, in view of the life and property that was
risked, be advisable to have it done on shipboard.

Mr. White said that ten minutes' time was all that was
necessary for the purpose of taking the observation. There
was no power granted to any one to condemn a bad
chronometer, and Mr. Ellery could not do such a thing were
he asked to test one at the Observatory^ He had no power
to compel the ship captain to get a new one ; in fact, the
captain could go to sea without a sextant or chronometer.

The Rev. J. J. Halley suggested that the Government
might be approached on the matter, so that provision might
be made to compel captains to have proper instruments on
fjoins: to sea.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 107

Mr. Ellery said that the only manner in which
attention could be called to the matter in the right quarter,
would be by addressing the Marine Board here, and the
Board of Trade in Great Britain. He did not think that at
present it was desirable to take any step in the matter.
The difficulty experienced in compelling ship owners to
carry life saving appliances on ships, showed how hard it
was to bring pressure to bear.

Thursday, November 1 4:th.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the Meeting of October 10 were read and
confirmed.

Mr. Ingamells as an Associate, and Mr. Wooster as a
Country Member, were introduced to the Meeting by the
President, and signed the roll.

Mrs. Riddell, Mr. J. Steele Robertson, Mr. J. Ross,
Mr. L. Slade, and Mr. T. Fink, were nominated for election.

A large number of ladies and gentlemen were elected as
Members or Associates, the President remarking that he did
not remember having seen so long a list of names proposed
for election. Most of those just elected were coming
forward in connection with the new section — Literature and
Fine Arts.

The Librarian's report showed the addition of eighty
parts or numbers to the Library in the preceding month.

Re-election of Committees.

The Members of the Port Phillip Biological Survey
Committee were re-elected on the motion of Mr. Lucas, with
power to add to their numbers.

The Members of the House Committee, on the motion ot
Mr. White, were re-elected.

The Members of the Royal Society on the Antarctic
Committee, on the motion of Mr. White, were re-elected to
act on that Committee.

The President said that the House Committee had very
little to report. Improvements in the way of new bookcases

1G8 Proceedings of the Royal Socletij of Victoria.

had been made to the building, and it would be necessary
to re-appoint the Members of the Committee, so that if any
small matter connected with the building required attention,
it could be dealt with.

Mr. H. K. RusDEN said that he was sorry to say that no
great activity had been necessary on the part of the
Antarctic Committee. A communication had been received
from Norway, in reference to the proposal by Mr. Gunderson
to send two ships to this side of the world. Information
was required as to the particular kind of whale that
inhabited the Southern Ocean. The authorities were not
very precise on the point. When Ross went South in
] 841-2, he saw a great number of whales, but very few of
the people on board the ship knew anything of the different
kinds. They observed a difference of some kind. A few
years ago Mr. Musgrave, of Cape Otway, gave some infor-
mation, but on the whole not enough of it was obtained to
warrant a communication being sent to Mr. Gunderson.
When a reply was received from the Marine Department
in New Zealand, he would be communicated with.

The President read the report of the progress of
Section G.

Mr. Lucas, in the absence of Dr. McGillivray, gave a
summary of the contents of Dr. McGillivray's paper " On
Description of New or Little-known Polyzoa, Part XIII."
He said that eleven new species had been discovered, and
the paper was accompanied by two ]ilates illustrating nine
of them. As usual, Mr. Bracebridge Wilson's name appeared
as the actual discoverer of the new species.

Mr. Dendy read a paper " On the Pseudo-Gastrula stage
in the Development of Calcareous Sponges."

A discussion ensued, in which the President and Messrs.
Wilson and Lucas took part.

Mr. McAlpine read a paper " On the Transverse Section
of Petioles of Eucalypts as Aids in the Determination of
Species," by himself and Mr. Joseph Remfry.

Mr. Lucas said that specialists had been enabled to judge
of the species very largely by the anatomy of the plant. In
many cases, the sections of the leaves were relied on. In
the future, we should not have our floras described by the
external forms only, but by the anatomy as Avell.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 1G9

Thursday, December 12th.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Tlie Rev. Lorimer Fison and Mr. Thomas Currie (Associate)
were introduced by the President to the Meeting, and signed
the Roll.

The President announced that nominations should be
made before the 1st of March next for the offices of President,
Vice-President, Treasurer, Librarian, Honorary Secretaries,
and six Members of Council.

The following were elected as Associates : — Mrs. Riddell,
Mr. John Steele Robertson, Dr. Joseph Ross, Mr. Leonard
Slade ; as Member, Mr. Theodore Fink.

Dr. Neild, the Honorary Librarian, announced that ninety-
two publications had been received during the past month.

The President stated that the Government had most
generously increased to a very suljstantial extent the annual
endowment to the Society, and in consequence, the Transac-
tions would in future be prepared in an elaborate and better
style than in the past. The new volume would be consider-
ably larger than any published hitherto, and it would be
issued during the ensuing month ot January.

Mr. A. W. HowiTT, F.G.S., read a paper on ''The
Organisation of Australian Tribes."

The Rev. L. Fison said that Mr. Howitt's paper was
specially important, because it showed that the aborigines
of Australia — the lowest order of savages — were not only
organised, but had a code of morals which was strictly
observed, breaches of it rendering the person committing
them liable to severe punishment. The system of group
relationship, which Mr. Howitt had explained, had been
found to exist not only amongst the aboriginals of Australia,
but amongst the Iroquois Lidians, and afterwards amongst
the tribes of India. He had himself discovered its existence
amongst the natives of the South Sea Islands. There were
certain occasions, however, notably in Fiji, when epidemics
were rife, on which certain tiibes recuri'ed to promiscuity as
a means of propitiating the gods.

Mr. HowiTT, in reply to Mr. Dendy, said that ])romiscuity
in the cases of certain Australian tribes did not appear to have

170 Proceedings of the Royal Societij of Victoria.

a deteriorating effect. In those tribes, he had seen men six
feet high, as fine as any men he had seen in any other tribe,
but the women were inferior.

Mr. Sydney Gibbons, F.C.S., read a paper on " The Illu-
mination of Public Clocks."

This was followed by a long discussion, in which Messrs.
Ellery, M'Lean, Wiiite, Coane, and Marks took part.

On the motion of Mr. Archer, it was resolved that the two
biological papers on the notice paper be taken as read, viz. :

(«) " On the Occurrence of a Partially Double Chick
Embryo," by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas.

(h) " On the Formation of Twins in the Hen's Egg," by
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer.

LAWS.

Amended and ordered to he Reprinted l^-th March, ISSO.

I. The Society shall be called " The Royal Society Name
of Victoria."

II. The Royal Society of Victoria is founded for objects.
the advancement of science, literature and art, with
especial i-eference to the development of the resources

of the coun try,

III. The Society shall consist of Ordinary Members Members and
residing within ten miles of Melbourne ; Country ^^""'^t^^-
Members residing beyond that distance ; Life Members

(Law XXV), Honorary Members (Law XXIV),
Corresponding Members (Law LIX), and Associates
(Laws XXV, XXVI, and LX), all of whom shall be
elected by ballot.

IV. His Excellency the Governor of Victoria, for Patron.
the time being, shall be invited to accept the office of
Patron of the Society.

V. There shall be a President, and two Vice-Presi- officers,
dents, vi'ho, with twelve other Members, and the
following Honorary Officers, viz., Treasurer, Librarian,

and two Secretaries of the Society, shall constitute the
Council.

VI. The Council shall have the mairageraent of the Management.
affairs of the Society.

VII. The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be ordinary
held once in every month during the Session, from *^®®*^°ss.
March to December inclusive, on days fixed and
subject to alteration by the Council with due notice.

VIII. In the second week in March, there shall be Annual General
an Annual General Meeting, to receive the report of ^**®*'"='-
the Council, and elect the Officers of the Society for

the ensuing year.

IX. All Office-bearers and Members of Council Retirement of
except the six junior or last elected Members, shall "'°®'^^'
retire from office at the Annual General Meetincr in

r

Proceedings of Royal Society of Victoria.

Election of
Officers.

Votes required.

Members in
Arrear.

Address by the
President.

Vacancies.

Duties of
President.

March. Should a senior Member's seat become vacant
in the course of the year, it shall be held by his
successor (under Law XIII) as a senior Member, who
shall retire at the next Annual General Meetiug. The
names of such Hetiriiig Officers are to be announced
at the Ordinary Meeting in December, The Officers
and Members of Council so retirins: shall be elioible for
the same or any other office then vacant.

X. The President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secre-
taries, and Librarian shall be separately elected by
ballot (should such be demanded), in the above-named
order, and the six vacancies in the Council shall then
be filled up together by ballot at the General Meeting
in March. Those members only shall be eligible for
any office who have been proposed and seconded at the
Ordinary Meeting in December, or by letter addressed
to one of the Secretaries, and received by him before
the 1st March, to be laid before the Council Meeting
next before the Annual Meeting in March. The
nomination to any one office shall be held a nomina-
tion to any office, the election to vs^hich is to be
subsequently held. No ballot shall take place at any
meeting unless ten members be pi'esent.

XL No Member, whose subscription is in arrear,
shall take part in the election of Officers or other
business of the meeting.

XII. An address shall be delivered by the President
of the Society at either a Dinner, Conversazione, or
extra meeting of the Society, as the Council may
determine in each year.

XIII. If any vacancy occur among the Officers,
notice thereof shall be inserted in the summons for the
next meeting of tlie Society, and the vacancy shall be
then filled up by ballot.

XIV. The President shall take the chair at all
meetings of the Society and of the Council, and shall
regulate and keep order in all their proceedings ; he
shall state questions and propositions to the meeting,
and report the result of ballots, and carry into effect
the regulations of the Society. In the absence of the
President, the chair shall be taken by one of the Vice-
Presidents, Treasurer, or Ordinary Member of Council,
in order of seniorit}^

Laivs. 173

XY. The Treasurer may, immediately after his Duties of
election, appoint a Collector (to act during pleasure), ^'^^*^'"^'-
subject to the approval of the Council at its next
meeting. The duty of the Collector shall be to issue
the Treasurer's notices, and collect subscriptions. The
Treasurer shall receive all moneys paid to the Society,
and shall deposit the same before the end of each
month in the bank approved by the Council, to the
credit of an account opened in the name of the Roj-al
Society of Victoria. The Treasurer shall make all pay-
ments ordered by the Council on receiving a written
authority from the chairman of the meeting. All
cheques shall be signed by himself, and countersigned
by one of the Secretaries. No payments shall be made
except by cheque, and on the authority of the Council.
He shall keep a detailed account of all receipts and
expenditure, present a report of the same at eacli
Council meeting, and prepare a balance-sheet to be laid
before the Council, and included in its Annual Report.
He shall also produce his books whenever called upon
to do so by the Council.

XVI. The Secretaries shall share their duties as they Duties of
may find most convenient. One or other of them shall «cietaues..
conduct the correspondence of the Society and of the
Council, attend all meetings of the Society and of the
Council, take minutes of theii* proceedings, and enter

them in the proper books. He shall inscribe the names
-and addresses of all Members and Associates in a book
to be kept for that purpose, from which no name shall
be erased except by order of the Council. He shall
issue notices of all meetings of the Society and of the
Council, and shall have the custody of all papers of
the Society, and, under the direction of the Council,
superintend the printing of the Transactions of the
Society.

XVII. The Council shall meet on any day within one Meetings of
week before every Ordinary Meeting of the Society. '•"™i-
Notice of such meeting shall lie sent to every IMember

at least two days previously. No business shall be
transacted at any meeting of the Council unless five Quorum
Members be present. Any Member of Council absent-
ing himself from three consecutive meetings of Council,
without satisfactory explanation in writing, shall )>e

174 Proceedings of Royal Society of Victoria.

Special Meetings
of Council.

Special General

Jleetings.

Annual Report.

Auditors.

Expulsion of
Members.

Election of
Members and
Associates.

considered to have vacated his office, and the election
of a Member to fill his place shall be proceeded with at
the next Ordinary Meeting of Members, in accordance
with Law XIII.

XVIII. One of the Secretaries shall call a Special
Meeting of Council on the author! t}'' of the President or
of three members of the Council. The notice of such
meeting shall specify the object for which it is called,
and no other business shall be entertained.

XIX. The Council shall call a Special Meeting of the
Society, on receiving a requisition in writing signed
b}^ twenty-four members of the Society, specifying the
purjiose for wliich the meeting is required, or upon a
I'esolution of its own. No other business shall be enter-
tained at such Meetinfj. Notice of such meetinor, and
the purpose for which it is summoned, shall be sent to
every Member at least ten days before the meeting.

XX. The Council shall annually prepare a Report
of the Proceedings of the Society during the past year,
embodying the Balance-sheet, duly audited by two
Auditors, to be appointed for the year at the Ordinary
Meetincj in December, exhibitino- a statement of the
present position of the Society. This Report shall be
laid before the Society at the Annual Meeting in March.
No ])aper sh.all be read at that meeting.

XXI. If it shall come to the knowledge of the
Council that the conduct of an Officer, a Member, or
an Associate is injurious to the interest of the Society,
and if two-thirds of the Council present shall be
satisfied, after opportunity of defence has been afforded
to him, that such is the case, it may call upon him to
I'esign, and shall have the power to expel him from the
Society, or remove him from any office therein at its dis-
cretion. In every case, all proceedings shall be entered
u])on the minutes.

XXII. Every candidate for election as Member or as
Associate shall be ])roposed and seconded by Members
of the Society. The name, the address, and the
occupation of every candidate, with the names of his
proposer and of his seconder, shall be communicated in
writing to one of the Secretaries, and shall be read at a
meeting of Council, and also at the following meeting

Laws. 175

of the Society, and the ballot shall take place at the

next following Ordinary Meeting of the Society. The

assent of at least five-sixths of the number voting shall votea required to

be requisite for the admission of a candidate.

XXIII. Every new Member or Associate shall Members shau
receive due notice of his election, and be supplied with "°" ^^''^'

a copy of the obligation*, together with a copy of the
Laws of the Society. He shall not be entitled to enjoy
any privilege of the Society, nor shall his name be
printed in the List of Members until he shall have paid
his admission fee and first annual subscription, and
have returned to the Secretaries the obligation signed
by himself. He shall, at the first meeting of the
Society at which he is present, sign a duplicate of the
obligation in the Book of the Laws of the Societ}^,
after which he shall be introduced to the Society by
the Chairman. No Member or Associate shall be at conditious of
liberty to withdraw from the Society without previ-
ously giving notice in writing to one of the Secretaries
of his intention to withdraw, and returning all books
or other property of the Society in his possession.
]\Iembers and Associates will be considered liable for
the payment of all subscriptions due from them up to
the date at which they give written notice of their
intention to withdraw from the Society,

XXIV. Gentlemen not resident in Victoria, who are Honorary
distinguished for their attainments in science, literature, ^^ ^^^'"
or art, may be proposed for election as Honorary Mem-
bers, on the recommendation of an absolute majority of

the Council. The election shall be conducted in the
same manner as that of Ordinary Members, but nine-
tenths of the votes must be in favour of the candidate.

XXV. Ordinary Members of the Societ}" shall pay subscriptions.
two guineas annually, Country Members and Associates

shall pay one guinea annually. Those elected after the

• The obligation referred to is as follows : —

Royal Society of Victoria.
I, the undersigned, do hereby engage that I will endeavour to promote
the interests and welfare of the Royal Society of Victoria, and to
obsei-ve its laws, as long as I shall remain a Member or Associate
thereof,

(Signed)
Address
Date

17G Proceedings of Royal Society of Victoria.

first of July shall pay only half of the subscription for
Life Member- the cunent year. Ordinary Members may compound
■^"'^' for all annual subscriptions of the current and future

years by paying £21 ; and Country Members may com-
pound in like manner by pajdng £10 10s. Any Country
Member having compounded for his subscription, and
coming to reside within ten miles of Melbourne, must
pay either the balance £1 0 10s. of the Ordinarj^ Member's
composition, or one guinea annuall}^ while he resides
within ten miles of Melbourne. The subscriptions
shall be due on the 1 st of January in every year. At
the commencement of each year there shall be hung-
up in the Hall of the Society a list of all Members and
Associates, upon which the payment of their subscrip-
tion as made shall be entered. During July, notice
shall be sent to all Members and Associates still in
arrears. At the end of each year, a list of those who
have not paid their subscriptions shall be prepared, to
be considered and dealt with by the Council.

Entrance foes, XXYI. Ncwly-electcd Ordinary and Couutry Mem-
^'^' bers shall pay an entrance fee of two guineas, in addition

to the subscription for the current year. Honorary
Members, Corresponding Members and Associates
shall not be required to pay any entrance fee. If tlie
entrance fee and subscription be not paid within one
month of the notification of election, a second notice
shall be sent, and if payment be not made within one
month from the second notice, the election shall be void.
Associates, on seeking election as Ordinaiy or Country
Members, shall comply with all the forms prescribed
for the election of Members, and shall ]5ay the entrance
fee prescribed above of Ordinary or Country Members
respectively.

Duration of XXVII. At the Ordinary Meetings of the Society

Meetings. ^^^^ ^.j_^^j^, ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^_^ punctually at eight o'clock,

and no new business shall be taken after ten o'clock.

Order and mode XXVIII. At the Ordinary Meetings business shall
?heZshie*i!^°be transacted in the following order, unless it be
specially decided otherwise by the Chairman : —

Minutes of the preceding meeting to be read,
amended if incorrect, and confirmed.

Laivs. 177

New Members and Associates to enroll their

names, and be introduced.
Ballot for the election of new Members or

Associates.
Vacancies among ofHcers, if any, to be filled up.
Business arising out of the minutes.
Communications from the Council.
Presents to be laid on the table, and acknowledged.
Motions, of which notice has been given,' to be

considered.
Notice of motion for the next meeting to be given

in and read by one of the Secretaries.
Papers to be read.

XXIX. No stranger shall speak at a meeting of the strangers.
Society unless specially invited to do so by the
Chairman.

XXX. Every paper before being read at any Papers to be fiist.
meeting must l3e sul:)mitted to the Council. oouilc'ii?'^

XXXI. The Council may call additional meetings AiWitionai
whenever it may deem it necessary to do so. Meetings.

XXXII. Every Member may introduce two visitors visitors.
to the meetings of the Society by orders signed by
himself

XXXITI. Members and Associates shall have the wember.smay
privilege of reading before the Society accounts of i*^^*' w^''*-
experiments, observations, and researches conducted by
themselves, or original papers, on subjects within the
scope of the Society, or descriptions of recent dis-
coveries, or inventions of general scientific interest.
No vote of thanks to any Member or Associate for his
paper shall be proposed.

XXXIV. If a Member or Associate be unable to Or .lepute other
attend for the purpose of reading his paper, he may
delegate to any Member of the Society the reading

thereof, and his right of reply.

XXXV. Any Member or Associate desirous of Members must
reading a paper, shall give in writing to one of the uielrpapers.
Secretaries, ten days before the meeting at which he

desires it to be read, its title and the time its reading
will occupy.

N

Papers by
Strangers.

Papers belong to
the Society.

Papers must be
original.

Council may
refer papers to
Members.

liejected papers
to be returueJ.

Members may
have copies of
their papers.

Jlembers and
Associates to
have Traivs-
actions.

Pi'Operty.

Library.

Legal ownership
of Property.

178 Froceedings of Royal Society of Victoria.

XXXVI. The Council may for any special rea.son
permit a paper such as is described in Law XXXIII,
not written by a member of the Society, to be read by
one of the Secretaries or other Members.

XXXVII. Every paper read before the Society shall
be the property thereof, and immediately after it has
been read shall be delivered to one of the Secretaries,
and shall remain in his custody.

XXXVIII. No paper shall be read before the
Society or published in the Ti'ansaction.s unless
approved by the Council, and unless it consist mainly
of original matter as regards the tacts or the theories
enunciated.

XXXIX. The Council may refer any paper to anj'-
Member or Members of the Society, to re]")ort upon the
desirability of printing it.

XL. Should the Council decide not to publish a
paper, it shall be at once returned to the author.

XLI. The author of any paper which the Council
has decided to publish in the Transactions may have
fifty copies of his paper on giving notice of his wish
in writing to one of the Secretaries, and any further
number on paying the extra cost thereof

XLII. Every Member and Associate whose sub-
scription is not in arrear, and every Honorary and
Corresponding Member is entitled to receive one copy
of the Transactions of the Society as published. Newly-
elected Members shall, on payment of their entrance-fee
and subscription, receive a copy of the volume of the
Transactions last published.

XLIII. Every book, pamphlet, model, plan, drawing,
specimen, preparation, or collection presented to or pur-
chased by the Society, shall be kept in the house of the
Society.

XLIV. The Library shall be open to Members and
Associates of the Society, and the public, at such times
and under such regulations as the Council may deem fit.

XLV. The legal ownership of the projierty of the
Society is vested in the President, the Vice-Presidents,
and the Treasurer for the time being, in trust for the use
of the Society ; but the Council shall have full control

Laws. 179

over the expenditure of the funds and management of
the property of the Society.

XLVI. Every Committee appointed by the Society Committees
shall at its first meeting elect a Chairman, who shall chairman,
subsequently convene the Committee and bring up its
report. He shall also obtain from the Treasurer such
grants as may have been voted for the purposes of the
Committee.

XLVII. All Committees and individuals to whom Report befure
any work has been assigned by the Society shall pre- ^'''^®°'''®' ^**-
sent to the Council, not later than the 1st of November
in each year, a report of the progress which has been
made ; and, in cases where grants of money for scientific
purposes have been entrusted to them, a statement of
the sums which have been expended, and the balance
of each grant which remains unexpended. Every Com-
mittee sliall cease to exist at the November meeting,
unless then re-appointed.

XLVIII. Grants of pecuniary aid for scientific pur- Grants expire.
poses from the funds of the Society shall expire on the
1 st of March next following, unless it shall appear by
a report that the recommendations on which they were
granted have been acted on, or a continuation of them
be ordered by the Council.

XLIX. In grants of money to Committees and indi- Personal
viduals, the Society shall not pay any pei'sonal expenses to bTpaia!"
which may be incurred by the Members.

L. No new law, or alteration or repeal of an exist- Alteration of
ing law, shall be made except at the Annual General
Meeting in March, or at a Special General Meeting
summoned for the purpose, as provided in Law XIX,
and in pursuance of notice given at the preceding
Ordinary Meeting of the Society.

LI. Should any circumstance arise not provided for cases not
in tliese Laws, the Council is empowered to act as may ^'"^'"^
seem to be best for the interests of the Society.

LII. In order that the Members and Associates sections.
of the Society prosecuting particular departments of
science may have opportunities of meeting and working
together with fewer formal restraints than are necessary
at the Ordinary Meetings of the Society, Sections may
be established.

N 2

180 Proceedings of Royal Society of Victoria.

Naiues and
Numbers of
Sections.

Meetings of
Sections.

Members of
Sections.

Officers of Sec-
tions.

Mode of
appointinent
of Officers of
Sections.

Times of
Meetings of
Sections.

Corresponding
Members.

LIII. Sections may be established for the following
departments, viz : —

Section A. — Physical, Astronomical, and Mechani-
cal Science, including Enojineerincj.

Section B. — Chemistry, Mineralogy, and Metal-

lurgy.
Section C-
Section D.-
Section IC.-

-Natural History and Geology.

-Tlic Microscope and its applications.

-Geography and Ethnology.

Section F. — Social Science and Statistics.

Section G. — Literature and the Fine Arts, includ-
ing Architecture.

Section H. — Medical Science, including Physiology
and Pathology.

LIV. The meetings of the Sections shall be for
scientific objects only.

LV. There shall be no membership of the Sections
as distinguished from the membership of the Society.

LVI. There shall be for each Section a Chairman to
preside at the meetings, and Secretary to keep minutes
of the proceedings, who shall jointly prepare and
forward to one of the Secretaries of the Society, prior
to the 1st of November in each year, a report of the
Proceedings of the Section during that year, and such
report shall be submitted to the Council.

LVII. The Chairman and the Secretary of each
Section shall be appointed at the first meeting of the
Council after its election in March, in the first instance
from Members of the Society who shall have signified
to one of the Secretaries of the Society their willingness
to undertake these offices, and subsequently, from such
as are recommended by the Section as fit and willing.

LVIII. The first meeting of each Section in the year
shall be fixed by the Council; subsequently, the Section
shall arrange its own days and hours of meeting,
provided these be at fixed intervals.

LIX. The Council shall have power to propose
gentlemen not resident in Victoria, for election in the
same manner as Ordinary Members, as Corresponding

Laivs. 181

Members of the Society. The Corre.sponding Members
shall contribute to the Society papers which may be
received as those of Ordinary Members, and shall in
return be entitled to receive copies of the Society's
publications,

LX, Associates shall have the privilec^es of Members Privueges of
in respect to the Society s publications, m joining the
Sections, and at the Ordinary Meetings, with the excep-
tion, that they shall not have the power of voting ; they
shall also not be eligible as Officers of the Society.

Associates.

r ' '■ *

^ >•

MEMBEES

C^e llojjal Sotirfg ai ©ittaria.

Patron.

Hopetoun, His Excellency The Riglit Hon. John Adrian Louis
Hope, G.C.M.G., Seventh Earl of.

Life Members.

Bage, Edward, jun., Esq., Redan-street, East St. Kilda.

Barkly, His Excellency Sir Henry, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., Carlton

Club, London.
Bosisto, Joseph, Esq., C.M.G., Pachmond.
Butters, J. S., Esq., Collins-street West.

Eaton, H. P., Esq., Treasury, Melbourne.

Elliott, T. S., Esq., Railway Department, Spencer-Street.

Elliott, Sizar, Esq., Were Street, Brighton Beach.

Gibbons, Sidney W., Esq., P.C.S., care of Mr. Lewis, Chemist,

Bourke -Street East.
Gilbert, J. E., Esq., Money Order Office, G.P.O. Melbourne.

Higinbotham, His Honour Chief Justice, Supreme Court.
Howitt, Edward, Esq., Rathmines-road, Auburn.

Love, E. F. J., Esq., M.A., Queen's College, University.
Mueller, Baron P. Von, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., Arnold-
street, South Yarra,
Nicholas, William, Esq., F.G.S., Melboui-ne University.

Reed, Joseph, Esq., 9 Elizabeth-street South.
Rusden, H. K., Esq., F.R.G.S., Ockley, Marlton Crescent,
St. Kilda.

White, E. J., Esq., P.R.A.S., Melbourne Observatory.
AVilson, Sir Samuel, Knt., Oakleigh Hall, East St. Kilda.

Ordinary Members.

Allan, Alexander C, Esq., Fitzroy-street, St. Kilda.
Allan, M. J., Esq., 268 Smith Street Collingwood.

List of Members. 183

Allen, W. W., Esq., Wellington-street, Kew.
Archer, W. H., Esq., F.L.S., RI.A., J.P., Alverno, Grace Park,
Hawthorn.

Bage, William, Esq., M.I.C.E., 45 Collins-street West.

Ball, W., Esq., 61 Boiirke-street East.

Barnard, F., Esq., Kew.

Barnes, Benjamin, Esq., Queen's Terrace, South Melbourne.

Barton, Eobei't, E.sq., Royal Mint, Melbourne.

Beaney, Hon. J. G , M.D., M.B.I. A., F.R.C.S. Eel, Collins-street
East.

Bevan, Rev. L. D., LL.D., D.D., Congregational Hall, Collins-
street.

Bear, J. P., Esq., 83| Collins street West.

Beckx, Gustave, Esq., Queen's Place, St. Kilda Road.

Bennetts, W. R., Esq., 180 Brunswick-Street, Fitzroy.

Blackett, C. R., Esq., F.C.S., Charlesfort, Tennvson-street, South
St. Kilda.

Bowen, W. W., Esq., Collins-street West.

Bradley, H. S., Esq., Queen's College, Barkley-street, St Kilda.

Bride, T. F., Esq., LL.D., Public Library, Melbourne.

Campbell, F. A., Esq., C.E., Working Men's College, Latrobe-
street.

Candler, Samuel Curtis, Esq., Melbourne Club.

Chapman, Jas., Esq., Beemery Park, Caulfield.

Clendinnen, Dr. F., Malvern-road, Hawksburn.

Cohen, Joseph B., Esq., A.R.I.B.A., Public Works Department,
Melbourne.

Cohen, J., Esq., M.R.C.V.S., Tattersall's Bazaar, Exhibition-street.

Cole, Frank Hobile, Esq., M.B., Ch. B., Rathdowne-street,
Carlton, Melbourne.

Cornell, Henry, Esq., Barkly-square, East Richmond, 36 Collins-
street West.

Corr, J. R., Esq., M.A., Holstein House, Murphy-street, South
Yarra.

Culcheth, W. W., Esq., F.R Met. Soc, 31 Temple Court, 86 Collins-
street West.

Coane, J. M., Esq., care of Coane and Grant, Modern Chambers,
12 Collins-street West.

Daley, W. J., Esq., St. Kilda-street, Elsternwick.

Danks, John, Esq., 42 Bourke-street West.

Davidson, William, Esq., C.E., Melbourne Water Supply Office.

Davy, J. W., Esq., 61 Bourke-street East.

Derham, Hon. Fred. T., 4 Queen-street.

Dendy, Arthur, Esq., M.Sc, F.L.S., University, Melbourne.

Duerdin, James, Esq., LL.B., 105 Collins-street We.st.

Dunn, Frederick, Esq., Little Flinders-street West.

184 Proceedings of the Roy<il Society of Victoria.

Edwards, Henry, Esq., Princess Theatre, Melbourne.

Ellery, R. L. J., Esq., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Observatory,

Melbourne.

Fink, Theodore, Esq., Collins-street.

Foord, George, Esq., F.C.S., Royal Mint, Melbourne.

Fox, W., Esq., Robe-street, St. Kilda.

Goldstein, J. R. Y., Esq., Office of Titles

Gotch, J. S., Esq., 236 Albert-street, East Melbourne.

Griffiths, G. S., Esq., F.R.G.S., Waratah, Washington-street,

Toorak.
Grut, Percy de Jersey, Esq., E. S. & A. C. Bank, Collins-street

West.
Guilfoyle, W. R., Esq., F.L.S., Botanical Gardens.

Halley, Rev. J. J., Congregational Hall, Russell-street.
Hefternan, E. B., Esq., M.D., Brunswick -street, Fitzroy.
Henderson, A. M., Esq., C.E., 9 Elizabeth-street South.
Henry, Louis, Esq., M.D., Sydney-road, Brunswick.
Hewlett, T., Esq., M.R.C.S., Nicholson-street, Fitzroy.
Hicks, Johnson, Esq., Office of Patents, Melbourne.
Howitt, A. W., Esq., P.M., F.G.S., Secretary Mines Department,
Melbourne.

Inskip, Geo. C, Esq., F. R.I.B.A., St. James' Buildings, William-
street.

Jackson, A. H., Esq., B. Sc, F.C.S., Villa Mancunium, Dandenong-

road, Caulfield.
Jagei% Ernest, Esq., North-street, Ascot Vale.
James, E. M., Esq., M.R.C.S., Collins-street East.
Jamieson, James, Esq., M.D., 56 Collins-street East.
Joseph, R. E., Esq., Electric Light Company, Sand ridge-road,

Melbourne.
Jennings, Newton C, Esq., C.E., F.R.I. B. A., Shire Office,

Heidelberg.

Kendal], W. T.,Esq., M.R.C.V.S., Veterinary Institute, Brunswick-
street, Fitzroy.
Kernot, Professor W. C, M.A., C.E., University, Melbourne.

Laurie, Pi'ofessor H., LL.D., University, Melbourne.

Le Fevre, G., Esq., M.D., M.L.C., 93 Collins-street East.

Lewis, J. B., Esq., 5 Gladstone-street, Prahran.

Lillis, J. D., Esq., 129 Victoria-street, North Melbourne.

Lucas, A. H. S., Esq., M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., 5 Angelo-street,

South Yarra.
Lucas, William, Esq., 3 Queen's Terrace, St. Kilda-road.
Lyle, Professor R. T., M.A., University', Melbourne.
Lynch, William, Esq., St, James' Buildings, William-street.

List of Members. 185

M'Coy, Professor F., C.M.G., D.Sc, F.R.S., University,

Melbourne.

M'Petrie, A., Esq., Rouse-street, Port Melbourne.

Macdonaid, A. C, Esq., F.R.G.S., 15 Market Buildings, Collins-
street West.

M'Alpine, Daniel, Esq., F.C.S., 5 Wallace-street, Toorak.

Main, Thomas, Esq., City Surveyor's Office, Melbourne.

Maloney, William, Esq., M.D., 57 Roden-street, West Melbourne.

Man ton, C. A., Esq., The Treasury, care of H. Manton, Esq., Soli-
citor, 443 Bourke-street.

Marks, Edward Lloyd, Esq., F.C.S., Federal Coffee Palace, Melb.

Masson, Professor Orme, M.A., D.Sc, University, Melbourne.

Moerlin, C, Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.

Moors, H., Esq., Chief Secretary's Office, Melbourne.

Morley, J. L., Esq., Glenville House, Drummond-street, Carlton.

Morris, Professor, M.A., University, Melbourne.

Moi'rison, Alexander, Esq., 33 Albert-street, East Melbourne.

Muntz, T. B., Esq., C.E., 41 Collins-street West.

Nanson, Professor E. J., M.A., Univei'sity, Melbourne.

Neild, J. E., Esq., M.D., Bilton House, 21 Spring-street.

Neild, Miss Helen Harriet, 21 Spring-street, Melbourne.

Newbery, J. Cosmo, Esq., B. Sc, C.M.G., Technological Museum.

Nimrao, W. H., Esq., Melbourne Club.

Pickells, W. E., Esq., F.R.M.S., 33 Flinders-street West.

Prince, J , Esq., Heniy-street, Windsor.

Ralph, T. S., Esq., M.R.C.S., 239 Rathdowne-street, Carlton.

Ridge, Samuel H., Esq., B.A., 188 Victoria Parade, E. Melbourne.

Rosales, Henry, Esq., F.G.S., Alta Mira, Grandview-grove,
Armadale.

Rowan, Captain F. C, 29 Queen-street.

Rudall, J. T., Esq., F.R.C.S., corner of Spring and Collins-streets.

Rule, O. R., Esq., Technological Museum, Melbourne.

Sargood, Hon. F. T., M.L.C., Elsternwick.

Sayce, O. A., Esq., Flowerdale, Darling-street, South Yarra.

Selby, G. W., jun., E.sq., 19a Eraser's Buildings, Queen-street.

Shaw, Thomas, Esq., Woorywyrite, Camperdown.

Spencer, Professor W. Baldwin, M.A., University, Melbourne.

Springhall, John A., Esq., G.P.O., Melbourne.

Steane, G. R. B., Esq., Cunningham-street, Northcote.

Stirling, James, Esq., F.L.S., Mining Department, Melljourne.

Sugden, Rev. E. H., B.A., B. Sc, Queen's College, Carlton.

Sutherland, Alex., Esq., M.A., Carlton College, Royal Park.

Sweet, George, Esq., Wilson-street, Brunswick.

Tisdall, H. T., Esq., F.L.S., Washington- street, Toorak.

Topp, C. A., Esq., M.A., LL.B., F.L.S., Pakingtonstreet, Kew.

Tucker, Professor T. G., M.A., University, Melbourne.

18G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Vale, Hon. W. M. K., 13 Selborne Chambers, Chancery-lane.

Wagemann, Captain C, 40 Elizabeth-street.

Wannan, Alex. C, Esq., City-road, South Melbourne.

Way, A. S., Esq., M.A., Wesley College.

Welshman, Wra., Esq., Holcomb Terrace, Drummond-st., Carlton.

Whitley, David, Esq., Murphy-street, South Yarra.

Wight, Gerard, Esq., Phoenix Chambers, Market-street.

Wild, J. J., Esq., Ph.D., Ormond House, 112 Drummond-street,

Carlton.
Wilson, James, Esq., Belmont, 10 Johnston-street, CoUingwood.
Wilson, J. S., Esq., Pottery Works, Yarraville.
Woods, Hon. John, M.L.A., Spottiswoode.
Wyatt, Alfred, Esq., P.M., Yorick Club.

Country Members.

Bechervaise, W, P., Esq., Post Office, Ballarat.

Bland, R. H., Esq., Clunes.

Browning, J, H., Esq., M.D., Quarantine Station, Portsea.

Chesney, Charles Alfred, Esq., C.E., Tindarey Station, Cobar,
Bourke, N.S.W, ; and Australian Club, Melbourne.

Cameron, John, Esq., Orbost.

Clough, C. R, Esq., A.M.I.C.E., Engineer-in-Chiefs Office,
Adelaide, S.A.

Conroy, James Macdowall, Esq., Wingham, Manning River, N.S. W.

Davies, D. M., Esq., M.L.A., Parliament House, Melbourne.

Dawson, J., Esq., Rennyhill, Camperdown.

Dennant, J., Esq., F.G.S., Castlemaine.

Dixie, A. W., Esq., Shire Engineer, Tallangatta.

Field, William Graham, Esq., C.E., Railway Engineer in-Chief's

Department, Melbourne.
Fowler, Thomas Walker, Esq., C.E., Mason-street, Hawthorn.

Hunt, Robert, Esq., Royal Mint, Sydney, N.S.W.

Ivey, James, Esq., Ballarat.

Jones, J. J., Esq., Ballarat.

Keogh, Laurence F., Esq., Bracknell Banks, Cobden.

Loughrey, B., Esq., M.A., C.E., City Surveyor, Wellington, N.Z.

Luplau, W., Esq., Lydiard-street, Ballarat.

M'Clelland, D. C, Esq., State School, Buninyong.

MacGillivray, P. H., Esq., M.A., M.R.C.S.E., Sandhurst.

Manns, G. S., Esq., Leneva, near Wodonga.

Manson, Donald, Esq., Elgin Buildings, Sydney, IST.S.W.

Munday, J., Esq., care of J. Hood, Esq., Exchange, Melbourne.

Murray, Stewart, Esq., C.E., Kyneton.

Naylor, John, Esq., Stawell.

List of Members. 187

Oddie, James, Esq., Dana-street, Ballarat,
Oliver, C. E., Esq., C.E., Yarra Flats.

Powell, Walter D. T., Esq., Harbour Department, Brisbane, Q.
Richards, C H., Esq., Scliool of Mines, Sandhurst.

Shaw, W. H., Esq., Phcenix Foundry, Ballarat.
Sutton, H., Esq., Sturt-street, Ballarat.

Vickery, S. K., Esq., Ararat.

Wakelin, T., Esq., B.A., Gi'eytown, Wellington, Kew Zealand.
Wall, John, Esq., Town Hall, Sebastopol, Ballarat.
Williams, Rev. W., F.L.S., Forest-st., Sandhurst.
Wilson, J. B., Esq., M.A., C. of E. Grammar School, Geelong,
Wooster, W. H., Esq., Bolwarrah.

Corresponding Members.

Bailey, F. M,, Esq., The Museum, Brisbane.

Clarke, Hyde, Esq., 32 St. Geoi-ge's Square, London, S.W.

Etheridge, Robert, Esq., jun., F.G.S., Department of Mines,
Sydney.

Stirton, James, Esq., M.D., F.L.S., 15 Newton-street, Glasgow,

Ulrich, Professor G, H. F., F.G.S., Dunedin, Otago, N.Z.

Wagner, William, Esq., LL.D., Philadelphia, U.S.A.

HoNORAR Members.

Agnew, Hon. J. W., M.E.C., M.D., Hobart, Tasmania, and Luna,

433 Victoria Parade, Melbourne.
Bancroft, J., Esq , M.D., Brisbane, Queensland.
Clarke, Colonel Sir Andrew, K.C.M.G., C.B., C.I.E., London.
Forrest, Hon. J., C.M.G., Surveyor General, West Australia.
Hector, Sir James, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., Wellington, N.Z.
McLeay, Hon. W., M.L.C., F.L.S., Sydney, N.S.W.
Neumeyer, Professor George, Ph.D., Hamburg, Germany.
Perry, Right Reverend Charles, D.D., Avenue-road, London.
Russell, H. C, Esq.,F.R.S.,F.R.A.S., Observatory, Sydney, N.S.W.
Scott, Rev, W., M.A., Kurrajong Heights, N.S.W.
Todd, Charles, Esq., C.M.G., F.R.A.S., Adelaide, S.A.
Verbeek, Dr. R. D. M., Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java.

Associates.
Allen, Rev. W., 182 Neill-street, Carlton.
Anderson, D., Esq., Fairview, Stawell.
Askew, David C, Esq., 43 Bourke-street West.

188 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Bage, C, Esq., M.D., 81 Toorak-voad, Soutli Yarra.

Baker, Thomas, Esq., Bond-street, Abbotsford.

Bale, W. M., Esq., Walpole-street, Hyde Park, Kew.

Baracchi, Pietro, Esq., R.E. and C.E. Italy, F.R.A.S. England,

Observatory, Melbourne.
Booth, John, Esq., C.E., Rennie-street, Coburg.
Brockenshire, W. H., Esq., C.E., Railway Department, Yea.
Brownscombe, W. J., Esq., Bridge-road, Richmond.

Carmichael, Miss Grace Elizabeth Jennings, Lonsdale House,
Lonsdale-street West.

Challen, Peter R., Esq., Post Office, Talbot.

Champion, H. V., Esq., Council Chambers, Williamstown.

Chase, L. H., Esq., Queensberry-street, Carlton, or Railway Depart-
ment, Selborne Chambei^s.

Clark, Lindesay, Esq., Main Camp, Yarra Flats.

Cole, Jas. F., Esq., 19a Fraser's Buildings, Queen-street.

Colvin, Owen F., JEsq., University, Melbourne.

Conley, H., Esq., Union Bank of Australia, Collins-street West.

Cresswell, Rev. A. W., St. John's Parsonage, Camberwell.

Curry, Thomas, Esq., 74 Rathdowne-street, Carlton.

Dalglish, Henry, Esq., 112 Albert-street, Windsor.

Danks, A. T., Esq., 42 Bourke-street West.

Davies, E., Esq., care of Bowen, Chemist, 258 Collins-street West.

Dawson, W. S., Esq., Runnymede, Essendon.

Duerdin, Miss S. D., Wooloomai, Carlisle-street, Balaclava.

Dunlop, G. H., Esq., Elm-street, Lower Hawthorn.

Edwards, J. E., Esq., Colonial Telegraph Exchange, 133 Little
Collins-street East.

Falk, David, Esq., care of Messrs. Falk and Co., Little Collins-
street East.
Fenton, J. J., Esq., Office of Government Statist, Melbourne.
Finney, W. H. Esq., 81 Graham-street, Port Melbourne.
Fison, Rev. Lorimer, M.A., Essendon.
Fraser, J. H., Esq., Railway Department, Melbourne.

Gabriel, J., Esq., Simpson's-road, Colling wood.
Gaunt, Thomas, Esq., 14 Bourke-street East.
Grant, A. M., Esq., Kerferd-road, Albert Park.

Haig, R. G., Esq., 23 Market-street, Melbourne.
Harpei-, Andrew, Esq., Toorak.
Harding, F., Esq., 65 Queen-street, Melbourne.
Harris, W. W., Esq., Comet House, Chiltern.
Hart, Ludovico, Esq., 9 Tivoli-road, South Yarra.
Holmes, W. A., Esq., Telegraph Engineer's Office, Railway Depart-
ment, Spencer-street.
Horsley, Sydney W,. Esq., University, Melbourne.

List of Members. 189

Howden, J. M., Esq., 46 Elizabeth-street.

Hubbard, J. R., Esq., Queen-street, Melbourne.

Ingamells, F. N., Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.
Irvine, W. H., Esq., Selborne Chambers, Chancery-lane.

Jackson, F. C, Esq., 47 Great Davis-street, South Yarra

Kernot, Frederick A., Esq., Royal Park.

Kirkland, J. B., Esq., F.C.S., University, Melbourne.

Lindsay, James, Esq., 172 Bouverie-street, Carlton.

Mackinnon, Hamilton, Esq., 49 Napier-street, Fitzroy.

Maclean, C. W., Esq., Walsh-street, South Yarra.

Maplestone, C. M., Esq., Princess-street, Kew.

Matthews, Richard, Esq., Eubalong, N.S.W., via Hiilston.

Melville, A. G., Esq., Mullen's Library, Collins-street.

Mills, H. W., Esq., Glan-y-mor, Brighton.

Moors, Miss Florence Donald, Punt-road, South Yarra.

Moors, E. M., Esq., University, Sydney.

Murray, T., Esq., C.E., Victoria "Water Supply Department, Melb.

O'Brien, Miss Agnes Connor, Dunkellin House, 53 Gipps-street,

East Melbourne.
Osmond, Miss Sophie, 25 Brighton-street, East Richmond.
Outtrim, Frank Leon, Esq., Lome-street, Moonee Ponds.
Parry, E. W., Esq., Sydney -road, Carlton.
Paul, A. W. L., Esq., Male-street, North Brighton.
Phillips, A. E., Esq., 29 Perth-street, Prahran.
Porter,. Thomas, Esq., M.D., Baptist Chapel, Ballarat.
Pringle, G. A. M., Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.
Quarry, Herbert, Esq., Alma Cottage, Macaulay-road, Kensington.

Reid, Rev. John, Ph. D., Hotham-street, East St. Kilda.
Rempry, Josiah Richard, Esq., Branxholme, Victoria.
Rennick, E. C, Esq., Railway Works, Yarra Glen.
Rennick, W. Pt., Esq., George-street, Elsternwick.
Riddell, Mrs., F.S.Sc. Lond., 21 May Road, Toorak.
Robertson, John Steele, Esq., B.A., University, Melbourne,
Ross, Joseph, Esq., M.D., Devonia, Chaucer-street, Moonee Ponds.

Schafei', R., Esq., 17 Union-street, Windsor.

Shaw, A. G., Esq., Shire Hall, Bairnsdale.

Sisley, Thomas A., Esq., 4 Albion-street, South Yarra.

Slade, Leonard, Esq., 262 and 264 Collins-street.

Slater, H. A, Esq., 121 Collins-street West.

Smibert, G., Esq., G.P.O., Melbourne.

Smith, B. A., Esq., Imperial Chambers, Bank Place, Collins-street

West.
Smith, E. L., Esq., Hazelhurst, George-street, East Melbourne.
Steane, W. P., Esq., 63 Park-street West, South Melbourne

190 Proceedings of the Royal Society of VictoHa.

Stewart, C, Esq., 9 Murphy-street, South Yarra.
Swan, W., Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.

Tate, Frank, Esq., B.A., Box Hill.

Tyers, A., Esq., C.E., St. James' Buildings, William-street.

Vidler, E. A., Esq., St. James' Buildings, William-street.

Way, Mrs. R. B., Wesley College.

Wilkinson, W. Percy, Esq., Laboratory, Swanston-street.

Wills, Arthur, Esq., Barry-street, Kew.

Wing, Joseph, Esq., 33 Wellington-sti^eet, Collingwood.

LIST OF THE INSTITUTIONS AND LEARNED
SOCIETIES THAT RECEIVE COPIES OF THE
" TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF VICTORIA."

\ t -v x-vx. X \ X x x\ ■wv. A. -v. -^ \ ^

England.

Agent-General of Victoria

Anthropological Institute

Biological Society of Liverpool

Bodleian Library

British Museum

Colonial Office Library

"Electrician" ..

Foreign Office Library

Geological Society

Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineer

Institution of Civil Engineers

Linn^an Society

Literary and Philosophical Society

Mai'ine Biological Laboratory

Natural History Museum

Naturalists' Society

''Nature"

Owen's College Library

Philosophical Society

Royal Asiatic Society

Royal Astronomical Society

Royal Colonial Institute

Royal Gardens

Royal Geogi'aphical Society

Royal Microscopical Society

-Royal Society ...

Statistical Society

University Library

Scotland.

Botanical Society
Geological Society
Royal College of Physicians' Laboratory

London

London

Liverpool

Oxford

London

London

London

London

London

Newcastle

London

London

Liverpool

Plymouth

London

Bristol

London

Manchester

Cambridge

London

London

London

Kew

London

London

London

London

Cambridge

Edinburgh
Edinbuigh
Edinburgh

] 92 Proceedings of the Moyal Society of Victoria.

Royal Observatory

Royal Physical Society ...

Royal Society ...

Royal Scottish Society of Arts

Scottish Geographical Society

University Library

University Library

Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
. Glasgow

Ireland.

Natural History and Philosophical Society

Royal Dublin Society

Royal Geological Society

Royal Irish Academy ... ...

Trinity College Library ...

Belfast
Dublin
Dublin
Dublin
Dublin

Germany.

Gartenbauverein ... ... ... Darmstadt

Gessellschaft fiir Erdkunde ... ... ... Berlin

Grossh. Hessische Geologische Anstalt ... Darmstadt

Konigl. Botanische Gesellschaft ... ... Regensburg

Konigl. Offentl. Bibliothek ... ... ... Dresden

Konigl. Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften ... Berlin

Konigl. Siichs Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften . . . Leipzig

Konigl. Societat der Wissenschaften ... Gottingen

Naturforschende Gesellschaft ... ... ... Emden

Naturforschende Gesellschaft ... ... ... Halle

Naturforscliende Gesellschaft ... ... ... Leipzig

Naturhistorisch Medizinischer Verein ... Heidelberg

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft ... ... ... Hanover

Naturhistorisches Museum ... ... Hamburg

Naturhistorisches Museum ... ... ... Hanover

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein ... ... ... Bremen

Naturwissenschaftlicher Yerein ... ... Frankfurt

Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur &, Heilkunde ... Giessen

Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir Vaterljind. Cultur. ... Breslau

Verein fiir Elkunde ... ... ... Darmstadt

Verein fiir Erdkunde ... ... ... ... Halle

Verein fiir Naturkunde ... ... ... ... Kassel

Austria.

K, K. Akademie der Wissenschaften
K. K. Geologische Reichsan.stalt ...
K. K. Geographische Gesellschaft ...

Wien
Wien
Wien

List of Institutions, &c. 3 93

K. K. Naturhistorisclies Hofmuseum ... ... Wien

Imperial Observatory ... ... ... ... Prague

Switzerland.

Geographische Gesellschaft ... ... ... Berne

Geogr. Commerc. Gesellschaft ... ... St. Gallen

Geogr. Commerc. Gesellschaft ... ... ... Aarau

Schweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft . . . Berne

Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle ... ... Geneve

France.

Academic des Sciences et Belles-Lettres et Arts , . . Lyon

Feuilles des Jeunes Naturalists ... ... ... Paris

Societe Academique Indo — Chinoise ... ... Paris

Societe de Geographic ... ... ... ... Paris

Societe Nationale de Cherbourg ... ... Chei-bourg

Societe Zoologique de France ... ... ... Paris

Italy.

Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele . . . Rome

British and American Archaeological Society ... Rome

Museo di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comp., R. University Turin

Ministero dei Lavori Pubblici ... ... ... Rome

Reale Academia di Scienze ... ... ... Palermo

Reale Academia di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti ... ... Lucca

Regia Academia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti ... Modina

Societci Geografica Italiana ... ... ... Rome

Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali ... ... Pisa

Spain and Portugal.

Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales Madrid
Sociedade de Geographia ... ... ... Lisbon

Holland and Belgium.

Academic Royale de Belgique ... ... Bruxelles

Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten-

schappen ... ... ... ... ... Batavia

Natural Science Society ... ... ... Amsterdam

Natuurkundig Genootschap ... ... Groningen

0

104; Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Nederlandisch Botan. Vereeiuging
Magnetical and Meteorological 01)servatory
Societe HoUandaise des Sciences ...
Societe Macologique Royale de Belgique
Societe Provinciale des Arts et Sciences

Nijniegen

Batavia

Haarlem

Bruxelles

Utrecht

Denmark, Sweden, and Norway.

Academic Royale ... ... ... Copenhagen

Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskap ... Copenhagen

Society des Sciences ... ... ... Christiania

Russia and Roumania.

Institut Meteorologique de Roumanie ... Bucharest

Jardin Botanique Imperial ... ... St. Petersburg

La Soc. de Naturalists de I'Universite de Kazan . . . Kazan

Soc. de Naturalistes Kiew ... ... ... Kiew

Societe des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Russie ... Odessa

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes ... ... Moscow

Societe Imperiale Russe de Geographie ... St. Petersburg

India and Mauritius.

Geological Survey of India
Madras Literary Society
Meteorological Society ...
Natural History Society
Royal Bengal Asiatic Society

Calcutta

Madras

Mauritius

Bombay

Calcutta

China and Japan.

Astronomical Observatory

China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society

Imperial University

Seismological Society of Japan

Hong Kong

... Shanghai

Tokio

Tokio

Canada,

Canadian Institute ... ... ... ... Toronto

Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada . . . Ottawa

Royal Society of Canada ... ... ... ... Montreal

List of Institutions, &c.

195

United States.

Academy of Natural Sciences
Academy of Natural Sciences
Academy of Sciences ... ...

American Academy of Arts and Sciences

American Geographical Society

American Philosophical Society

Bureau of Ethnology

Colorado Scientific Society

Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science

Denison University

John Hopkins University

"Kosmos"

Maryland Historical Society

Natural Academy of Sciences

Office of Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army

Philosophical Society

" Science "

Smithsonian Institute

Society of Natural History

Society of Natural Sciences

United States Geological Survey ...

Davenport

Philadelphia

San Francisco

Boston

New York

Philadelphia

Washington

Denver

and Art New York

Ohio

Baltimore

San Francisco

Baltimore

Washington

Washington

Washington

New York

Washington

Boston

... Buffalo

Washington

Mexico.

Ministerio de Fomento ... ... ... ••• Mexico

Observatorio Meteorologico, Magnetico Central ... Mexico

Observatorio Astronomico National ... ...Tatubaya

Sociedad de Ingenieros de Jalisco ... ... Guadalajara

Secretaria de Fomento ... ... ... Guatemala

Argentine Republic.

Academia de Ciencias

Cordoba

Australia. — Victoria.

"Age"

"Argus"

Athenseum

Astronomical Observatory

Australian Health Society

*' Australian Journal of Pharmacy "

Chief Secretary's Office ...

Department of Mines and Water Supply

Eclectic Association of Victoria

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria...

Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
0 2

19G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Free Library ... ... ... ... ... Ecliuca

Free Library ... ... ... ... ... Geelong

Free Library ... ... ... ... Sandhurst

Geological Society of Australasia ... ... Melbourne

German Association ... ... ... Melbourne

Medical Society ... ... .., Melbourne

Parliamentary Library ... ... Melbourne

Pharmaceutical Society of Australasia ... Melbourne

Public Library ... ... ... Melbourne

Office of the Government Statist ... ... Melbourne

Royal Geographical Society ,. ... Melbourne

Railway Library ... ... ... Melbourne

School of Mines . ... ... ... Ballarat

School of Mines ... ... ... Castlemaine

School of Mines ... ... Sandhurst

School of Mines, Maryborough ... ... ... Victoria

School of Mines, North Gippsland ... ... Bairnsdale

University Library ... ... ... Melbourne

Victorian Chamber of Commerce (Maniifactures) Melbourne

" Victorian Engineer " ... ... ... Melbourne

"Victorian Government Gazette " ... ... Melbourne

Victorian Institute of Surveyors ... ... Melbourne

Working Men's College, Latrobe Street ... Melbourne

New South Wales.

Australian Museum

Astronomical Observatory

Linnsean Society of New South Wales

Parliamentary Library

Public Library

Royal Geographical Society

Royal Society ...

Techno) ofjical Museum

Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney

South Australia.

Parliamentary Library
Public Library and Museum
Royal Society of South Australia

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

Queensland.

Parliamentary Library ...
Public Library...
Royal Geographical Society
Royal Society of Queensland

Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane

List of Iiidltutluihs, ct-c.
Tasmania.

Parliamentary Library

Public Library ...

Koyal Society of Tasmania

197

Hobart

Hobart

... Hobart

New Zealand.

Auckland Institute and Museum ... ... Auckland

Colonial Museum and Geological Survey Department Wellington

New Zealand Listitute ... ... ... Wellington

<)tago Institute ... ... ... Dunedin

Parliamentary Library ... ... ... Wellington

Public Library ... ... ... Wellingtou

Stillwell and Co., Printkiw, 195a Coi.nNy Strekt, Melbournk.

PROCEEDINGS

oml Somtg of S'irtoria.

VOL. II (New Series).

Edited under the Autlioritij of the Council.

ISSUED JUNE 1890.

THE AUTHORS OF THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SOUNDNE.SS OF
THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUKNE :
STILLWELL AND CO., PEINTERS, 195a COLLINS STREET.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:

WILUAM8 & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON,

To whom all commumcations for transmission to the Royal Society of Victoiia,
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1890.

^if^ iy

MBL WHOI Library - Serials

5 WHSE 00595

..Z^'H'r:^::-